Load Control(RAN15.0_Draft a)

Load Control RAN15.0

Feature Parameter Description

Issue Draft A

Date 2013-01-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior

written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective

holders.

Notice

The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and

the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be

within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,

information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or

representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the

preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and

recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang

Shenzhen 518129

People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

http://www.huawei.com/

mailto:[email protected]

WCDMA RAN

Load Control Contents

Draft A (2013-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

Contents

1 About This Document .............................................................................................................. 1-1

1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................ 1-1

1.2 Intended Audience......................................................................................................................... 1-1

1.3 Change History .............................................................................................................................. 1-1

2 Overview...................................................................................................................................... 2-1

2.1 Load Control in Different Scenarios .............................................................................................. 2-1

2.2 Functions of Load Control ............................................................................................................. 2-1

2.3 Priorities Involved in Load Control ................................................................................................ 2-3

2.3.1 User Priority .......................................................................................................................... 2-3

2.3.2 Integrated RAB Priority ......................................................................................................... 2-4

2.3.3 Integrated User Priority......................................................................................................... 2-4

3 Load Measurement ................................................................................................................... 3-1

3.1 Load-related Measurement Quantities .......................................................................................... 3-1

3.2 Reporting Period ........................................................................................................................... 3-2

3.3 Load Measurement Filtering ......................................................................................................... 3-3

3.3.1 Layer 3 Filtering on the NodeB Side .................................................................................... 3-3

3.3.2 Smooth Filtering on the RNC Side ....................................................................................... 3-4

3.4 Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Algorithm ..................................................................... 3-5

4 Potential User Control ............................................................................................................. 4-1

5 Intelligent Access Control ...................................................................................................... 5-1

5.1 Overview of Intelligent Access Control .......................................................................................... 5-1

5.2 IAC During RRC Connection Setup .............................................................................................. 5-3

5.2.1 Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection Setup ................................................................ 5-3

5.2.2 Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Weak Coverage ....................................................... 5-5

5.2.3 RRC Redirection based on Distance .................................................................................... 5-6

5.2.4 RRC Redirection for Service Steering ................................................................................ 5-10

5.2.5 RRC DRD ........................................................................................................................... 5-12

5.2.6 RRC Redirection After DRD Failure ................................................................................... 5-12

5.2.7 FACH Power Control of RRC phase .................................................................................. 5-13

5.3 Directed Retry Decision .............................................................................................................. 5-14

5.4 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control ....................................................................................... 5-14

5.4.1 PS MBR Negotiation ........................................................................................................... 5-14

5.4.2 PS GBR Negotiation ........................................................................................................... 5-14

5.4.3 Initial Rate Negotiation ....................................................................................................... 5-15

5.4.4 Target Rate Negotiation ...................................................................................................... 5-20

5.5 Admission Decision ..................................................................................................................... 5-20

5.6 Preemption .................................................................................................................................. 5-21

5.7 Queuing ....................................................................................................................................... 5-24

WCDMA RAN




ii

5.8 Low-Rate Access of the PS BE Service ...................................................................................... 5-25

5.9 IAC for Emergency Calls ............................................................................................................. 5-26

5.9.1 RRC connection setup procedure of Emergency Calls ...................................................... 5-27

5.9.2 RAB Process of Emergency Calls ...................................................................................... 5-27

6 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold .............. 6-1

6.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 6-1

6.2 Decision to Trigger or Release the CLB State .............................................................................. 6-3

6.3 User Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover ................................................................... 6-5

6.4 Target Cell Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover .......................................................... 6-6

6.5 Inter-Frequency Measurements and Handovers .......................................................................... 6-8

6.6 Related Features ........................................................................................................................... 6-9

7 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing .......................................................................................... 7-1

7.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 7-1

7.2 Downlink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing ................................................................................... 7-1

7.2.1 TCP-based Intra-Frequency Load Balancing ....................................................................... 7-1

7.2.2 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH ...................................................................... 7-2

7.3 Uplink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing ........................................................................................ 7-4

8 Load Reshuffling ....................................................................................................................... 8-1

8.1 Basic Congestion Triggering ......................................................................................................... 8-1

8.1.1 Power Resource ................................................................................................................... 8-1

8.1.2 Code Resource ..................................................................................................................... 8-2

8.1.3 Iub Resource ........................................................................................................................ 8-3

8.1.4 NodeB Credit Resource........................................................................................................ 8-3

8.2 LDR Procedure .............................................................................................................................. 8-3

8.3 LDR Actions ................................................................................................................................... 8-8

8.3.1 Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover ............................................................................... 8-8

8.3.2 BE Rate Reduction ............................................................................................................. 8-11

8.3.3 QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services ............................................... 8-12

8.3.4 Inter-RAT Handover in the CS Domain .............................................................................. 8-12

8.3.5 Inter-RAT Handover in the PS Domain............................................................................... 8-13

8.3.6 AMR Rate Reduction .......................................................................................................... 8-13

8.3.7 Code Reshuffling ................................................................................................................ 8-14

8.3.8 MBMS Power Reduction .................................................................................................... 8-15

8.3.9 PS Inter-RAT Handover from UMTS to LTE ....................................................................... 8-15

8.3.10 LDR Actions of One UE in the Uplink and Downlink ........................................................ 8-16

9 Overload Control ....................................................................................................................... 9-1

9.1 Overload Triggering ....................................................................................................................... 9-1

9.2 General OLC Procedure ............................................................................................................... 9-2

9.3 OLC Actions .................................................................................................................................. 9-4

9.3.1 Performing TF Control of BE Services ................................................................................. 9-4

WCDMA RAN




iii

9.3.2 Switching BE Services to Common Channels ..................................................................... 9-5

9.3.3 Adjusting the Maximum FACH TX Power ............................................................................. 9-6

9.3.4 Releasing Some RABs ......................................................................................................... 9-6

10 Network Impact ..................................................................................................................... 10-1

10.1 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing ............................................................................................... 10-1

10.1.1 Network Performance ....................................................................................................... 10-1

10.2 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold ............................... 10-1

10.2.1 System Capacity ............................................................................................................... 10-1


10.3 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance ...................................................................... 10-2

10.3.1 System Capacity ............................................................................................................... 10-2


10.4 RRC Redirection for Service Steering ....................................................................................... 10-2

10.4.1 System Capacity ............................................................................................................... 10-2


10.5 FACH Power Control of RRC phase ......................................................................................... 10-2

10.5.1 System Capacity ............................................................................................................... 10-2


10.6 Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna.................................................................................... 10-3

10.6.1 System Capacity and Network Performance .................................................................... 10-3

10.6.2 Prerequisite Features ....................................................................................................... 10-4

10.6.3 Mutually Exclusive Features ............................................................................................. 10-4

10.6.4 Impacted Features ............................................................................................................ 10-4

10.7 WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH ................................................. 10-5

10.7.1 System Capacity ............................................................................................................... 10-5


10.7.3 Prerequisite Features ....................................................................................................... 10-5

10.7.4 Mutually Exclusive Features ............................................................................................. 10-5

10.7.5 Impacted Features ............................................................................................................ 10-6

11 Engineering Guidelines ....................................................................................................... 11-1

11.1 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call ................................................................................................ 11-1

11.1.1 Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 11-1

11.2 WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface .................................. 11-1

11.2.1 Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 11-1

11.3 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement .......................................................................................... 11-3

11.3.1 Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 11-3

11.4 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling .............................................................................................. 11-5

11.4.1 Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 11-5

11.5 WRFD-020107 Overload Control .............................................................................................. 11-8

11.5.1 Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 11-8

11.6 WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management .......................................................................... 11-9

WCDMA RAN




iv

11.6.1 Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 11-9

11.7 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control ..................................................................................... 11-11

11.7.1 Deployment ...................................................................................................................... 11-11

11.8 WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing .................................................................... 11-12

11.8.1 Deployment ..................................................................................................................... 11-12

11.9 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold .... 11-16

11.9.1 When to Use Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold11-16

11.9.2 Deployment ..................................................................................................................... 11-16

11.9.3 Performance Monitoring ................................................................................................. 11-20

11.9.4 Parameter Optimization .................................................................................................. 11-20

11.9.5 Troubleshooting .............................................................................................................. 11-20

11.10 WRFD-020401 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance ......................................... 11-20

11.10.1 When to Use Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance .................................... 11-20

11.10.2 Required Information .................................................................................................... 11-20

11.10.3 Deployment ................................................................................................................... 11-21

11.10.4 Performance Monitoring ............................................................................................... 11-23

11.10.5 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................ 11-23

11.11 WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance .................................................... 11-23

11.11.1 Deployment ................................................................................................................... 11-23

11.12 WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect ............................................................................... 11-26

11.12.1 When to Use Inter System Redirect ............................................................................. 11-26


11.12.3 Deployment ................................................................................................................... 11-26

11.13 WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup ................... 11-27

11.13.1 When to Use Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup .............. 11-27


11.13.3 Planning ........................................................................................................................ 11-27

11.13.4 Deployment ................................................................................................................... 11-27


11.13.6 Parameter Optimization ................................................................................................ 11-33


11.14 FACH Power Control of RRC phase ..................................................................................... 11-33

11.14.1 When to Use FACH Power Control of RRC phase ....................................................... 11-33


11.14.3 Planning ........................................................................................................................ 11-34

11.14.4 Deployment ................................................................................................................... 11-34




11.15 Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna ................................................................................ 11-43

11.15.1 When to Use Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna ................................................. 11-43


WCDMA RAN




v

11.15.3 Planning ........................................................................................................................ 11-46

11.15.4 Deployment ................................................................................................................... 11-46




11.16 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load Balance ..................................................................... 11-50

11.16.1 When to Use Intra Frequency Load Balance................................................................ 11-50


11.16.3 Deployment ................................................................................................................... 11-50

11.17 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Preemption ............................................................................. 11-52

11.17.1 When to Use Queuing and Preemption ........................................................................ 11-52


11.17.3 Deployment ................................................................................................................... 11-52

11.18 WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control ........................................................ 11-55

11.18.1 When to Use Rate Negotiation at Admission Control ................................................... 11-55


11.18.3 Deployment ................................................................................................................... 11-55

11.19 WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH ............................................. 11-59

11.19.1 When to Use Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH ........................................ 11-59


11.19.3 Planning ........................................................................................................................ 11-60

11.19.4 Deployment ................................................................................................................... 11-60




12 Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 12-1

13 Counters.................................................................................................................................. 13-1

14 Glossary .................................................................................................................................. 14-1

15 Reference Documents ......................................................................................................... 15-1

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 1 About This Document



1-1

1 About This Document

1.1 Scope

This document describes features related to load control and the related parameters.

1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:

Are familiar with WCDMA basics

Need to understand load control

Work with Huawei WCDMA products

1.3 Change History

This section provides information on the changes in different document versions.

There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:

Feature change: refers to a change in the load control feature.

Editorial change: refers to a change in wording or the addition of information that was not described in the earlier version.

Document Versions

The document issue is as follows:

Draft A (2013-01-30)

Draft A (2013-01-30)

This is a draft for RAN15.0.

Compared with issue 02 (2012-07-20) of RAN14.0, Draft A (2012-12-30) of RAN15.0 includes the following changes.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added the anti-imbalance of the different antenna function. For details, see following sections:

3.1 "Load-related Measurement Quantities"

10.6 "Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna" in chapter 10 "Network Impact"

11.15 "Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna" in chapter 11 "Engineering Guidelines"

Added the

ANTIANTENNAIMBALANCESW parameter

Optimized the RRC Redirection for Service Steering feature. Added network impact and engineering guidelines for this feature. For details, see following sections:

5.2.4 "RRC Redirection for Service

Added the RedirEcN0Thd parameter

WCDMA RAN




1-2


Steering"

10.4 "RRC Redirection for Service Steering" in chapter 10 "Network Impact"

11.13 "WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup" in chapter 11 "Engineering Guidelines"

Added the FACH power control of RRC phase function. For details, see following sections:

5.2.7 "FACH Power Control of RRC phase"

10.5 "FACH Power Control of RRC phase" in chapter 10 "Network Impact"

11.14 "FACH Power Control of RRC phase" in chapter 11 "Engineering Guidelines"

Added the following parameters:

T381

N381

T300

RrcCause

FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd

MaxFachPower

SIGRBIND

TrChId

OffsetFACHPower

Added the initial rate negotiation for CS+PS BE combined services function. For details, see "Initial Rate Negotiation for the PS BE Service in CS+PS Combined Services" in section 5.4.3 "Initial Rate Negotiation."


BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs

ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11



Added the WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH feature. For details, see following sections:

7.2.2 "Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH"

10.7 "WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH"

11.19 "WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH"


NBMLdcAlgoSwitch: DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH

PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState

PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState

FuncSwitch2: LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ

Added descriptions about the Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection feature. For details, see 5.2.1 "Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection Setup."

None

Updated descriptions about queuing and preemption for DB-HSDPA and 4C-HSDPA services. For details, see section 5.6 "Preemption" and section 5.7 "Queuing."

None

Introduced the CE resource preemption Added the PreemptEnhSwitch:

WCDMA RAN




1-3


enhancement function. For details, see following sections:

"Forced Preemption" in section 5.6 "Preemption"

11.17 "WRFD-010505 Queuing and Preemption"

PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH parameter

Modified the algorithm of the WRFD-020104 Intra-Frequency Load Balance feature to TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing. For details, see section 7.2 "Downlink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing."

None

Editorial change None None

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 2 Overview



2-1

2 Overview

The WCDMA system is a self-interfering system. As the load of the system increases, the interference rises. A relatively high interference can affect the coverage of cells and QoS of established services. Therefore, the capacity, coverage, and QoS of the WCDMA system are mutually affected. To solve these problems, the load control function is introduced to control the load in a cell.

Load control aims to maximize the system capacity while ensuring coverage and QoS by controlling the key resources, such as power, downlink channelization codes, channel elements (CEs), and Iub transmission resources, which directly affect user experience.

Each cell has its own set of load control functions that are responsible for monitoring and controlling the resources of the cell. The load control functions monitor the load condition of the cell through load measurement, make the admission decision for services through intelligent access control and call admission control, and relieve congestion in a cell.

2.1 Load Control in Different Scenarios

Depending on the different phases of UE access, different load control functions are used, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 2-1 Load control functions in different UE access phases

The load control functions are applied to different UE access phases as follows:

Before UE access: Potential User Control (PUC)

During UE access: Intelligent Access Control (IAC) and Call Admission Control (CAC)

After UE access: Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold(CLB), intra-frequency Load Balancing (LDB), Load Reshuffling (LDR), and Overload Control (OLC)

The following sections provide detailed information about the load control functions performed in the different UE access phases.

2.2 Functions of Load Control

Load control is implemented on the RNC after obtaining measurement reports from the NodeBs.

WCDMA RAN




2-2

Figure 2-2 Load control function in the WCDMA system

The load control functions are described as follows:

PUC

The function of PUC is to balance traffic load among cells on different frequencies. The RNC uses PUC to modify cell selection and reselection parameters, and broadcasts them through system information. In this way, UEs are directed to the lightly loaded cells. The UEs can be in idle mode, CELL_FACH state, CELL_PCH state, or URA_PCH state.

IAC

The function of IAC is to increase the access success rate with the current QoS guaranteed through rate negotiation, queuing, preemption, and directed retry decision (DRD). For details about DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.

CAC

The function of CAC is to decide whether to accept resource requests from UEs, such as access, reconfiguration, and handover requests, depending on the resource status of the cell.

For details about CAC, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.

CLB

The function of CLB is to initiate the procedure of inter-frequency load balancing when a cell is not congested, ensuring load balancing among cells. This function supports intra- and inter-RNC load balancing. CLB may occur before LDR. That is, the RNC can perform inter-frequency load balancing before a cell is congested.

LDB

The function of intra-frequency LDB is to balance the cell load between intra-frequency neighboring cells to provide better resource usage. When the load of a cell increases, the cell reduces its coverage to lighten its load. When the load of a cell decreases, the cell extends its coverage so that some traffic is sent from its neighboring cells to it.

LDR

The function of LDR is to reduce the cell load when the cell enters the basic congestion state. The purpose of LDR is to increase the access success rate by taking the following actions:

− Load-based inter-frequency handover

− BE service rate reduction

− QoS renegotiation for uncontrollable real-time services

− Load-based CS inter-RAT handover

− Load-based PS inter-RAT handover

− AMR voice service rate reduction

− Code reshuffling

WCDMA RAN




2-3

− MBMS power reduction

− PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE

OLC

The function of OLC is to reduce the cell load rapidly when the cell is overloaded. The purpose of OLC is to ensure the system stability and the QoS of most UEs in the following ways:

− Restricting the Transport Format (TF) of the BE service

− Switching BE services to common channels

− Adjusting the maximum transmit power of FACHs

− Releasing some RABs

Table 2-1 lists the resources that are considered by different load control functions.

Table 2-1 Resources considered by different load control functions

Load Control Function Resources

Power Code NodeB Credit Iub Bandwidth

CAC √ √ √ √

IAC √ √ √ √

PUC √ - - -

CLB √ √ √ -

LDB √ - - -

LDR √ √ √ √

OLC √ - - √

-: not considered

√: considered

2.3 Priorities Involved in Load Control

Different types of priorities are used in load control to preferentially ensure the QoS of the services or users with high priorities.

The priorities involved in load control are user priority, integrated radio access bearer (RAB) priority, and integrated user priority.

2.3.1 User Priority

User priorities are adopted to provide differentiated services for users. For ease of application, the RNC maps the 15 levels of Allocation/Retention Priority (ARP) that is carried in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the core network (CN) onto three user priorities, that is, gold (high priority), silver (medium priority), and bronze (low priority). The relationship between user priority and ARP can be set by running the SET UUSERPRIORITY command; the typical relationship is provided in Table 2-2.

WCDMA RAN




2-4

Table 2-2 Typical relationship between user priority and ARP

ARP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

User Priority

Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Silver Silver Silver

ARP 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

User Priority

Silver Silver Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper

If ARP is not received in messages from the Iu interface, the user priority is regarded as copper.

2.3.2 Integrated RAB Priority

The priority of an RAB is determined by its traffic class, ARP, and carrier type. Such a priority is called integrated RAB priority. When resources are insufficient, services with the highest integrated priority are preferentially processed.

The values of integrated RAB priority are set according to the integrated priority configuration reference parameter (PriorityReference):

If PriorityReference is set to Traffic Class, the integrated priority abides by the following rules:

− Traffic classes: conversational > streaming > interactive > background

− Services of the same traffic class: priority based on ARP, that is, ARP1 > ARP2 > ARP3 > ... > ARP14 > ARP15

− Service of the same traffic class and ARP (only for interactive services): priority based on Traffic Handling Priority (THP) that is carried in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message, that is, THP1 > THP2 > THP3 > ... > THP14 > THP15

− Services of the same traffic class, ARP and THP (only for interactive services): High Speed Packet Access (HSPA) or Dedicated Channel (DCH) service preferred depending on CarrierTypePriorInd.

If PriorityReference is set to ARP, the integrated priority abides by the following rules:

− ARP: ARP1 > ARP2 > ARP3 > ... > ARP14 > ARP15

− Services of the same ARP: priority based on traffic classes, that is, conversational > streaming > interactive > background

− Only for the interactive service of the same ARP value: priority based on Traffic Handling Priority (THP), that is, THP1 > THP2 > THP3 > ... > THP14 > THP15

− Services of the same ARP, traffic class and THP (only for interactive services): HSPA or DCH service preferred depending on CarrierTypePriorInd.

2.3.3 Integrated User Priority

A user may have multiple RABs, and the RABs may have different priorities. In this case, the highest priority is considered as the priority of this user. Such a priority is called integrated user priority. Integrated user priority is used in user-specific load control. For example, the selection of R99 users during preemption, the selection of users during load-based inter-frequency handover for LDR, and the selection of users during switching of BE services to common channels are performed according to the integrated user priority.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 3 Load Measurement



3-1

3 Load Measurement

This chapter describes the WRFD-020102 Load Measurement feature.

The load control functions, such as OLC and CAC, use load measurement values in the uplink and the downlink. A common Load Measurement (LDM) function is used to control load measurement in the uplink and the downlink separately.

Load measurement is implemented by the NodeB. The filtering of measurement quantities is implemented by the NodeB and the RNC.

3.1 Load-related Measurement Quantities

The major load-related measurement quantities are as follows:

Uplink Received Total Wideband Power (RTWP)

− When the feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation is not enabled, the RNC uses the measured RTWP value.

− When the feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation is enabled, the RNC uses the RTWP value after interference cancellation if UlIcLdcOptSwitch is set to OFF; the RNC uses the larger one between the following if UlIcLdcOptSwitch is set to ON:

a. Measured RTWP value – MaxDeltaOfTargetRoT

b. RTWP value after interference cancellation

For details about the feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation, see HSUPA Feature Parameter Description.

OLC always uses the measured RTWP value no matter whether the RNC uses the measured RTWP value. For details about OLC, see chapter 9 "Overload Control".

Downlink Transmitted Carrier Power (TCP)

Non-HSPA power: TCP excluding the power used for transmission on HSPA channels. For the detailed information about HSPA channels, see HSDPA Feature Parameter Description and HSUPA Feature Parameter Description.

The downlink power load state is as follows:

Light State (The downlink power load falls into the range of 0% to 30%)

Normal State (The downlink power load falls into the range of 30% to 50%)

Loaded State (The downlink power load falls into the range of 50% to 70%)

Heavy State (The downlink power load falls into the range of 70% to 95%)

Overload State (The downlink power load falls into the range of 95% to 100%)

These power load states are used to determine downlink cell load. Downlink load in an HSDPA cell is the proportion of non-HSPA power consumption to the maximum transmit power of this cell (MaxTxPower). Downlink load in an R99 cell is the proportion of TCP to the maximum transmit power of this cell.

Provided Bit Rate (PBR) on HS-DSCH. For details about PBR, see 3GPP 25.321.

Power Requirement for GBR (GBP) on HS-DSCH: minimum power required to ensure the GBR on HS-DSCH

PBR on E-DCH Light State, Normal State, Loaded State, Heavy State, Overload State

Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share (RSEPS): power of the E-DCH scheduling service in the serving cell

Uplink total load: sum of R99 service load, HSUPA service load, and control channel load. Measuring the uplink total load depends on the NodeB hardware.

WCDMA RAN




3-2

Uplink minimum guaranteed load: sum of R99 service load, HSUPA service load required by the HSUPA GBR, and control channel load. Measuring the uplink minimum guaranteed load depends on the NodeB hardware.

The HSUPA GBR is calculated as follows:

− If the function uplink enhanced L2 is disabled, GBR = max (bit rate of one RLC PDU, GBR).

− If the function uplink enhanced L2 is enabled, GBR = max (bit rate of the smallest RLC PDU, GBR).

The NodeB measures the major quantities related to load control. After layer 1 and layer 3 filtering, the measurement values are reported to the RNC through the COMMON MEASUREMENT REPORT message.

The RNC performs smooth filtering of the measurement values reported from the NodeB and then obtains the measurement values, which further serve as data input for the load control algorithms.

The RNC calculates the actual uplink load based on the filtered RTWP, uplink total load, and uplink minimum guaranteed load. The actual uplink load is one of the factors for the uplink load-related algorithms.

When one base station uses multiple antennas, these antennas may cause interference to each other. If antenna interference is imbalanced or if some antennas become invalid, the measured RTWP and uplink load may be inaccurate. In this situation, the anti-imbalance of the different antenna algorithm can be used to correct the inaccurate measurement results and reflect the actual cell load. In this way, system capacity and network coverage can be better balanced. This algorithm helps address shrinking uplink coverage and reduced system capacity in multi-antenna scenarios.

Uplink load measurement involves the measurement of RSEPS, uplink total load, and uplink minimum guaranteed load. The anti-imbalance of the different antenna algorithm is controlled by the ANTIANTENNAIMBALANCESW parameter on the NodeB side.

Figure 3-1 shows the LDM procedure.

Figure 3-1 LDM procedure

3.2 Reporting Period

The NodeB periodically reports each measurement quantity to the RNC. The following table lists the reporting period parameters for setting different measurement quantities.

WCDMA RAN




3-3

Measurement Quantity Reporting Period Parameter

RTWP ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas

TenMsecForUlBasicMeas

MinForUlBasicMeas

ChoiceRprtUnitForDlBasicMeas

TenMsecForDlBasicMeas

MinForDlBasicMeas

RSEPS

TCP

Non-HSPA power

Uplink total load

Uplink minimum guaranteed load

GBP ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaPwrMeas

TenMsecForHsdpaPwrMeas

MinForHsdpaPwrMeas

HS-DSCH PBR ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaRateMeas

TenMsecForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas

MinForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas

E-DCH PBR ChoiceRprtUnitForHsupaRateMeas

TenMsecForHsupaPrvidRateMeas

MinForHsupaPrvidRateMeas

3.3 Load Measurement Filtering

3.3.1 Layer 3 Filtering on the NodeB Side

The following figure shows the measurement model at the physical layer that is compliant with 3GPP 25.302.

Figure 3-2 Measurement model at the physical layer

In Figure 3-2:

A is the sampling value of the measurement.

B is the measurement value after layer 1 filtering.

C is the measurement value after layer 3 filtering.

C' is another measurement value (if any) for measurement evaluation.

WCDMA RAN




3-4

D is the reported measurement value.

Layer 1 filtering is not standardized by protocols and it depends on vendor equipment. Layer 3 filtering is standardized. The filtering effect is controlled by a higher layer. The alpha filtering that applies to layer 3 filtering is calculated according to the following formula:

where

Fn is the new post-filtering measurement value.

Fn-1 is the last post-filtering measurement value.

Mn is the new measurement value from the physical layer.

α = (1/2)k/2

, k is the measure filter coefficient which is specified by the following parameters.

− For load control algorithms (excluding OLC), k is specified by the UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff or DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff parameter.

− For OLC algorithm, k is specified by the UlOlcMeasFilterCoeff or DlOlcMeasFilterCoeff parameter.

3.3.2 Smooth Filtering on the RNC Side

After the RNC receives the measurement report, it filters the measurement value using the smooth window method.

Assuming that the reported measurement value is Qn and that the length of the smooth window is N, the filtered measurement value is

LDM must apply different smooth window length and measurement periods to PUC, CAC, LDR, and OLC to obtain appropriate filtered values.

The following table lists the smooth window length parameters for setting different functions.

Table 3-1 The smooth window length parameters for setting different functions

Function Smooth Window Length Parameter

PUC PucAvgFilterLen

CAC UlCacAvgFilterLen

DlCacAvgFilterLen

LDB LdbAvgFilterLen

LDR UlLdrAvgFilterLen

DlLdrAvgFilterLen

OLC UlOlcAvgFilterLen

DlOlcAvgFilterLen

WCDMA RAN




3-5

GBP measurements have the same smooth window length in all related functions. The filter length for GBP measurement is specified by the HsdpaNeedPwrFilterLen parameter.

The length of the PBR smooth filter window is specified by the HsdpaPrvidBitRateFilterLen / HsupaPrvidBitRateFilterLen parameter.

CLB measurements have the same smooth window length with LDR.

3.4 Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Algorithm

Uplink (UL) background noises are sensitive to environmental conditions, and the fluctuation of the background noises has a negative impact on the RTWP measurement value. Therefore, the LDM function includes an auto-adaptive update algorithm to restrict the background noise within a specified range, as described here:

If the temperature in the equipment room is constant, the background noise changes slightly. In this case, the background noise requires no adjustment after initial correction.

If the temperature in the equipment room varies with the ambient temperature, the background noise changes greatly. In this case, the background noise requires auto-adaptive upgrade.

The following figure shows the flow chart of auto-adaptive background noise update, which is enabled by the BGNSwitch parameter.

BGNSwitch is set to ON by default.

WCDMA RAN




3-6

Figure 3-3 Flow chart of auto-adaptive background noise update

WCDMA RAN




3-7

The Alpha filter formula is: Fn = (1 - α) x Fn-1 + α x Mn (n≥1). For details about this formula, see section 3.3.1 "Layer 3

Filtering on the NodeB Side."

Counting threshold = (Duration of background noise)/(RTWP reporting period). The duration of background noise is used in auto-adaptive upgrade decision and is set by the BGNAdjustTimeLen parameter. For the setting of RTWP

reporting period, see section 3.2 "Reporting Period."

The procedure for auto-adaptive background noise update is as follows:

1. The RNC initializes the counter and filter that are used for auto-adaptive upgrade and sets the initial value (F0) of the filter to BackgroundNoise.

2. The RNC receives the latest RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value from the physical layer.

3. The RNC checks whether the current time is within the effective period of the algorithm, that is, whether the current time is later than BgnStartTime and earlier than BgnEndTime.

If the current time is within the effective period, then:

− If BGNOptSwitch is set to OFF, Mn = the latest RTWP measurement value. The procedure goes to 4 (a).

− If BGNOptSwitch is set to ON, Mn = the latest RTWP measurement value - uplink total load measurement value. The procedure goes to 4 (b).

If the current time is not within the effective period, the RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value.

The uplink total load measurement depends on the NodeB hardware. For details, see section 3.1 "Load-related Measurement Quantities" When the uplink total load measurement is invalid, background noise update is not performed. The initial value of the filter is set to the current background noise.

4. The RNC do the following:

(a). The RNC determines whether the current Equivalent Number of Users (ENU) in the cell is greater than the value of BGNEqUserNumThd:

− If the current ENU is greater than the value of BGNEqUserNumThd, the RNC infers that Mn includes other noises in addition to the background noise, and therefore it does not feed Mn to the filter. In addition, the RNC sets the counter to zero, retains the current background noise, and sets the initial value of the filter to the current background noise. The background noise update procedure ends. The RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value.

− If the current ENU in the cell is smaller than or equal to the value of BGNEqUserNumThd, the RNC feeds Mn to the filter and performs the next step.

(b). The RNC determines whether the uplink total load measurement value is greater than the value of BGNULLoadThd:

− If the latest uplink total load measurement value is greater than the value of BGNULLoadThd, the RNC sets the counter to zero, retains the current background noise, and sets the initial value of the filter to the current background noise. The background noise update procedure ends. The RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value.

− If the latest uplink total load measurement value is smaller than or equal to the value of BGNULLoadThd, the RNC feeds Mn to the filter and performs the next step.

5. The RNC checks whether |Mn - Fn-1| is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd. If it is smaller than this threshold value, the RNC increments the counter by one, calculates Fn according to the Alpha filter formula, and performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement value.

6. The RNC checks whether the counter reaches the counting threshold. If it reaches the counting threshold, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement value.

WCDMA RAN




3-8

7. The RNC checks whether |Fn - BackgroundNoise| is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd. The purpose is to prevent burst interference and RTWP spike. If it is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC sets the counter to zero and waits for the next RTWP measurement value.

8. The RNC checks whether |Fn - current background noise| is greater than the value of BgnUpdateThd. The purpose is to prevent frequent background noise upgrades on the Iub interface. If it is greater than the value of BgnUpdateThd, the RNC sets the current background noise to Fn, sets the counter to zero, and waits for the next RTWP measurement value. Otherwise, the RNC sets the counter to zero and waits for the next RTWP measurement value.

----End

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 4 Potential User Control



4-1

4 Potential User Control

This chapter describes the WRFD-020105 Potential User Control feature.

The PUC function controls the cell selection and cell reselection of a UE that is in idle mode, in the CELL_FACH state, CELL_PCH state, or URA_PCH state and prevents the UE from camping on a heavily loaded cell.

The PUC is valid only for inter-frequency cells, and it takes effect only in the downlink.

Figure 4-1 shows the PUC procedure.

Figure 4-1 PUC procedure

The PUC function is enabled only when the PUC sub-parameter of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter is set to 1.

For a cell not supporting DC-HSDPA, the RNC periodically monitors the downlink load of the cell.

If the cell load is higher than the upper threshold (SpucHeavy) plus the load level division hysteresis (SpucHyst), the cell load is considered heavy.

If the cell load is lower than the lower threshold (SpucLight) minus SpucHyst, the cell load is considered light.

For a cell supporting DC-HSDPA, the RNC concurrently monitors the load state of each single cell and load state of the cell group.

The checking of load state of a single cell is the same as that of a cell not supporting DC-HSDPA.

The checking of load state of the cell group is as follows:

− If the load of the two cells is higher than their upper thresholds (SpucHeavy) plus their load level division hysteresis (SpucHyst), the load of the cell group is considered heavy.

− If the load of the two cells is lower than their lower thresholds (SpucLight) minus their load level division hysteresis (SpucHyst), the load of the cell group is considered light.

The load state of a cell supporting DC-HSDPA is determined based on the following table.

WCDMA RAN




4-2

Load of Single Cell Load of Cell Group Load of Cell Supporting DC-HSDPA

Heavy Heavy, normal, or light Heavy

Heavy, normal, or light Heavy Heavy

Normal Normal, or light Normal

Normal, or light Normal Normal

Light Light Light

The states of a cell load are heavy, normal, and light, as shown in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 Cell load states

Based on the cell load, the PUC works as follows:

If the cell load becomes heavy, the PUC modifies cell selection and reselection parameters and broadcasts them through system information. In this way, the PUC leads UEs to the lightly loaded neighboring cells.

If the cell load becomes normal, the PUC uses the cell selection and reselection parameters configured on the RNC LMT.

If the cell load becomes light, the PUC modifies cell selection and reselection parameters and broadcasts them through system information. In this way, the PUC leads UEs to this cell.

The variables related to cell selection and reselection are Qoffset1(s,n) (load level offset), Qoffset2(s,n) (load level offset), and Sintersearch (start threshold for inter-frequency cell reselection). The following table describes PUC-related variables and their impacts on UEs.

WCDMA RAN




4-3

Table 4-2 PUC-related variables and their impacts on UEs

Item Description

Implementation The NodeB periodically reports the transmit power of the cell, and the PUC periodically triggers the following activities:

Assessing the cell load level based on the non-HSPA power and HS-DSCH GBP

Setting Sintersearch, Qoffset1(s,n), and Qoffset2(s,n) based on the cell load level

Updating the parameters in system information SIB3 and SIB11

Adjustment Based on the characteristics of inter-frequency cell selection and reselection, the UE makes the corresponding adjustments:

Sintersearch

− When this value is increased by the serving cell, the UE starts inter-frequency cell reselection ahead of schedule.

− When this value is decreased by the serving cell, the UE delays inter-frequency cell reselection.

Qoffset1(s,n): applies to R (reselection) rule with CPICH RSCP

− When this value is increased by the serving cell, the UE has a lower probability of selecting a neighboring cell.

− When this value is decreased by the serving cell, the UE has a higher probability of selecting a neighboring cell.

Qoffset2(s,n): applies to R (reselection) rule with CPICH Ec/Io

− When this value is increased by the serving cell, the UE has a lower probability of selecting a neighboring cell.

− When this value is decreased by the serving cell, the UE has a higher probability of selecting a neighboring cell.

Depending on the load status of the serving cell, the cell reselection variable Sintersearch is adjusted up or down or kept unchanged. Changes to the variable Sintersearch are made as shown in Table 4-3.

Table 4-3 Changes made to Sintersearch according to the load state

Load State of the Serving Cell

S'intersearch Change to Sintersearch

Light S'intersearch = Sintersearch + OffSinterLight

Normal S'intersearch = Sintersearch →

Heavy S'intersearch = Sintersearch + OffSinterHeavy

: indicates that the parameter value decreases.

→: indicates that the parameter value remains unchanged.

: indicates that the parameter value increases.

The configurations of Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 are related to the load of the serving cell and the load of the neighboring cells. Changes to Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 are made as shown in Table 4-4.

WCDMA RAN




4-4

Table 4-4 Changes made to Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 according to the load state

Load State of the Neighboring Cells

Load State of the Serving Cell

Q'offset1 Change to Qoffset1

Q'offset2 Change to Qoffset2

Light Light Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 → Q'offset2 = Qoffset2 →

Light Normal Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 → Q'offset2 = Qoffset2 →

Light Heavy Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 + OffQoffset1Light

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2 + OffQoffset2Light

Normal Light Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 → Q'offset2 = Qoffset2 →

Normal Normal Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 → Q'offset2 = Qoffset2 →

Normal Heavy Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 + OffQoffset1Light

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2 + OffQoffset2Light

Heavy Light Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 + OffQoffset1Heavy

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2 + OffQoffset2Heavy

Heavy Normal Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 + OffQoffset1Heavy

Q'offset2 = Qoffset2 + OffQoffset2Heavy

Heavy Heavy Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 → Q'offset2 = Qoffset2 →

The prerequisite for changing the preceding parameters is that these parameters should be in their default values.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 5 Intelligent Access Control



5-1

5 Intelligent Access Control

5.1 Overview of Intelligent Access Control

IAC is used to increase the access success rate, that is, RRC connection success rate and RAB setup success rate.

There are two types of IAC, namely, IAC for RRC connection processing and IAC for RAB connection processing.

IAC for RRC connection processing is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access through redirection and RRC DRD. It also implements load balancing and service steering.

IAC for RAB connection processing is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access through DRD and CAC. It also implements load balancing and service steering. Features such as preemption, queuing, and low-rate access are used to further improve the RAB setup success rate.

In addition, IAC provides differentiated services for users with different priorities. For example, when the system resources are insufficient, procedures such as direct admission, preemption, and redirection can be performed to ensure the successful access of emergency calls to the network.

Figure 5-1 shows a typical procedure for service access control.

Figure 5-1 Service access control procedure

WCDMA RAN




5-2

As shown in Figure 5-1, the procedure for service access includes the procedures for RRC connection setup and RAB setup. The successful setup of the RRC connection is one of the prerequisites for the RAB setup.

During the RRC connection processing, the RNC performs the following steps.

1. RRC redirection based on distance (only for UE-originating AMR services). For details, see section 5.2.3 "Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Distance". If the RNC decides to obtain UE access from another cell, it sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE; otherwise, the RNC performs the next step.

2. RRC redirection for service steering. For details, see section 5.2.4 "RRC Redirection for Service Steering."

− If the RNC decides to obtain UE access from the current cell, it then makes a resource-based admission decision. If the resource-based admission fails, the RNC performs DRD and redirection.

− If the RNC decides to obtain UE access from another cell, it then sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE. The message carries the information about the cell and instructs the UE to set up an RRC connection to the cell.

For details, see section 5.2 "IAC During RRC Connection Setup."

During the RAB connection processing, the RNC performs the following steps:

3. Performs inter-frequency DRD to select a suitable cell for service steering or load balancing. For details about DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.

4. Performs rate negotiation according to the service requested by the UE. For details, see section 5.4 "Rate Negotiation at Admission Control."

5. Makes cell resource-based admission decision. If the admission is successful, UE access is granted. Otherwise, the RNC performs the next step. For details about admission decision, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.

6. Selects a suitable cell, according to the inter-frequency DRD, from the cells where no admission attempt has been made, and then performs step 7. If all the attempts fail, the RNC performs the next step.

7. Selects a suitable cell according to the inter-RAT DRD. If the inter-RAT admission is successful, UE access is granted in the inter-RAT cell. If the inter-RAT DRD fails or is not supported, the RNC performs the next step.

8. Makes a preemption attempt. For details about preemption, see section 5.6 "Preemption." If the preemption is successful, UE access is granted. If the preemption fails or is not supported, the RNC performs the next step.

9. Makes a queuing attempt. For details about queuing, see section 5.7 "Queuing."

10. ." If the queuing is successful, UE access is granted. If the queuing fails or is not supported, the RNC performs the next step.

11. Performs low-rate access. For details about low-rate access, see section 5.8 "Low-Rate Access of the PS BE Service." If the low-rate access is admitted, UE access is granted. If the low-rate access is unsuccessful, the RNC performs the next step.

12. Rejects UE access.

After the admission attempts of an HSPA service request fail in all candidate cells, the service falls back to the DCH. Then, the service reattempts to access the network.

WCDMA RAN




5-3

Table 5-1 IAC procedure supported by services

Service

Type

Low-Rate

Access

Rate Negotiation Preemption Queuing DRD

MBR

Negotiation

GBR

Negotiation

Initial Rate

Negotiation

Target Rate

Negotiation

Inter-

Frequency

Inter-RAT

DCH √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

HSUPA - √ √ √ √ √ √ √ -

HSDPA - √ √ - - √ √ √ -

5.2 IAC During RRC Connection Setup

5.2.1 Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection Setup

Before a new service is admitted to the network, an RRC connection must be set up.

As shown in Figure 5-2, when the switch DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is set to ON, the RRC connection setup procedure is performed as follows:

Inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is controlled by the switch PerfEnhanceSwitch: PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH, not by the switch DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.

WCDMA RAN




5-4

Figure 5-2 RRC connection setup procedure

WCDMA RAN




5-5

After receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC performs inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage when PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter is selected. If this check box is not selected, the RNC performs the RRC redirection based on distance (only for UE-originating AMR services). For details, see section 5.2.3 "RRC Redirection based on Distance". If the RNC decides to obtain UE access from another cell, it sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE; otherwise, the RNC performs the next step.

Then, the RNC uses the RRC redirection algorithm for service steering and Macro & Micro Joint Inter-Frequency Redirection to decide whether the UE can access the network from the current cell:

If the UE can access the network from the current cell according to the decision result, the RNC uses the CAC algorithm to decide whether an RRC connection can be set up between the UE and the current cell.

− If the RRC connection can be set up between the UE and the current cell, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message to the UE.

− If the RRC connection cannot be set up between the UE and the current cell, the RNC attempts to select a cell for RRC connection setup through RRC DRD. If the RRC DRD fails, RRC redirection will be performed.

If the UE needs to access the network from another cell according to the decision result, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE. The message carries the information about this cell.

DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is the general switch of the following six algorithms:

Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Distance

Inter-Frequency RRC Redirection Based on Distance

RRC Redirection for Service Steering

Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection

RRC DRD

RRC Redirection After DRD Failure

Before enabling the six algorithms, turn on the DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.

For details about the Macro & Micro Joint Inter-Frequency Redirection feature, see HetNet Co-Carrier Coordination Phase 1Feature Parameter Description.

5.2.2 Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Weak Coverage

In weak-coverage areas, the UE access success rate is low and the call drop possibility is high. In areas where the GSM coverage is better than the UMTS coverage, using inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage can redirect UEs from the UMTS to the GSM network to improve the UE access success rate and reduce the call drop rate.

Inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is recommended when there is only a small proportion of UEs that do not support inter-RAT redirections. The parameter PerfEnhanceSwitch: PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH specifies whether to enable inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage.

The procedure for inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is as follows:

1. Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC checks the setting of PerfEnhanceSwitch: PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH.

WCDMA RAN




5-6

− If PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter is not selected, the RNC does not perform inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage. The RRC connection setup request is then processed in the current cell.

− If PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter is selected, the procedure goes to the next step.

2. The RNC obtains the Ec/N0 value of the current cell from the RACH Measurement Report IE in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message.

− If the Ec/N0 value is greater than or equal to the value of WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs, the RNC does not perform inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage. The RRC connection setup request is then processed in the current cell.

− If the Ec/N0 value is smaller than the value of WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs, the procedure goes to the next step.

3. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message containing information on the neighboring GSM cells of the current cell.

If the current cell does not have any neighboring GSM cell or the IE "RACH Measurement Report" does not contain the Ec/N0 value, inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is not performed.

5.2.3 RRC Redirection based on Distance

Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Distance

This section describes the WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance feature.

In actual situations, a UE may receive signals from a distant cell and subsequently access the cell. However, the cells that are adjacent to this cell are not configured as its neighboring cells. If the UE moves out of this cell, call drops may occur. To solve this problem, RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance is introduced.

The RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance technique estimates the distance between the UE and the cell center by considering the propagation delay. Based on the estimation result, the RNC checks whether to perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection. The propagation delay is the one-way propagation delay of the radio signal from the UE to the NodeB. The NodeB measures the propagation delay and then reports it to the RNC. The propagation delay is directly proportional to the distance between the UE and the NodeB.

The switch of RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance can be set through the RedirSwitch parameter. RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance is applicable only to the UE-originating AMR services.

The procedure for RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance is as follows:

1. Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC checks whether the requested service is the UE-originating AMR service. If yes, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC does not perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

2. The RNC obtains the propagation delay from the NodeB and compares it with DelayThs.

− If the propagation delay is greater than DelayThs, the RNC performs the next step.

− If the propagation delay is equal to or less than DelayThs, the RNC does not perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

3. The RNC checks the load status of the current cell and checks whether to perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance by considering the load status.

WCDMA RAN




5-7

− If the cell is in the normal state, the RNC generates a random value ranging from 0 to 1 and compares the value with the RedirFactorOfNorm parameter. If the random value is equal to or smaller than the parameter, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC does not perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

− If the cell is in the basic congestion state or is overloaded, the RNC generates a random value ranging from 0 to 1 and compares the value with the RedirFactorOfLDR parameter. If the random value is equal to or smaller than the parameter, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC does not perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

4. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message containing information on the neighboring GSM cells of the current cell.

If the current cell does not have any neighboring GSM cell, the UE spontaneously selects a proper cell to access.

Inter-Frequency RRC Redirection Based on Distance

This section describes the WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance feature.

Excessive cell coverage may occur in UMTS networks. This is especially the case in cells operating in UMTS 900 MHz, because such cells have strong coverage abilities. If a UE moves out of a UMTS cell with excessive coverage during cell access and no neighboring GSM cells are configured for this cell, the RRC setup for the UE fails. Inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance, which is designed to address excessive coverage issues, can solve this problem. Inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance applies only to UE-originating services.

Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC obtains the propagation delay of the UE and compares it with the propagation delay threshold for inter-frequency RRC redirections. When inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance is enabled and the propagation delay of the UE is greater than the threshold, the RNC considers that the UE is in a cell with excessive coverage, and it triggers inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The InterFreqRedirSwitch parameter specifies whether inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance is enabled.

Figure 5-3 shows the procedure for inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance.

WCDMA RAN




5-8

Figure 5-3 Procedure for inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance

The procedure for inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance is as follows:

1. Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC checks whether InterFreqRedirSwitch is set to ON.

If InterFreqRedirSwitch is set to OFF, the RNC does not perform inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is then processed in the current cell.

WCDMA RAN




5-9

If InterFreqRedirSwitch is set to ON, the procedure goes to the next step.

2. The RNC obtains the propagation delay of the UE from the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message and compares it with the propagation delay limit for inter-frequency RRC redirections. The propagation delay threshold is specified by the InterFreqRedirDelayThd parameter.

If the propagation delay of the UE is smaller than or equal to InterFreqRedirDelayThd, the RNC does not perform inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is then processed in the current cell.

If the propagation delay of the UE is greater than InterFreqRedirDelayThd, the procedure goes to the next step.

3. The RNC checks the load status of the current cell.

If the current cell is experiencing LDR (that is, the cell is in the basic congestion state in the uplink or downlink), the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and compares it with the inter-frequency redirection factor for LDR (specified by InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR).

− If the random number is smaller than or equal to InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR, the procedure goes to the next step.

− If the random number is greater than InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR, the RNC does not perform inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is then processed in the current cell.

If the current cell is not experiencing LDR, the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and compares it with the inter-frequency redirection factor for the normal state (specified by InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm).

− If the random number is smaller than or equal to InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm, the procedure goes to the next step.

− If the random number is greater than InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm, the RNC does not perform inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is then processed in the current cell.

4. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message that contains the target frequency number for redirection.

The RedirUARFCNUplinkInd parameter specifies whether to manually configure the uplink target frequency number for redirection.

− If RedirUARFCNUplinkInd is set to TRUE, the uplink target frequency number is set by the RedirUARFCNUplink parameter.

− If RedirUARFCNUplinkInd is set to FALSE, the uplink target frequency number is automatically configured according to the binding relationship between uplink and downlink frequency numbers.

The downlink target frequency number is specified by the RedirUARFCNDownlink parameter.

The RedirBandInd parameter determines the validity of the uplink and downlink target frequency numbers. If the target frequency numbers are out of the range of the bands specified by RedirBandInd, a prompt displays to inform users. If RedirBandInd is set to DependOnNCell, the target cell must be under the same RNC as the current cell and these two cells must be on the same band.

5. After inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance is complete, the RNC prevents ping-pong redirections regardless of whether the redirection is successful.

If PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command is selected, the RNC prevents ping-pong redirections based on service, Iur-g load, and distance. If a UE that has been redirected to another cell attempts to access the original cell, it is directly admitted.

If PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command is not selected, the RNC does not prevent ping-pong redirections.

WCDMA RAN




5-10

5.2.4 RRC Redirection for Service Steering

Overview

This section describes the WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature.

The RRC redirection for service steering is used to enable the successful RRC connection setup by selecting an appropriate cell for the UE based on the requested service. This algorithm is not applicable to combined services.

During the RRC connection setup, the RNC implements service steering between inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells according to the service type requested by the UE. In addition, the RNC considers the load of the cell for access and the redirection factors to control the degree of load sharing. Therefore, this function is also called service steering and load sharing in RRC connection setup.

Procedure of RRC Redirection for Service Steering

The procedure for RRC redirection for service steering is as follows:

1. The RNC obtains the information about the service requested by the UE and the capability of the UE.

− If the DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH of the parameter DrSwitch is set to 1, the RNC determines the service type requested by the UE. If the RNC succeeds in determining the service type requested by the UE and the switch of RRC direction for service steering (RedirSwitch) is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY or ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

− If the DR_ RRC_DRD_SWITCH of the parameter DrSwitch is set to 0, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

2. Based on the setting of RedirSwitch and SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch, the RNC takes the corresponding actions:

− If RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY and SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch is set to ON,

a. If the uplink power load of the cell is lower than the value of UlLdrTrigThd multiplied by OffloadRelativeThd and the downlink power load is lower than the value of DlLdrTrigThd multiplied by OffloadRelativeThd, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

b. If the preceding conditions are not met, the RNC performs the next step.

− If RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY and SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch is set to OFF, the RNC performs the next step.

The frequency information carried in the message can be set by running the SET UREDIRECTION command.

SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch is effective when RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY.

The calculation method for the uplink/downlink power load of a cell is the same as that for the power load in the load reshuffling algorithm.

− If RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, the RNC performs the next step.

3. Based on the cell load and the redirection factors, the RNC decides whether to perform RRC redirection for service steering.

− If the cell is in the normal state, the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and compares it with the corresponding unconditional redirection factor (RedirFactorOfNorm). If the random number is smaller than this factor, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

WCDMA RAN




5-11

− If the cell is in the basic congestion or overload state, the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and compares it with the value of RedirFactorOfLDR. If the random number is smaller than this factor, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.

4. When RedirBandInd is set to a value ranging from Band1 to Band9, the RNC takes the following actions:

− If the measured CPICH Ec/N0 is contained in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message and the value of CPICH Ec/N0 is larger than or equal to the value for RedirEcN0Thd, the RNC proceeds with the next step. If the value of CPICH Ec/N0 is smaller than the value for RedirEcN0Thd, the RNC processes the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message in the current cell.

− If the measured CPICH Ec/N0 is not contained in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message, the RNC proceeds with the next step.

When RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY and RedirBandInd is set to DependOnNCell, the target cell must be an intra-band inter-frequency cell under the same RNC with the current cell and BlindHoFlag for the target cell is set to TRUE.

− If a cell in the inter-frequency neighboring cell list meets the preceding requirements, the RNC determines whether this neighboring cell is in the OLC state.

a. If this neighboring cell is in the OLC state, it cannot be the target cell of the UE. If all the neighboring cells are in the OLC state, the RNC processes the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message in the current cell.

b. If this neighboring cell is not in the OLC state, the RNC proceeds with the next step.

− If all the cells in the inter-frequency neighboring cell list do not meet the preceding requirements, the RNC processes the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message in the current cell.

If parameter settings do not meet the requirements in this step, the RNC skips this step and proceeds with the next step.

5. The RNC performs RRC redirection.

− If RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE, redirecting the UE to the target frequency carried in the message.

− If RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE, redirecting the UE to inter-RAT neighboring cells carried in the message.

Service Identification Rule

The RNC identifies requested services according to the relevant information elements (IEs) in the RRC Connection Request message received from the UE. The identification is successful only when all the conditions described in Table 5-2 are met. Otherwise, the identification fails.

TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch specifies whether to identify terminated services.

If TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch is set to ON, the RNC identifies both originated services and terminated services.

If TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch is set to OFF, the RNC identifies only originated services.

Table 5-2 Service identification rule

Identified Service Type

Reference IE

Establishment cause Domain indicator

Call type UE capability indication

Access stratum release indicator

AMR Originating Conversational Call

Terminating Conversational

CS domain Speech N/A REL-6

REL-7

WCDMA RAN




5-12

Identified Service Type

Reference IE

Establishment cause Domain indicator

Call type UE capability indication

Access stratum release indicator

Call

AMR/VP Originating Conversational Call

Terminating Conversational Call

N/A N/A N/A R99

REL-4

REL-5

VP Originating Conversational Call

Terminating Conversational Call

CS domain Video N/A REL-6

REL-7

PS R99 Originating Interactive Call

Originating Background Call

Terminating Interactive Call

Terminating Background Call

N/A N/A N/A R99

REL-4

PS R99 Originating Interactive Call




PS domain N/A Not HS-DSCH or HS-DSCH

+E-DCH

REL-6

REL-7

PS HSPA Originating Interactive Call




PS domain N/A HS-DSCH or HS-DSCH

+E-DCH

REL-6

REL-7

PS R99 and PS HSPA services for UEs of the REL-5 version cannot be identified by the RNC because these UEs do not carry the Domain indicator, Call type, or UE capability indication IEs in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message.

UEs of REL-5 and earlier versions do not carry the Domain indicator, Call type, or UE capability indication IEs. Therefore, the RNC cannot differentiate between AMR services and VP services. The RNC implements VP service redirection the same way it implements AMR service redirection.

5.2.5 RRC DRD

If the UE fails to access the current cell, the RNC performs RRC DRD. The purpose is to instruct the UE to set up an RRC connection in an inter-frequency neighboring cell with better signal quality.

For details about RRC DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.

5.2.6 RRC Redirection After DRD Failure

This section describes the WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect feature.

The purpose of RRC redirection after DRD failure is to instruct the UE to set up RRC connection in an inter-frequency or an inter-RAT cell.

WCDMA RAN




5-13

When the RRC DRD fails, the RNC performs RRC redirection as follows:

The RNC selects another frequency for redirection based on the setting of the ReDirBandInd parameter. If the ReDirBandInd parameter is set to a specific band, the RNC selects the configured target frequency number and redirects the UE. The target frequency number is configured by the following parameters: ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd, ReDirUARFCNUplink, ReDirUARFCNDownlink.

If the ReDirBandInd parameter is set to DependOnNCell, the RNC selects the target frequency number from the target frequency numbers corresponding to the intra-band inter-frequency neighboring cells of the current cell. In addition, the RNC excludes the target frequency numbers corresponding to the cells that have carried out inter-frequency RRC DRD attempts.

If more than one target frequency number is available, the RNC selects a target frequency number randomly. Then, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE, redirecting the UE to the selected target frequency carried in the message.

If no target frequency number is available, the RNC continues to perform RRC redirection according to the setting of the ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch parameter.

− If ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch is set to Only_To_Inter_Frequency, the RRC connection setup fails.

− If ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch is set to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT and there is a neighboring GSM cell, the RNC sends the information about the neighboring GSM cell to the UE and redirects the UE to GSM system. If ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch is set to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT but there is no neighboring GSM cell, the UE automatically searches for GSM cells and then selects one of them for RRC connection setup attempts.

5.2.7 FACH Power Control of RRC phase

During the RRC connection setup procedure, coverage in the live network may be imbalanced and UEs in weak coverage areas cannot correctly parse messages from the network. This leads to RRC connection setup failures. To address this problem, the FACH power control of RRC phase function is introduced to increase the downlink transmit power of the FACH so that UEs can parse messages more accurately.

When a UE attempts to access a cell, the RNC checks the cause value and the Ec/N0 value contained in the RRC CONNETCTION REQUEST message. The RRC connection setup cause is specified by the RrcCause parameter. The RNC then compares the Ec/N0 value with the value for FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd corresponding to the RrcCause parameter.

If the value of Ec/N0 is smaller than the value for FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd, the FACH power control of RRC phase function is triggered. This function increases the FACH transmit power as follows:

If the T381 timer expires, the RNC increases the downlink transmit power of the FACH when resending the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message to the UE. The times for resending this message are determined by the N381 timer.

If the T300 timer expires, after the UE resends an RRC CONNETCTION REQUEST message, the RNC increases the downlink transmit power of the FACH when sending the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. The times for resending this message are determined by the N300 timer.

The FACH downlink transmit power is specified by the MaxFachPower parameter. If the FACH downlink transmit power exceeds the OLC threshold (DlOlcTrigThd), the RNC will not adjust the FACH downlink transmit power.

The FACH is a common channel. When the FACH power control of RRC phase function is enabled, the FACH downlink transmit power for UEs with no power increase requirements is the difference between the MaxFachPower and OffsetFACHPower parameters.

WCDMA RAN




5-14

5.3 Directed Retry Decision

Traffic steering and load sharing during RAB setup will be performed through DRD.

During the RAB connection processing, non-periodic DRD is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access according to the HSPA+ technological satisfaction, service priority, and cell load. Non-periodic DRD is performed during RAB setup, RAB modification, or DCCC channel reconfiguration.

Non-periodic DRD involves inter-frequency DRD and inter-RAT DRD.

By using inter-frequency DRD, the RNC selects the qualified candidate cells by considering HSPA+ technological satisfaction, cell service priority, and cell load. Then, the RNC sequences the candidate cells according to the priority. The UE tries accessing the cells in order of priority from higher to lower, until it is admitted or it fails to access any cell.

If the UE fails to access any cell in the case of inter-frequency DRD, inter-RAT DRD will be triggered.

For details about non-periodic DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.

5.4 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control

Rate negotiation at admission control (WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control) includes MBR negotiation, GBR negotiation, initial rate negotiation, and target rate negotiation.

For a streaming service, the RNC performs resource admission based on the negotiated MBR.

For a new PS BE service, the RNC performs resource admission based on the negotiated initial rate.

For AMR and AMR-WB speech services in the CS domain, see AMR Feature Parameter Description.

5.4.1 PS MBR Negotiation

If the IE "Alternative RAB Parameter Values" is present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or the RELOCATION REQUEST message when a PS service is set up, reconfigured, or handed over, then the RNC and the CN negotiate the rate according to the UE capability to obtain the MBR while ensuring a proper QoS.

For the PS streaming service, when the PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH sub-parameter of the PsSwitch parameter is set to 1, the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled for MBR negotiation.

For the PS BE service:

− When both the PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH sub-parameters of the PsSwitch parameter are set to 1, the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled, and the RNC determines the MBR of Iu QoS negotiation based on the information about UE capability, cell capability and rate requested by the CN.

− When PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to 1 and PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to 0, the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled, and the RNC determines the MBR of Iu QoS negotiation based on the maximum rate supported by the UE rather than the cell capability and other settings.

5.4.2 PS GBR Negotiation

During the setup, reconfiguration, or handover of a PS real-time service, if the PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH sub-parameter of the PsSwitch parameter is set to 1, the RNC will negotiate with the CN about the GBR as follows:

If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is set to "unspecified", the GBR negotiation will not be performed. In such a case, the GBR

WCDMA RAN




5-15

contained in the IE "RAB Parameters" of the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message does not contain the GBR.

If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is set to "value range", the sole GBR contained in the IE "Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rates" is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message contains the GBR.

If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is set to "Discrete values", the largest GBR contained in the IE "Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rates" is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message contains the GBR.

If the PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH sub-parameter of the PsSwitch parameter is set to 0, the GBR negotiation will be not performed. In such a case, the GBR contained in the IE "RAB Parameters" of the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is used.

For details about GBR negotiation, see 3GPP 25.413.

5.4.3 Initial Rate Negotiation

Overview

Initial rate is classified into initial admission rate and initial access rate.

Initial admission rate: The RNC allocates bandwidths based on the initial admission rate and then performs cell-resource-based admission based on the allocated bandwidths.

Initial access rate: Initial configured rate after service admission is successful, which means the current maximum data transmission rate before any other reconfiguration.

For PS BE services, the RNC performs initial rate negotiation when a new service is being set up or the UE is changing from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. The initial rate negotiation policy varies, depending on the services carried on different channels.

Initial Rate Definition for DCH Services

For DCH services, the initial admission rate and the initial access rate are the same.

Initial rate is negotiated according to Table 5-3.

Table 5-3 Initial rate negotiation

DCCC Switch (DCCC_SWITCH)

PS BE Initial Rate Dynamic Configuration Switch (PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH)

Actual Initial Rate

ON ON In the uplink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR and 384 kbit/s.

In the downlink, the initial rate is dynamically set on the basis of Ec/N0. The specific method is as follows:

When the RNC receives an RRC connection setup request, it starts the timer EcN0EffectTime.

Before the timer expires, the RNC dynamically sets the initial rate based on the Ec/N0. The value of Ec/N0 comes from the latest RACH measurement report or latest intra-frequency measurement report.

If the cell Ec/N0 reported from the UE is above the

WCDMA RAN




5-16

DCCC Switch (DCCC_SWITCH)

PS BE Initial Rate Dynamic Configuration Switch (PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH)

Actual Initial Rate

Ec/N0 threshold (EcN0Ths), the RNC sets the actual initial rate to the smaller one of the MBR and 384 kbit/s.

Note that if the UE is in the soft handover state, the RNC sets the actual initial rate to the smaller one of the MBR and 384 kbit/s when any of the cells in the active set meets the threshold.

If the cell Ec/N0 is below or equal to the Ec/N0 threshold (EcN0Ths) or the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message does not carry the information about Ec/N0, the RNC sets the actual initial rate to the smaller one of the MBR and the initial rate of the downlink BE service (DlBeTraffInitBitrate).

ON OFF In the uplink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR and the initial rate of the uplink BE service (UlBeTraffInitBitrate).

In the downlink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR and the initial rate of the downlink BE service (DlBeTraffInitBitrate).

OFF - MBR

If the DCCC function is enabled and the PS_RAB_Downsizing_Switch sub-parameter of the PsSwitch parameter is set to 1, the RNC can decrease the rate through the RAB rate decrease function when the admission based on the initial rate

fails.

The PS BE service mentioned in this section can be the single PS BE service or the PS BE service in combined services.

Initial Rate Definition for HSPA Services

For the HSUPA service,

The initial admission rate is GBR.

The initial access rate is defined as follows:

− If the DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 1, the initial access rate is the initial rate of the HSUPA BE service (HsupaInitialRate).

− If the DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 0, the initial access rate is the MBR for there will not be any rate upsizing reconfiguration when the DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 0.

For the HSDPA service, the initial admission rate and the initial access are both GBR.

Initial Rate Negotiation for the PS BE Service in CS+PS Combined Services

The PS BE service in CS+PS combined services has low data transmission requirements. In most cases, the PS BE service does not need to transmit data when the UE is performing CS services. If the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services has high data transmission requirements, the transmission rate of the PS BE service increases or the PS BE service is switched to an HSDPA channel. As a result, the

WCDMA RAN




5-17

signaling load increases, and the CS call drop rate may also increase. The initial rate negotiation function is recommended when most PS BE services in CS+PS combined services have low data transmission requirements.

The BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs parameter specifies the bearing policy for the PS BE service and the initial rate for the PS BE service when the UE is in the CELL_DCH state or transitions to this state. BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs applies only to the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services in the following scenarios:

Scenario 1: The UE is in the CELL_DCH state and is processing CS services or CS+PS combined services (any PS service). Then, the UE initiates PS BE services.

Scenario 2: The UE is in the CELL_DCH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE initiates CS services.

Scenario 3: The UE is in the CELL_FACH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE initiates CS services. (The UE must transition to the CELL_DCH state before establishing CS services.)

Scenario 4: The UE is in the CELL_PCH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE initiates CS services. (The UE must transition to the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state before establishing CS services.)

This section describes the initial rate negotiation function only for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services in the preceding scenarios. For details about the initial rate negotiation function for the PS BE service in other scenarios, see "Initial Rate Definition for DCH Services" and "Initial Rate Definition for HSPA Services".

The BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs parameter can be set to OFF, DCH 0k, DCH 8k, or DCH 8k/HSDPA.

OFF: indicates that the initial rate negotiation function is disabled for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services in the preceding scenarios.

DCH 0k: indicates that both the initial uplink and downlink rates for the DCH are 0 kbit/s.

DCH 8k: indicates that both the initial uplink and downlink rates for the DCH are 8 kbit/s.

DCH 8k/HSDPA: indicates that the initial uplink rate for the DCH is 8 kbit/s and that downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels.

The implementation of the initial rate negotiation function for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services varies depending on the protocol version that the UE complies with.

For UEs complying with versions later than 3GPP Release 5

− If the BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs parameter is not set to OFF and the following switches are turned off:




Then, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 5-4.

Table 5-4 Initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services

Value of BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs

Initial Uplink and Downlink Rates for the PS BE Service

DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s

DCH 8k DCH 8 kbit/s

WCDMA RAN




5-18



DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s; HSDPA

− If ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11 is turned on and BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs is not set to OFF, the initial uplink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 5-5.

Table 5-5 Initial uplink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services

Setting of ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11


Initial Uplink Rate for the PS BE Service

Turned on DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s


Turned on DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s

− If ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15 is turned on and BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs is not set to OFF, the initial downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 5-6.

Table 5-6 Initial downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services



Initial Downlink Rate for the PS BE Service



Turned on DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s

− In scenario 4, if ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned on, the UE transitions from the CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state before establishing CS services. Under this condition:

a If ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14 is set to 0, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service are 8 kbit/s.

b If ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14 is set to 1, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service are 0 kbit/s.

Table 5-7 lists the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services when ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned on.

WCDMA RAN




5-19





1 DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s


1 DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 0 kbit/s



0 DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s

For UEs complying with versions earlier than 3GPP Release 5

Versions earlier than 3GPP Release 5 support neither HSDPA nor HSUPA. If ReservedSwitch0:

RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned on, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS

combined services are as listed in Table 5-7.

If ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned off, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE

service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 5-8.




DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s

DCH 8k DCH 8 kbit/s

DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s

For UEs complying with 3GPP Release 5

3GPP Release 5 supports HSDPA but does not support HSUPA.

ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15 does not take effect for UEs that comply with 3GPP Release 5.

− In scenario 2, as long as BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs is not set to OFF, the PS BE service is always carried on HSDPA channels in the downlink and the initial uplink rate for the PS BE service is 8 kbit/s.

− In scenario 2, as long as BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs is not set to OFF, the initial uplink and downlink rates for PS BE service is always carried on DCH are listed in Table 5-9.

− In scenario 3, when the uplink and downlink services can be carried on the DCH or HS-DSCH, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 5-9.

WCDMA RAN




5-20




DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s

DCH 8k DCH 8 kbit/s

DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s

− In scenario 1, BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs can be set to DCH 0k, DCH 8k, or DCH 8k/HSDPA. The initial uplink rate for the PS BE service is 8 kbit/s, and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels.

− In scenario 4, when ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned on, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 5-10.





1 DCH 0k, DCH 8k, DCH 8k/HSDPA

DCH 0 kbit/s


0 DCH 8k, DCH 8k/HSDPA

DCH 8 kbit/s

5.4.4 Target Rate Negotiation

For a BE service in the PS domain, if the cell resource-based admission at the initial rate fails, the RNC selects a target rate to allocate bandwidth for the service based on cell resources in following cases:

Service setup

Soft handover

DCCC rate upsizing

If the cell has sufficient code and CE resource, the RNC sets the candidate target rate to the one that matches the cell resource surplus. Then, the RNC sets the target rate to the greater one of the candidate target rate and the GBR.

In the case of DCCC rate upsizing, if the rate upsizing fails, the target rate is the greater one of the candidate target rate and the pre-upsizing DCCC rate.

5.5 Admission Decision

A radio link sends a resource request to the CAC functional module when additional resources are required. On receipt of the resource request, the CAC functional module determines whether the request can be accepted by measuring the cell load and the requested resource.

WCDMA RAN




5-21

The CAC performs the admission decision based on resources such as code resource, power resource, NodeB credit, and Iub resource. In the case of HSPA resource request, the admission decision is also based on the number of HSPA users. The admission succeeds only when the resource on which CAC is based is available.

For details about CAC, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.

5.6 Preemption

Common Preemption

This section describes the preemption algorithm in the WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption feature.

By forcibly releasing the resources of lower-priority users, the preemption (pre-emption) function increases the access success rate of higher-priority users.

After cell/cell group resource-based admission fails, the RNC performs preemption if the following conditions are met:

The RNC receives an RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message indicating that preemption is supported.

In the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message sent by the CN, the Pre-emption Capability IE specifies whether a service can trigger preemption and the Pre-emption Vulnerability IE specifies whether a service can be preempted. That is, Service priorities and the Pre-emption Capability and Pre-emption Vulnerability IEs determine whether to perform preemption.

The preemption algorithm switch (PreemptAlgoSwitch) is set to ON.

Preemption is applicable to the following scenarios:

Setup or modification of a service

Hard handover or SRNS relocation

UE state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH

The preemption procedure is as follows:

1. The RNC selects the target cell for preemption.

− For multi-carrier services (such as DC-HSDPA, DB-HSDPA, 4C-HSDPA, or DC-HSUPA services), the RNC selects the primary cell in the DC-HSDPA, DB-HSDPA, 4C-HSDPA, or DC-HSUPA cell group as the target cell.

− For non-multi-carrier services, the RNC selects the cell with the highest service priority or lightest load as the target cell.

2. The preemption algorithm determines the radio link sets to be preempted.

a. Selects SRNC UEs first. If no UEs under the SRNC are available, the algorithm selects UEs under the DRNC.

b. Sorts the preemptable UEs by integrated user priority, or sorts the preemptable RABs by integrated RAB priority.

c. Determines candidate UEs or RABs.

For RABs of streaming or BE services, if PriorityReference is set to Traffic Class and PreemptRefArpSwitch is set to ON, only the ones with lower ARP priority than the RAB to be established are selected.

For multi-carrier services, only the resource of UEs that use the target cell as the primary cell is preemptable.

WCDMA RAN




5-22

Select as many users or RABs as necessary in order to match the resources needed by the RAB to be established. When the priorities of two users or RABs are the same, the algorithm selects the user or RAB that can release the most resources.

Preemptable users or RABs must have lower priorities than RABs to be established. The type of preemptable user or RAB varies, depending on the type of resources that triggers the preemption.

The preemption algorithm checks whether the resources released by preempted UEs or RABs are sufficient for setting

up new RABs. It does not consider the remaining resources in the cell, because they may be used by other UEs during the preemption.

For the preemption triggered for power, the preempted objects can be R99 users, R99 + HSPA combined users, or HSPA RABs.

For the preemption triggered for the Iub bandwidth, the preempted objects can only be RABs.

For the preemption triggered for the credit resource, more than one user or RAB can be preempted.

For the preemption triggered for the code, only one user can be preempted.

For CS RABs with the preemption capability, the PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable parameter specifies whether RRCs can be preempted when there are no RABs to be preempted.

− If PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable is set to ON, the RRCs whose service request type is the PS BE service and RABs have not been set up can be preempted by CS RABs.

− If PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable is set to OFF, RRCs cannot be preempted.

RRCs do not have preemption attributes or priorities. Therefore, preemption attributes and priorities are not considered during the preemption.

3. The RNC releases the resources occupied by the candidate users, RABs, or RRCs.

4. The requested service directly uses the released resources to access the network without an admission decision.

For details about preemption of MBMS services, see MBMS Feature Parameter Description.

Emergency calls take priority over other common users and therefore can preempt all non-emergency services. The common preemption procedure can be performed regardless of the setting for PreemptAlgoSwitch.

When NbmWpsAlgorithmSwitch is set to ON, the wireless priority service (WPS) function is enabled. In such a case, the WPS users can trigger common preemption regardless of the setting for PreemptAlgoSwitch. WPS users take priority over emergency call users.

WPS is a National Security/Emergency Preparedness (NS/EP) voice service managed by the USA government. The

National Communications System (NCS) is authorized to manage the execution of the WPS project. The NbmWpsAlgorithmPriority parameter specifies the WPS user priority.

When enabling the common preemption function, the CE resource preemption enhancement function must also be enabled (controlled by PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH under the PreemptEnhSwitch parameter).

When CE resource admission fails due to insufficient CE resources, the CE resource preemption enhancement function can be triggered on the NodeB side to ensure the CE resource preemption success rate. However, this function may occupy CE resources reserved for RRC connection setups and handovers, reducing the handover success rate and RRC connection setup success rate. This function does not affect the handover success rate and access success rate of the preempting UEs. The probability of the handover success rate and access success rate being reduced is low. Therefore, this function does not affect the performance of the live network.

Forced Preemption

Common preemption requires that RABs have been set up or are being set up for preempting users and that preempting users have higher priorities than preemptable users. Therefore, CS services cannot trigger preemption in the RRC connection setup phase. Even in the RAB-related phases, CS services

WCDMA RAN




5-23

may fail to preempt PS services because of insufficient priorities. When PS traffic volume is high and radio resources are insufficient, the success rate for CS service setup may decrease. To solve this problem, forced preemption is introduced. This function ensures preferred access of AMR services and a high success rate for AMR service setup.

After forced preemption is enabled, only CS conversational services can trigger preemption and only PS BE service resources can be preempted.

The forced preemption function is controlled by the following switches under the PreemptEnhSwitch parameter:

PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH: indicates whether CS services can preempt PS service resources during the CS RRC connection setup procedure.

PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH: indicates whether CS services can preempt PS BE service resources during the CS RAB-related procedures.

The following table describes how these two switches determine preemption.

Table 5-11 How these two switches determine preemption

PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH

PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH

RRC Connection Setup Phase

RAB-Related Phases

On Off CS conversational services cannot preempt PS BE service resources.

If RAB admission for CS conversational services fails, PS BE service resources can be preempted unconditionally.

On On If RRC admission for CS conversational services fails, PS BE service resources can be preempted unconditionally.

If RAB admission for CS conversational services fails, PS BE service resources can be preempted unconditionally.

Off On If RRC admission for CS conversational services fails, resources of PS BE services whose Pre-emption Vulnerability IE is set to "pre-emptable" can be preempted.

Common preemption is performed. That is, Service Priorities and the Pre-emption Capability and Pre-emption Vulnerability IEs determine whether to perform preemption.

Off Off CS conversational services cannot preempt PS BE service resources.

Common preemption is performed. That is, Service Priorities and the Pre-Emption Capability and Pre-emption Vulnerability IEs determine whether to perform preemption.

WCDMA RAN




5-24

In the RRC connection setup phase, if an RRC setup request is from the CS domain and the cause of RRC setup is Originating Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational Call, the RNC regards the corresponding service as CS conversational service.

In the case of unconditional preemption, the RNC does not compare the priority of CS conversational services with that of PS BE services. In addition, it does not consider the Pre-emption Capability or Pre-emption Vulnerability IE delivered by the CN. In this case, PS BE services can be preempted by any CS conversational services and only PS BE services can be preempted. Preempted PS BE services are ranked by priority and PS BE services with the lowest priority are preempted.

When a UE transits to the CELL_DCH state from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state due to a CS service request, the RNC implements the policy of forced preemption based on the setting of CsP2DPreemptSwitch.

If CsP2DPreemptSwitch is set to OFF, the CS service request does not support preemption during a transition from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state.

If CsP2DPreemptSwitch is set to ON, the CS service can preempt only PS BE services during a transition from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state, regardless of the preemption attributes and priorities of the CS and PS BE services.

If there is no PS BE services to preempt, forced preemption is implemented and the RRCs for PS BE services are preempted when PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable is set to ON. Otherwise, preemption fails. For details about preemption of RRCs for PS BE services, see "Common Preemption" in section 5.6 "Preemption."

When enabling the forced preemption function, the CE resource preemption enhancement function must also be enabled (controlled by PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH under the PreemptEnhSwitch parameter). When CE

resource admission fails due to insufficient CE resources, the CE resource preemption enhancement function can be triggered on the NodeB side to ensure the CE resource preemption success rate. However, this function may occupy CE resources reserved for RRC connection setups and handovers, reducing the handover success rate and RRC connection setup success rate. This function does not affect the handover success rate and access success rate of the preempting UEs. The probability of the handover success rate and access success rate being reduced is low. Therefore, this function does not affect the performance of the live network.

5.7 Queuing

This section describes the queuing algorithm in the WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption feature.

For PS services, after preemption fails, the RNC performs queuing if the following conditions are met:

The RNC receives an RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message indicating that queuing is supported.

The queuing algorithm switch (QueueAlgoSwitch) is set to ON.

The queuing function is triggered by the heartbeat timer that is set by the PollTimerLen parameter. Each time the timer expires, the RNC selects the service that meets the requirement to make an admission attempt.

Multi-carrier services (such as DC-HSDPA, DB-HSDPA, 4C-HSDPA, or DC-HSUPA services) requested by the UE are waiting to be processed in the primary cell.

The queuing function performs the following functions:

The queuing algorithm checks whether the queue is full, that is, whether the number of service requests in the queue exceeds QueueLen.

The queuing algorithm decides whether to put the request into the queue, as described in the following table.

WCDMA RAN




5-25

Table 5-12 Putting the new request into the queue

If the queue is... Then the queuing algorithm...

Not full Stamps this request with the request time (T_request)

Puts this request into the queue

Starts the heartbeat timer if it is not started

Full Checks whether the integrated priority of any existing request is lower than that of the new request

If yes, then the queuing algorithm:

− Checks the queuing time of each request. The algorithm removes the request with the longest queuing time from the queue

− Stamps the new request with the request time (T_request) and then puts it into the queue

− Starts the heartbeat timer if it is not started

If no, then the queuing algorithm rejects the new request directly

After the heartbeat timer expires, the queuing algorithm performs resource-based admission attempts as follows:

Rejects the request if the queuing time of the request (Telapsed) is longer than the maximum queuing time (MaxQueueTimeLen). Here, Telapsed is equal to the current time minus the request time (T_request).

Selects the request with the highest integrated priority for a resource-based admission attempt.

If more than one service has the highest integrated priority, the RNC selects the request with the longest queuing time.

If the attempt is successful, the heartbeat timer is restarted for the next processing.

If the attempt fails, the queuing algorithm proceeds as follows:

− Puts the service request back into the queue with the request time (T_request) unchanged for the next attempt.

− Selects the request with the longest queuing time from the rest and makes another attempt until a request is accepted or all requests are rejected.

5.8 Low-Rate Access of the PS BE Service

If the low-rate access of the PS BE service function is enabled, the PS BE service can access the target cell at a low rate in the case of a preemption or queuing failure, to increases the access success rate. Low-rate access means access from the DCH at 0 kbit/s, FACH, or enhanced FACH (E-FACH).

The low-rate access of the PS BE service function is enabled when the following conditions are met:

The PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH under the PsSwitch parameter is set to 1.

The PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter is set to 0.

The DRA_DCCC_SWITCH under the DraSwitch parameter is set to 1.

The PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH under the PsSwitch parameter is set to 1.

Low-rate access is used in the following scenarios:

RAB setup

WCDMA RAN




5-26

Hard handover or SRNS relocation

After a service request is rejected, the low-rate access actions in different scenarios are as follows:

Scenario Scenario Description FACH/E_FACH DCH at 0 kbit/s

RAB setup The RRC connection is set up on the FACH or E-FACH.

√ x

The RRC connection is set up on the DCH. x √

The RRC connection is set up on the HSPA channel.

x √

The CS service is set up, and a new PS service is to be set up.

x √

The existing PS service is set up on the FACH/E-FACH, and a new PS service is to be set up.

√ x

The existing PS service is set up on the DCH, and a new PS service is to be set up.

x √

The existing PS service is set up on the HSPA channel, and a new PS service is to be set up.

x √ (the new PS service can be admitted at 0 kbit/s)

The PS service is set up, and a new CS service is to be set up.

x x

Hard handover or relocation

Hard handover or relocation is performed for the CS+PS combined services.

x √ (only the PS service can be admitted at 0 kbit/s)

Hard handover or relocation is performed for the PS+PS combined services.

x √

After an appropriate access action is determined, the service attempts to access the network.

If the action of access from the DCH at 0 kbit/s is determined, the service attempts to access the network at 0 kbit/s for traffic and at the normal rate for signaling. For details about the methods of resource-based admission decision, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.

If the action of access from the FACH/E-FACH is determined, the service attempts to access the network from the FACH/E-FACH.

If the attempt fails, this service is rejected.

For the service that accesses the network at 0 kbit/s, the ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen timer is started after the service rate fails to increase for the first time. If the rate fails to increase even after the timer expires, the service is released, and the connection is also released for a single service.

If no data is transmitted for some time after the access, the UE state changes to another state. For details about state transition, see State Transition Feature Parameter Description.

5.9 IAC for Emergency Calls

This section describes the WRFD-021104 Emergency Call feature.

WCDMA RAN




5-27

To guarantee successful access of emergency calls, the RNC takes special measures for emergency calls.

5.9.1 RRC connection setup procedure of Emergency Calls

Compared with the RRC connection setup procedure of common services, the RRC connection setup procedure of emergency calls includes the preemption due to hard resource-based admission failure. Hard resources include code, Iub, and CE resource. The following figure shows the RRC connection setup procedure of an emergency call.

Figure 5-4 RRC connection setup procedure of an emergency call

The RNC does not perform RRC redirection for service steering.

In the case of power-based admission, the emergency call is admitted regardless of whether the CAC function is enabled or not.

In the case of hard resource-based admission, the emergency call is admitted if the current remaining resources are sufficient for RRC connection setup. If the admission fails, preemption is performed regardless of whether the preemption is enabled or not. The emergency call that triggers preemption has the highest priority. The range of users who can be preempted is specified by the EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch parameter.

If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to ON, all non-emergency users who have accessed the network can be preempted, regardless of the preemption-prohibited attribute of the users.

If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to OFF, only the non-emergency users with preemption-allowed attribute can be preempted.

The principles for selection of specific users to be preempted are the same as those for common services. For details, see section 5.6 "Preemption."

5.9.2 RAB Process of Emergency Calls

Compared with the RAB process of common services, the RAB process of emergency calls includes special processing of resource-based admission and preemption.

RAB Admission of Emergency Calls

In case of power resource:

If the CAC function is enabled, regardless of which algorithm is selected, the admission decision is made as follows:

− When the EMC_UU_ADCTRL sub-parameter of the NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is set to 1, power-based admission fails if the system is in the overload congestion state. Otherwise, the admission succeeds.

− When this sub-parameter is set to 0, the emergency calls are directly admitted.

WCDMA RAN




5-28

If the CAC function switch is off, the emergency calls are directly admitted.

For hard resources (that is, code, Iub, and CE), the resource-based admission is successful if the current remaining resources are sufficient for the request.

Preemption of Emergency Calls

If cell resource-based admission fails, preemption is performed regardless of whether the preempt function is enabled or not. The emergency calls that trigger preemption have the highest priority. The range of users who can be preempted is specified by the EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch parameter.

If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to ON, all non-emergency users who have accessed the network can be preempted, regardless of the preemption-prohibited attribute of the users.

If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to OFF, only the non-emergency users with preemption-allowed attribute can be preempted.

The principles for selection of specific users to be preempted are the same as those for common services. For details, see section 5.6 "Preemption."

WCDMA RAN

Load Control

6 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on

Configurable Load Threshold



6-1

6 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold

6.1 Overview

This chapter describes the WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold feature.

This feature balances the load among inter-frequency cells in inter-frequency networking scenarios. CLB is short for the feature name. Based on the load thresholds set for the power resource, code resource, and CE resource, the RNC with CLB enabled can determine whether and when to trigger inter-frequency load balancing in different scenarios.

CLB is used in the following scenarios:

Overlay network: The cells in a sector use equipment provided by different vendors, and these cells may be managed by different RNCs. In this scenario, LDR cannot be used for load balancing among cells under different RNCs.

Macro and micro combined network: Macro and micro cells are networked using different frequencies. In this scenario, micro cells are required to absorb traffic volume preferentially, which means that load balancing needs to be performed before a cell is overloaded. The existing LDR threshold cannot be randomly changed. CLB can absorb traffic before load balancing is performed.

When the usage of cell resource exceeds the threshold for triggering the CLB state, the cell enters the CLB state. In this case, CLB inter-frequency handovers are required to reduce the cell load and increase the access success rate.

Figure 6-1 shows the CLB procedure.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control





6-2

Figure 6-1 CLB procedure

The CLB procedure is as follows:

1. A user selects the INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD field under the FuncSwitch1 parameter to enable CLB.

2. The RNC determines whether a cell is in the CLB state based on the power resource, code resource, or CE resource. For details, see section 6.2 "Decision to Trigger or Release the CLB State." If the cell is in the CLB state, the procedure proceeds to the next step.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control





6-3

3. The RNC selects a user with the lowest priority for the CLB inter-frequency handover and checks the number of selected users.

− If the number of selected users is lower than or equal to the value of the MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO parameter, the procedure proceeds to the next step.

− If the number of selected users is larger than the value of the MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO parameter, the RNC waits for the next CLB period specified by the ClbPeriodTimerLen parameter and then returns to step 2.

For details about user selection for a CLB inter-frequency handover, see section 6.3 "User Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover."

4. The RNC selects the target cell or cells of a CLB inter-frequency handover for the selected users. For details, see section 6.4 "Target Cell Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover."

5. When the NCovCMUserNumCtrlSwitch parameter is set to ON, the RNC checks the number of users in compressed mode with spreading factor (SF)/2 reduction.

− If the number of users in compressed mode with SF/2 reduction in the cell is lower than CellSFCMUserNumThd, the procedure proceeds to the next step.

− If the number of users in compressed mode with SF/2 reduction in the cell is larger than or equal to CellSFCMUserNumThd, the RNC waits for a CLB period specified by the ClbPeriodTimerLen parameter and then returns to step 2.

The first CLB period starts when a cell enters the CLB state.

6. The RNC performs inter-frequency measurements and handovers. For details, see section 6.5 "Inter-Frequency Measurements and Handovers." After the handovers are complete, the procedure proceeds to 4.

6.2 Decision to Trigger or Release the CLB State

The CLB state of a cell is triggered by insufficient power resource, code resource, or CE resource.

The CLB switches for power resource, code resource, and CE resource are listed in Table 6-1. Turn on associated CLB switches to enable CLB for power resource, code resource, or CE resource.

Table 6-1 CLB switches for power resource, code resource, and CE resource

Resource Type Scope CLB Switch

Power resource Uplink NBMLdcAlgoSwitch: UL_UU_CLB

Downlink NBMLdcAlgoSwitch: DL_UU_CLB

Code resource Downlink NBMLdcAlgoSwitch: CELL_CODE_CLB

CE resource Cell level NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch: CELL_CREDIT_CLB

Local cell group level

NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch: LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH

NodeB level NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch: NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH

If the uplink or downlink load on the power resource, code resource, or CE resource is higher than the corresponding CLB triggering threshold listed in Table 6-2 for a period specified by the UlLdTrnsHysTime or DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter, the cell enters the CLB state and the RNC performs inter-frequency measurements and handovers towards the target cell. If the uplink or downlink load on the power resource, code resource, or CE resource is lower than the corresponding CLB

WCDMA RAN

Load Control





6-4

releasing threshold for a period specified by the UlLdTrnsHysTime or DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter, the cell releases the CLB state and the RNC stops inter-frequency measurements and handovers towards the target cell.

Table 6-2 CLB thresholds for power resource, code resource, and CE resource

Resource Type Service Type

Uplink/Downlink CLB Triggering Threshold (Unit: %)

CLB Releasing Threshold (Unit: %)

Power resource CS Uplink UlPwrCSClbTrigThd UlPwrCSClbRelThd

Downlink DlPwrCSClbTrigThd DlPwrCSClbRelThd

PS Uplink UlPwrPSClbTrigThd UlPwrPSClbRelThd

Downlink DlPwrPSClbTrigThd DlPwrPSClbRelThd

Code resource CS Downlink CellSfCSClbTrigThd CellSfCSClbRelThd

PS Downlink CellSfPSClbTrigThd CellSfPSClbRelThd

CE resource CS Uplink UlCreditCSClbTrigThd UlCreditCSClbRelThd

Downlink DlCreditCSClbTrigThd DlCreditCSClbRelThd

PS Uplink UlCreditPSClbTrigThd UlCreditPSClbRelThd

Downlink DlCreditPSClbTrigThd DlCreditPSClbRelThd

Set the CLB releasing threshold to a value smaller than the CLB triggering threshold. It is recommended that the difference value (in unit of %) be greater than or equal to 10.

The CLB state triggered by a CS service or the CS and PS combined services is referred to as the CS CLB state, and the CLB state triggered by a PS service is referred to as the PS CLB state. Details are as follows:

If the cell is in the CS CLB state, which means that the uplink or downlink cell load on the power resource, code resource, or CE resource is higher than the CS CLB triggering threshold for a period specified by the UlLdTrnsHysTime or DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter, the RNC selects the users performing CS services.

For CS and PS combined services, the RNC determines their CS CLB state the same way it does with CS services.

If the cell is in the PS CLB state, which means that the uplink or downlink cell load on the power resource, code resource, or CE resource is higher than the PS CLB triggering threshold for a period specified by the UlLdTrnsHysTime or DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter, the RNC selects the users performing PS services.

If the cell is in the CS and PS CLB states simultaneously, the RNC selects both the users performing CS services and the users performing PS services.

Figure 6-2 shows the process for triggering and releasing the CLB state.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control





6-5

Figure 6-2 Triggering and releasing the CLB state

The RNC performs periodic CLB checks, checking whether the cells are in the CLB state. The period of a CLB check is specified by the ClbPeriodTimerLen parameter.

If the current UL/DL load is higher than or equal to the UL/DL CLB triggering threshold for a hysteresis time (UlLdTrnsHysTime/DlLdTrnsHysTime), the cell is in the CLB congestion state and the related CLB actions are triggered.

If the current UL/DL load is lower than the UL/DL LDR releasing threshold for a hysteresis time (UlLdTrnsHysTime / DlLdTrnsHysTime), the cell enters the normal state.

6.3 User Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover

For different resources, user selection for a CLB inter-frequency handover depends on the services carried on the uplink and downlink, as shown in Table 6-3.

Table 6-3 User selection for a CLB inter-frequency handover

Resources UL/DL Service CLB User Selection

Power

UL

DCH √

HSUPA √

DC-HSUPA √

DL

DCH √

HSDPA √

DC-HSDPA -

FACH (MBMS) -

Code

UL - -

DL DCH √

HSDPA -

WCDMA RAN

Load Control





6-6

Resources UL/DL Service CLB User Selection

DC-HSDPA -

FACH (MBMS) -

Credit

UL

DCH √

HSUPA √

DC-HSUPA √

DL

DCH √

HSDPA -

DC-HSDPA -

FACH (MBMS) -

When a cell enters the CLB state, the RNC selects users for inter-frequency measurements based on the following conditions:

The RNC selects users that support one of the frequencies used by the inter-frequency neighboring cells whose CLBFlag is TRUE.

The RNC selects users based on the CLB state of a cell.

− If the cell is in the CS CLB state, the RNC selects the users performing CS services.

− If the cell is in the PS CLB state, the RNC selects the users performing PS services.

− If the cell is in the CS and PS CLB states simultaneously, the RNC selects both the users performing CS services and the users performing PS services.

The RNC selects users with a bandwidth smaller than or equal to the bandwidth upper limit.

The bandwidth of UEs processing non-HSPA services and HSPA CS AMR services is their current rate, and the bandwidth of UEs processing HSPA PS BE services and streaming services is the GBR. The parameters related to the bandwidth limit are UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd.

The RNC does not select DC-HSDPA users.

The RNC can select DC-HSUPA users whose primary cell is in the CLB state.

The RNC selects gold users only when the GoldUserLoadControlSwitch parameter is set to ON.

Then, the RNC sorts the selected users by integrated user priority in ascending order. The RNC selects users with lower priorities first and then users with higher priorities. For users having the same integrated priority, a user is randomly selected. The maximum number of selected users is specified by the MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO parameter. For details about the integrated user priority, see section 2.3.3 "Integrated User Priority."

6.4 Target Cell Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover

The RNC selects a target cell of a CLB inter-frequency handover for each selected user. Based on the value of the CellLoadBalanceRange parameter, the RNC decides whether to select the inter-frequency neighboring cells whose CLBFlag is TRUE under the neighboring RNC (CLB-capable neighboring cell for short). The CellLoadBalanceRange parameter values are as follows:

ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC: Only intra-RNC inter-frequency load balancing is allowed. Only a CLB-capable neighboring cell under the same RNC can be selected as the target cell.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control





6-7

ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC: Only inter-RNC inter-frequency load balancing is allowed. Only a CLB-capable neighboring cell under the neighboring RNC can be selected as the target cell.

BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC: Intra- and inter-RNC inter-frequency load balancing are both allowed. A CLB-capable neighboring cell under the same RNC or the neighboring RNC can be selected as the target cell.

The process for selecting a target cell of an inter-frequency handover varies according to the following conditions:

The CellLoadBalanceRange parameter is set to ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC.

− The RNC selects the inter-frequency neighboring cells whose CLBFlag is TRUE. These cells must be under the same RNC as the source cell in the CLB state.

− From the previously selected cells, the RNC excludes the inter-frequency neighboring cells working on the frequencies that are not supported by UEs to be handed over, the inter-frequency neighboring cells in the CLB state, and the inter-frequency neighboring cells in the LDR state.

− From the previously selected cells, the RNC excludes the cells whose cell load is larger than the CLB triggering threshold minus the CLB difference threshold, ensuring that the selected cells have sufficient resources. The selected cells are combined as candidate cells. The CLB triggering threshold and difference threshold are set based on the air interface load, CE resource, and code resource. The CLB difference threshold is used to set the resource space threshold for CLB inter-frequency handovers. The related parameters are described as follows:

Resource Type Uplink Downlink

Power resource UlPwrLoadSpaceThd DlPwrLoadSpaceThd

Code resource None ClbCodeUsedSpaceThd

CE resource UlClbCreditSfSpaceThd DlClbCreditSfSpaceThd

− From the candidate cells, the RNC selects a cell or cells with the highest priority as the target cell or cells based on the CLB-capable neighboring cell priority (CLBPrio).

− When the reference user speed optimization switch (UESpdOptSwitch) is set to ON, high-speed users cannot be handed over to a micro cell. For details on how to identify high-speed users, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.

The CellLoadBalanceRange parameter is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC, and SepRNCNCellLoadEstSwitch is set to ON.

The RNC can identify the CLB state of the inter-RNC neighboring cell only by the "high load cell" mark. If the SepRNCNCellLoadEstSwitch parameter is set to OFF, the RNC does not identify the CLB state by the "high load cell" mark.

− The RNC selects the inter-frequency neighboring cells whose CLBFlag is TRUE. The selected cells must NOT be under the same RNC as the source cell in the CLB state.

− From the previously selected cells, the RNC excludes the inter-frequency neighboring cells working on the frequencies that are not supported by UEs to be handed over and the inter-frequency neighboring cells in the CLB state and the 3G cells marked "high load cell" as candidate cells. The details about the 3G cells marked "high load cell" are as follows:

a During the time window defined by UmtsCellLoadEstSlidWindow, if the number of inter-RNC handover failures due to neighboring cell congestion or high load reaches the value of the UmtsCellIFHOFailNum parameter, the 3G cell is marked "high load cell". Inter-frequency measurements on and handovers towards the 3G cell are forbidden. The handover failure causes include Relocation Preparation Failure and Radio Link Setup Failure.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control





6-8

b When a 3G cell under a neighboring RNC is marked "high load cell", a penalty timer (PenaltyTimeforHLoad3GCell) starts. The 3G cell cannot be selected as the target cell of a CLB inter-frequency handover until the timer expires. When it expires, the "high load cell" mark is removed from the 3G cell.


− When the reference user speed optimization switch (UESpdOptSwitch) is set to ON, high-speed users cannot be handed over to a micro cell. For details on how to identify high-speed users, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.

The CellLoadBalanceRange parameter is set to BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC.

− The RNC selects the combination of target cells that are selected when this parameter is set to ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC and ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC as candidate cells.


In the preceding three scenarios, if the RNC selects a DC-HSUPA user, the target cell must not be an inter-frequency neighboring cell from the same carrier group.

6.5 Inter-Frequency Measurements and Handovers

The RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control message to the UEs selected for CLB inter-frequency handovers, instructing the UEs to perform inter-frequency measurements for CLB inter-frequency handovers. This message contains information about one or more target cells. If the compressed mode is required for inter-frequency measurements, the RNC starts the compressed mode first. For details about how target cells are selected, see section 6.4 "Target Cell Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover." For details about how UEs are selected for CLB inter-frequency handovers, see section 6.3 "User Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover."

The UEs selected for CLB inter-frequency handovers send the RNC measurement reports, containing the cell quality information about one or more target cells. Upon receiving such a measurement report, the RNC performs the following:

The RNC initiates an inter-frequency hard handover if the received measurement report includes a cell that meets all of the following criteria:

− The cell quality meets the RSCP-based and Ec/Io-based inter-frequency handover thresholds.

− The cell is not in the CLB state.

− The cell load is less than or equal to the CLB triggering threshold minus the CLB difference threshold.

If the inter-frequency hard handover succeeds, the RNC processes the next UE. If the handover fails, the RNC waits for the next measurement report. If the UE cannot be handed over to any of the candidate cells, the RNC decides that the UE cannot be handed over and processes the next one.

If the received measurement report includes more than one cell, the RNC selects a target cell based on the following rules and initiates an inter-frequency hard handover.

− The RNC selects cells whose cell load meets the RSCP-based and Ec/Io-based inter-frequency handover thresholds.

− The RNC excludes cells in the CLB state and cells whose cell load exceeds the CLB triggering threshold minus the CLB difference threshold.

− The RNC selects a cell with the highest integrated priority as the target cell. If more than one cell has the highest integrated priority, the RNC selects any of them as the target cell.

If the inter-frequency hard handover succeeds, the RNC processes the next UE. If the handover fails, the RNC selects the target cell with the second-highest integrated priority. If the handover still fails, the

WCDMA RAN

Load Control





6-9

RNC waits for the next measurement report. If the UE cannot be handed over to any of the candidate cells, the RNC decides that the UE cannot be handed over and processes the next one.

6.6 Related Features

The features that CLB depends on vary in different scenarios:

In the intra-band inter-frequency networking scenario, CLB does not depend on any features.

In the inter-band inter-frequency networking scenario, CLB depends on the WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management feature.

The difference between CLB and LDR lies in timing for algorithm triggering. LDR is used in the basic congestion scenario. CLB is used for load balancing when:

The cell has not been congested.

The cell has been congested but LDR cannot be used for load balancing, such as load balancing among cells under different RNCs.

CLB is independent from LDR.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 7 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing



7-1

7 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

7.1 Overview

The intra-frequency load balancing function automatically adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power based on cell load. In this way, load across intra-frequency neighboring cells can be balanced.

When the cell load increases, this function reduces the P-CPICH transmit power. As a result, cell coverage shrinks and UEs at the cell edge can be handed over to intra-frequency neighboring cells. This reduces the load in the current cell.

When cell load decreases, this function increases the P-CPICH transmit power. In this case, cell coverage is widened and UEs from other heavily loaded neighboring cells can be handed over to the current cell.

The intra-frequency load balancing function increases resource usage and system capacity by utilizing idle resources in neighboring cells.

Intra-frequency load balancing incorporates the downlink intra-frequency load balancing and uplink intra-frequency load balancing functions. The downlink intra-frequency load balancing and uplink intra-frequency load balancing functions cannot take effect simultaneously. If they are enabled at the same time, the downlink intra-frequency load balancing function takes precedence.

7.2 Downlink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

The downlink intra-frequency load balancing function adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power based on the measured downlink cell load. The downlink intra-frequency load balancing function incorporates the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing function and the Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH feature. If they are enabled at the same time, the Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH feature takes precedence.

7.2.1 TCP-based Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

This chapter describes the WRFD-020104 Intra-Frequency Load Balance feature.

Downlink intra-frequency load balancing is performed to adjust the coverage areas of cells according to the measured values of cell load. It is applicable only to the downlink.

Downlink intra-frequency load balancing between intra-frequency cells is performed by adjusting the transmit power of the Primary Common Pilot Channel (P-CPICH) according to the downlink load of the associated cells.

When this function is enabled, that is, when INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB under the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter is enabled, the RNC checks the load of cells periodically and adjusts the transmit power of the P-CPICH in the associated cells based on the cell load.

The following figure shows the procedure for downlink intra-frequency load balancing.

WCDMA RAN




7-2

Figure 7-1 Procedure of downlink intra-frequency load balancing

The downlink intra-frequency load balancing is described as follows:

If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the cell overload threshold (CellOverrunThd), it is an indication that the cell is heavily overloaded. In this case, the transmit power of the P-CPICH needs to be reduced step by step. The step is specified by the PCPICHPowerPace parameter.

If the current transmit power is equal to the minimum transmit power of P-CPICH (MinPCPICHPower), the current transmit power is not adjusted.

Because of the reduction in the pilot power, the UEs at the edge of the cell can be handed over to neighboring cells, especially to those with a relatively light load and with relatively high pilot power. After that, the downlink load of the cell is lightened accordingly.

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the cell underload threshold (CellUnderrunThd), it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load. In this case, the transmit power of the P-CPICH can be increased step by step to help lighten the load of neighboring cells. The step is specified by the PCPICHPowerPace parameter.

If the current transmit power is equal to the maximum transmit power of P-CPICH (MaxPCPICHPower), the current transmit power is not adjusted.

7.2.2 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH

This section describes the WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH feature.

WCDMA RAN




7-3

This feature dynamically adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power based on downlink non-HSPA load in a cell to reduce downlink non-HSPA load for this cell. After the power adjustment, the maximum and minimum transmit power of the DPCH carrying online UEs is also changed. To minimize the impact of power adjustment on online UEs, this feature compensates the maximum and minimum DPCH transmit power during the power adjustment procedure.

When DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH under the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, the Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH feature is activated and the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing function becomes disabled. The RNC periodically checks the downlink non-HSPA power load in the current cell and adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power.

Figure 7-2 shows the flowchart of the Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH algorithm.

Figure 7-2 Flowchart of the Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH algorithm

The RNC checks the downlink non-HSPA load in the current cell at an interval specified by the IntraFreqLdbPeriodTimerLen parameter. Then the RNC adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power for this cell.

If downlink non-HSPA load in the current cell is equal to or larger than the value specified in the PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState parameter, this cell is heavily loaded. In this situation, the P-CPICH transmit power is reduced according to the value of the PCPICHPowerPace parameter so that cell-edge UEs can be handed over to neighboring cells with lighter load. This reduces downlink power load and increases downlink capacity of the current cell.

WCDMA RAN




7-4

The minimum transmit power of the P-CPICH (MinPCPICHPower) is the lower limit for power adjustment. The P-CPICH transmit power will not be reduced if reaching this limit. The maximum power reduction is the difference between the PCPICHPower and MinPCPICHPower parameters. The PCPICHPower parameter specifies the P-CPICH transmit power.

If downlink non-HSPA load in the current cell is smaller than the value specified in the PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState parameter, this cell is lightly loaded. In this situation, more services can be processed in this cell and the P-CPICH transmit power can be increased according to the value of the PCPICHPowerPace parameter. This widens cell coverage and the widened coverage can accommodate cell-edge UEs from neighboring cells. This relieves load of the neighboring cells.

The maximum transmit power of the P-CPICH (MaxPCPICHPower) is the upper limit for power adjustment. P-CPICH transmit power will not be increased if reaching this limit. The maximum power increase is the difference between the MaxPCPICHPower and PCPICHPower parameters. The PCPICHPower parameter specifies the P-CPICH transmit power.

To minimize the impact of power adjustment on online UEs, this feature compensates the maximum and minimum DPCH transmit power during the power adjustment procedure.

If the adjusted P-CPICH transmit power is lower than the value of the PCPICHPower parameter, the maximum transmit power of the DPCH carrying online UEs remains the same as the power before the power adjustment to promote link stability for online UEs.

If the adjusted P-CPICH transmit power is higher than the value of the PCPICHPower parameter, the minimum transmit power of the DPCH carrying online UEs remains the same as the power before the power adjustment to reduce non-HSPA power consumption.

The maximum and minimum transmit power for online UEs before the power adjustment is the sum of the PCPICHPower and RlMinDlPwr parameters, and the sum of the PCPICHPower and RlMaxDlPwr parameters, respectively. For details about the RlMinDlPwr and RlMaxDlPwr parameters, see Power Control Feature Parameter Description.

7.3 Uplink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

In scenarios where uplink interference is always strong, increased RTWP leads to limited uplink coverage, causing uplink and downlink coverage imbalance. To solve this problem, the RTWP-based uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm is introduced. If this algorithm finds that uplink coverage limitation is caused by RTWP, it automatically adjusts pilot power and decreases downlink coverage, thereby balancing uplink and downlink coverage. This algorithm reduces the call drop ratio of cell edge users caused by strong external interference. After the uplink RTWP becomes normal, this algorithm automatically adjusts the pilot power to normal.

The uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm is specified by the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch: UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB parameter. Figure 7-3 shows the process of the uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm.

WCDMA RAN




7-5

Figure 7-3 Process of the uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm

As shown in Figure 7-3, the RNC performs the following actions in each ULB period (specified by the IntraFreqULBPeriodTimerLen parameter):

1. The RNC obtains RTWP from the NodeB and then performs smooth filtering on the RTWP value. The smooth filtering window is specified by the ULBAvgFilterLen parameter.

2. The RNC evaluates the uplink load of the current cell based on the filtered RTWP value.

− If the filtered RTWP value is between RTWPHeavyThd and RTWPLightThd, the RNC considers the load of the current cell to be normal. In this case, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this period.

− If the filtered RTWP value is more than or equal to RTWPHeavyThd, the RNC considers the load of the current cell to be heavy. In this case, the RNC performs step 3.

− If the filtered RTWP value is less than or equal to RTWPLightThd, the RNC considers the load of the current cell to be light. In this case, the RNC performs step 4.

3. The RNC compares the current pilot power and MinPCPICHPower. If the current pilot power is more than MinPCPICHPower, the RNC decreases the current pilot power by one step (specified by the PCPICHPowerPace parameter). Otherwise, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this period.

4. The RNC compares the current pilot power and MaxPCPICHPower. If the current pilot power is less than MaxPCPICHPower, the RNC increases the current pilot power by one step (specified by the PCPICHPowerPace parameter). Otherwise, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this period.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 8 Load Reshuffling



8-1

8 Load Reshuffling

This chapter describes the WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling feature.

When the usage of cell resources exceeds the basic congestion trigger threshold, the cell enters the basic congestion state. In this case, LDR is required to reduce the cell load and increase the access success rate.

8.1 Basic Congestion Triggering

The basic congestion of a cell is caused by insufficient power resource, code resource, Iub resource, or NodeB credit resource. A cell where the basic congestion occurs is referred to as a cell in the LDR state.

For power resource, the RNC performs periodic measurement and checks whether the cells are congested. For code, Iub, and NodeB credit resources, the RNC checks whether the cells are congested when resource usage changes.

If the congestion of all resources is triggered in a cell, the basic congestion triggered by different resources will be relieved in order of resource priority for load reshuffling as configured by running the SET ULDCALGOPARA command.

8.1.1 Power Resource

The uplink load reshuffling algorithm selection depends on the following conditions:

If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_First, ALGORITHM_THIRD, or ALGORITHM_OFF, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on power resource.

If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_FORTH, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on the total uplink load corresponding to the actual uplink service load.

If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_SECOND, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on ENU.

For an HSUPA cell, if HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS under the NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is not selected,

regardless of the value of the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on ENU.

If the measurement on the total uplink load corresponding to the actual uplink service load is unavailable, for example, when the relevant NodeB boards cannot report the measurement results, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on ENU.

The downlink load reshuffling algorithm selection depends on the following conditions:

If the parameter NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_First, or ALGORITHM_THIRD, the downlink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on power resource.

If the parameter NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_SECOND, the downlink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on ENU.

If the load of a cell is calculated based on power resource, the uplink load of the cell is calculated based on the uncontrollable load in the HSUPA cell or total RTWP load in the R99 cell. And the downlink load of the cell is calculated based on the load of non-HSPA power and GBP in the HSDPA cell or total TCP load in the R99 cell. If the load of a cell is calculated based on ENU, the uplink load and the downlink load of the cell are calculated based on the total ENU load in the cell, respectively. For details about the load of a cell calculated based on power resource and based on ENU, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN




8-2

In a DC-HSDPA or DC-HSUPA cell, if the cell load is calculated based on the number of equivalent users, only the equivalent users on the primary carrier are counted in the DC-HSDPA or DC-HSUPA cell.

Congestion control based on power resource can be enabled through the DL_UU_LDR and UL_UU_LDR sub-parameters of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.

The following figure shows the triggering and relieving of basic congestion.

Figure 8-1 Triggering and relieving of basic congestion

As shown in Figure 8-1, if the UL/DL load of the cell is higher than or equal to the UL/DL LDR trigger threshold (UlLdrTrigThd or DlLdrTrigThd) for a hysteresis time, the cell is in the basic congestion state, and the related load reshuffling actions, as listed in Table 8-2, are taken. If the current UL/DL load of the cell is lower than the UL/DL LDR relief threshold (UlLdrRelThd or DlLdrRelThd) for a hysteresis time, the cell changes to the normal state and the related load reshuffling actions are stopped.

For the downlink, the hysteresis time is specified by the DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter; for the uplink, the hysteresis time

is 600 ms.

The DL LDR trigger threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the DL LDR trigger thresholds of the two cells in this group. The DL LDR relief threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the DL LDR relief thresholds of the two cells in this group. If a DC-HSDPA cell group is in the basic congestion state, the related LDR actions are performed in each cell separately.

In a DC-HSUPA cell, LDR triggering and execution happen in the two cells respectively.

8.1.2 Code Resource

Congestion control based on code resource can be enabled through the CELL_CODE_LDR sub-parameter of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.

WCDMA RAN




8-3

If the SF corresponding to the current remaining code of the cell is larger than the value of CellLdrSfResThd, code congestion is triggered and the related load reshuffling actions, as listed in Table 8-2, are taken.

8.1.3 Iub Resource

Congestion control based on Iub resource can be enabled through the IUB_LDR sub-parameter of the NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.

Iub congestion control in both the uplink and downlink is NodeB-oriented. In the case of Iub congestion, LDR actions are applied to congestion resolution. Iub congestion is detected in a separate processing module. For details about the decision on Iub congestion detection, see Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.

For the basic congestion caused by Iub resource, all UEs under the NodeB are the objects of related LDR actions.

8.1.4 NodeB Credit Resource

The basic congestion caused by NodeB credit resource is of the following types:

Type A: Basic congestion at the local cell level

If the cell UL/DL current remaining credit resource is lower than the credit resource corresponding to the SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd or DlLdrCreditSfResThd (set by running the ADD UCELLLDR command), credit congestion at the cell level is triggered and related load reshuffling actions will be taken in the current cell.

Type B: Basic congestion at the local cell group level (if any)

Type C: Basic congestion at the NodeB level

If the cell group or NodeB UL/DL current remaining credit resource is lower than the credit resource corresponding to the SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd or DlLdrCreditSfResThd (set by running the ADD UNODEBLDR command), credit congestion at the cell group or NodeB level is triggered and related load reshuffling actions will be taken.

The basic congestion of type A will not trigger load-based inter-frequency handovers while the basic congestion of type B or C will trigger such actions.

The following table lists the LDR switches that need to be set to 1 for different algorithm types.

Table 8-1 LDR switches to be set to 1

Algorithm Load Control Algorithm Switch LDC Algorithm Switch

Type A LC_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH CELL_CREDIT_LDR

Type B LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH LCG_CREDIT_LDR

Type C NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH NODEB_CREDIT_LDR

8.2 LDR Procedure

When the cell is in the basic congestion state, the RNC takes one of the following actions in each period (specified by the LdrPeriodTimerLen parameter by running the SET ULDCPERIOD command) until the congestion is relieved. These procedures apply to HSPA cells and R99 cells:

For R99 cells, only DCH UEs are selected by LDR actions.

WCDMA RAN




8-4

The GoldUserLoadControlSwitch parameter specifies whether LDR actions select gold users. The RNC selects gold users only when the GoldUserLoadControlSwitch parameter is set to ON.

Load-based inter-frequency handover

Code reshuffling

BE service rate reduction

AMR rate reduction

Inter-RAT load-based handover in the CS domain, which involves the following actions:

− Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain

− Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain

The difference between the "Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover In the CS/PS Domain" and "Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover In the CS/PS Domain" actions lies in the selection of users. The former only involves CS/PS users with the "service handover" IE in RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST set to "handover to GSM should be performed", while the latter only involves CS/PS users with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should not be performed". For details about the "service handover" IE, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.

Inter-RAT load-based handover in the PS domain, which involves the following actions:

− Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain

− Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain

QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services

MBMS power reduction

PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE

The sequence of LDR actions can be changed by running the MOD UCELLLDR/MOD UNODEBLDR command.

The following figure illustrates the detailed LDR procedure. In this example, the sequence of LDR actions is fixed to load-based inter-frequency handover, code reshuffling, BE rate reduction, inter-RAT handover in CS domain, inter-RAT handover in PS domain, AMR rate reduction, QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services, and MBMS power reduction.

WCDMA RAN




8-5

Figure 8-2 LDR procedure

As shown in the preceding figure, when the system is congested, the load-based inter-frequency handover is initiated first.

If the handover succeeds, the algorithm continues to check whether the system is congested. If the system is still congested, the load-based inter-frequency handover is initiated again.

If the handover fails, code reshuffling is performed:

− If the code reshuffling succeeds, the algorithm continues to check whether the system is congested. If the system is still congested, the code reshuffling is initiated again.

− If the code reshuffling fails, the next action, BE rate reduction, is taken.

The remaining actions to be performed may be deduced by analogy. For details about LDR actions, see section 8.3 "LDR Actions."

The LDR actions that are triggered by basic congestion caused by different resources are different. Table 8-2 describes the LDR actions intended for different resources.

WCDMA RAN




8-6

When the basic congestion is triggered by different resources, the congestion can be relieved in an order set by running the SET ULDCALGOPARA command.

Table 8-2 LDR actions intended for different resources

Resources

UL/DL

Service LDR Actions

Lo

ad

-ba

sed

In

ter-

Fre

qu

en

cy

Han

do

ve

r

BE

Ra

te R

ed

uc

tio

n

Inte

r-R

AT

Han

do

ve

r in

CS

D

om

ain

Inte

r-R

AT

H

an

do

ve

r in

PS

Do

ma

in

AM

R R

ate

R

ed

uc

tio

n

Qo

S R

en

eg

oti

ati

on

fo

r U

nc

on

tro

lla

ble

Re

al-

Tim

e S

erv

ice

s

Co

de

Re

sh

uff

lin

g

MB

MS

Po

we

r R

ed

uc

tio

n

Power UL DCH √ √ √ √ √* √

HSUPA √* √ √

DC-HSUPA

√ √

DL DCH √ √ √ √ √* √

HSDPA √ √ √

DC-HSDPA

√ √

FACH (MBMS)

√*

Iub UL DCH √ √ √ √

HSUPA √ √

DC-HSUPA

√

DL DCH √ √ √ √

HSDPA √ √

DC-HSDPA

√

FACH (MBMS)

Code - -

DL DCH √* √ √

HSDPA

FACH (MBMS)

Credit UL DCH √ √ √ √ √

WCDMA RAN




8-7

Resources

UL/DL

Service LDR Actions

Lo

ad

-ba

sed

In

ter-

Fre

qu

en

cy

Han

do

ve

r

BE

Ra

te R

ed

uc

tio

n

Inte

r-R

AT

Han

do

ve

r in

CS

D

om

ain

Inte

r-R

AT

H

an

do

ve

r in

PS

Do

ma

in

AM

R R

ate

R

ed

uc

tio

n

Qo

S R

en

eg

oti

ati

on

fo

r U

nc

on

tro

lla

ble

Re

al-

Tim

e S

erv

ice

s

Co

de

Re

sh

uff

lin

g

MB

MS

Po

we

r R

ed

uc

tio

n

HSUPA √ √ √ √

DC-HSUPA

√ √ √

DL DCH √ √ √ √

HSDPA

FACH (MBMS)

A few actions in Table 8-2 are described as follows:

The Inter-RAT Handover in CS Domain action can be performed for the HSDPA services only when the HsdpaCMPermissionInd parameter is set to TRUE.

If the uplink power-based admission uses the ENU algorithm, the load-based inter-frequency handover for HSUPA user can be performed.

If the uplink power-based admission uses the power resource algorithm, the load-based inter-frequency handover for HSUPA user cannot be performed, as indicated by the symbol "*" in the preceding table.

If the downlink power-based admission uses the ENU algorithm, the basic congestion can also be caused by the ENU. In this situation, LDR actions do not involve AMR rate reduction or MBMS power reduction, as indicated by the symbol "*" in the preceding table.

In the same environment, different rates have different downlink transmit powers. The higher the rate, the greater the downlink transmit power. Therefore, the load can be reduced by bandwidth reconfiguration.

If dynamic CE resource management is enabled, BE service rate downsizing of LDR actions that is triggered by insufficient NodeB credit resource is ineffective to HSUPA users.

For LDR triggered by Iub congestion, RNC selects UEs in the congested path or port.

Load-based inter-frequency handovers triggered by code resource congestion support blind handovers but do not support measurement-based handovers.

In an LDR-triggered DC-HSUPA cell, the RNC selects only the DC-HSUPA UEs whose current cell is the primary cell. If LDR is triggered because of insufficient uplink power or number of equivalent users, the RNC does not select the DC-HSUPA UEs whose secondary carrier cell is the target cell.

Parameters related to certain LDR actions are classified into cell-level and NodeB-level parameters. These parameters apply to different resources.

− NodeB-level parameters take effect when Iub resources, cell group credit resources, or NodeB credit resources are in basic congestion state.

WCDMA RAN




8-8

− Cell-level parameters take effect when power resources, code resources, or cell credit resources are in basic congestion state.

8.3 LDR Actions

8.3.1 Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover

Load-based inter-frequency handover is also called inter-frequency load balance (WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balance).

If the UE is in the soft handover state, load-based inter-frequency handover can be performed only when HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch parameter is set to 1.

When HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch parameter is set to ON, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control or the load-based inter-frequency hard handover upon the handover decision on inter-frequency load.

The CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd parameter can be set so that the inter-frequency handover can relieve the basic congestion caused by code resource.

The load-based inter-frequency handover can be performed based on blind handover or measurement, which can be decided by the InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection parameter.

Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover Based on Blind Handover

If the InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection parameter is set to BLINDHO, the load-based inter-frequency handover based on blind handover performs the following steps:

1. The algorithm checks whether cells for inter-frequency blind handover are available. If available, the algorithm goes to the next step. Otherwise, the action fails, and the algorithm takes the next action.

Whether the neighboring cells support blind handover is specified by the parameter BlindHoFlag.

2. The RNC selects the UEs that meet the following requirements. Then, RNC sorts the UEs by integrated user priority and selects the UE of the lowest integrated user priority to perform the next step. If there are no candidate users, the action fails, and the algorithm takes the next action.

− The service types of UEs are not restricted for LDR handover by parameter InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC.

− The user rate of UEs is smaller than or equal to the handover bandwidth threshold. The handover bandwidth thresholds of uplink and downlink are respectively specified by the UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd parameters.

− If the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource, only UEs processing PS services are selected as candidate UEs.

If multiple UEs have the same lowest integrated priority, the algorithm selects the one with the highest rate for

handover.

The user rates of UEs processing non-HSPA services and HSPA CS AMR services are their actual rates, and the user rates of UEs processing HSPA PS BE services and streaming services are their GBRs. The user rates must be less than UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd in the uplink and downlink.

If the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource, only UEs processing PS services are selected as candidate UEs. UEs processing CS services are not selected because they consume a small amount of credit resource and therefore handovers of them can do little to ease credit congestion. In addition, selecting UEs processing CS services as candidate UEs may increase the call drop rate of CS services.

3. The RNC selects the candidate cells that meet the following requirements:

− The cell is an inter-frequency neighboring cell of the current cell and is controlled by the same RNC.

− The frequency of the cell is within the band supported by the UE.

WCDMA RAN




8-9

− CPICH RSCP of the current cell in the measurement report that is reported by UE is higher than or equal to BlindHOQualityCondition of the candidate cells.

− The algorithm selects the candidate cells to be handed over according to the setting of NbmLdcUeSelSwitch:

a. If NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY, the algorithm only selects the candidate cells from the cells supporting the UE service.

b. If NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST, the algorithm first selects the candidate cells from the cells supporting the UE service. If there are no such cells, the algorithm selects the candidate cells from the cells not supporting the UE service.

c. If NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_ALL_UE, the condition is invalid for the algorithm.

− The load state of candidate cell is normal.

− The candidate cell meets the following conditions on load margin:

a. If the basic congestion is caused by power resource:

If the cell does not support DC-HSDPA, the algorithm checks whether the UL/DL load margin of the cell is higher than UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd/DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd, whether the load of the cell is normal and whether the CPICH RSCP of the current cell in the measurement report is higher than or equal to BlindHOQualityCondition.

If a cell supports DC-HSDPA, the cell and its corresponding cell group must have sufficient load margin to qualify as the candidate cell. That is, the load margin of the cell group must be greater than twice the value for DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and the load margin of the cell must be greater than DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd.

The load margin refers to the difference between the load of the candidate cell and the basic congestion trigger threshold of the candidate cell. If the load of a cell is calculated based on power resource, the uplink load of the cell is calculated based on the uncontrollable load of the cell and the downlink load of the cell is calculated based on the load of non-HSPA power and GBP in the cell. If the load of a cell is calculated based on ENU, the uplink load and the downlink load of the cell are calculated based on the total ENU load in the cell, respectively. For details about the load of a cell calculated based on power resource and based on ENU, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.

b. If the basic congestion is caused by code resource:

Whether there are blind handover candidate cells meeting the requirements is decided by the following conditions:

The minimum SF of the candidate cell is not greater than that of the current cell.

The difference of code usage between the current cell and the candidate cell is greater than LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd.

c. If the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource:

UL credit margin for LDR in the candidate cell > Credit resource corresponding to the SF specified by UlInterFreqHoCeLDRSpaceThd

The UL credit margin for LDR is calculated by subtracting the credit resource corresponding to the SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd from the remaining credit resource in the cell group or under the NodeB. The UL credit margin for LDR equals the smaller one of the UL credit margin for LDR in the cell group and that under the NodeB.

4. The RNC selects the target cell from the candidate cells according to the following principles:

− If there are more than one candidate cells meeting the requirements, the first cell in the list of the neighbor cells is selected as the blind handover target cell.

− If there is no such cell, the RNC selects the candidate user of the second lowest integrated user priority to retry to select the target cell.

− If all the candidate users have been tried and the RNC does not select the target cell, the action fails and the algorithm takes the next action.

WCDMA RAN




8-10

5. After selecting the target cell and the UE, the RNC makes blind handover decision. For details, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.

Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover Based on Measurement

The load-based inter-frequency handover based on measurement can be performed if the basic congestion is caused by power or credit resource.

Load-based inter-frequency handovers triggered by code resource congestion support blind handovers but do not support measurement-based handovers.

If the InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection parameter is set to MEASUREHO, the load-based inter-frequency handover is performed based on measurement. The LDR algorithm is implemented by performing the following steps:

1. The RNC selects the UE whose service types are not restricted for LDR handover by parameter InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC, and then sorts the selected UEs according to their integrated priority and performs load-based inter-frequency handover based on measurement on the UE with the lowest integrated priority.

If the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource, only UEs processing PS services are selected as candidate UEs. This is the same as in cases of blind handovers.

2. The RNC selects the candidate cells that meet the following conditions:

− The cell is an inter-frequency neighboring cell of the current cell and is controlled by the same RNC.

− The frequency of the cell is within the band supported by the UE.

− The cell meets the following conditions on load margin:

a. If the basic congestion is caused by power resource:

If the cell does not support DC-HSDPA, the algorithm checks whether the UL/DL load margin of the target cell is higher than UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd / DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and whether the load of the target cell is normal.

If the cell supports DC-HSDPA, the cell and its corresponding cell group must have sufficient load margin. That is, the load margin of the cell group must be greater than twice the value for DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and the load margin of the cell must be greater than DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd.

b. If the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource:

UL credit margin for LDR in the candidate cell > Credit resource corresponding to the SF specified by UlInterFreqHoCeLDRSpaceThd

The UL credit margin for LDR is calculated by subtracting the credit resource corresponding to the SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd from the remaining credit resource in the cell group or under the NodeB. The UL credit margin for LDR equals the smaller one of the UL credit margin for LDR in the cell group and that under the NodeB.

And the load state of target cell is normal.

− The DrdOrLdrFlag parameter of the cell is set to True, indicating that the cell can be measured.

− If the NbmLdcUeSelSwitch parameter is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY, the cell must support the service requested by the UE.

− If the UESpdOptSwitch parameter is set to ON, the RNC identifies high-speed users. To high-speed users, the value of HCSPrio for candidate cells must be higher than that for the serving cell. For details on how to identify high-speed users, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.

If such candidate cells do not exist, the load-based inter-frequency handover action fails and the algorithm takes the next action.

If such candidate cells exist, the following step is performed.

WCDMA RAN




8-11

1. The RNC issues a measurement control message to the UE, requesting the UE to measure the signal quality of all candidate cells.

2. The UE measures the RSCP and Ec/N0 of the candidate cells and periodically reports the measurement results to the RNC. The reporting period is specified by the PrdReportInterval parameter.

3. Based on the received measurement results, the RNC selects the candidate cells. The candidate cells must meet the following conditions:

− The cell is not in the basic congestion state.

− The measured RSCP is higher than the RSCP threshold that is specified by the TargetFreqThdRscp parameter.

− The measured Ec/N0 is higher than the Ec/N0 threshold that is specified by the TargetFreqThdEcN0 parameter.

If such candidate cells do not exist, the load-based inter-frequency handover action fails and the algorithm takes the next action.

If such candidate cells exist, the following step is performed.

4. The RNC selects the cell with the highest priority from the candidate cells to perform inter-frequency hard handover.

− If the handover succeeds, the LDR action is complete.

− If the handover fails, the RNC tries accessing the cell with the second highest priority to perform inter-frequency hard handover until the handover succeeds or it has attempted to access all the candidate cells.

If the compressed mode is required for the UE to perform inter-frequency measurement, the RNC starts the inter-frequency measurement timer (specified by the InterFreqMeasTime parameter) as soon as the measurement control message is issued. If inter-frequency handover remains unsuccessful until the timer expires, the RNC stops the inter-frequency measurement and cancels the compressed mode.

8.3.2 BE Rate Reduction

When admission control of Power/NodeB Credit is disabled, do not configure the BE Rate Reduction as an LDR action in order to avoid ping-pong effect.

BE rate reduction can only be performed when the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 1.

The LDR algorithm operates as follows:

1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the BE RABs in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects the BE RABs that meet the following condition:

− The current rate of the BE RAB is higher than the GBR specified by running the SET UUSERGBR command.

− The BE RAB has the lower integrated priorities.

The number of selected RABs is specified by the UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum or DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum parameter.

If the integrated priorities of some RABs are identical, the RAB with the highest rate is selected.

3. If services can be selected, the action is successful. If services cannot be selected, the action fails. The algorithm takes the next action.

4. The bandwidth of the selected services is reduced to the specified rate. For details about the rate reduction procedure, see DCCC Feature Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN




8-12

5. The reconfiguration is complete as indicated by the RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION message on the Uu interface and through the synchronized radio link reconfiguration procedure on the Iub interface.

8.3.3 QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services

This section describes the WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface feature.

Uncontrollable real-time services refer to PS streaming services. The load can be reduced by adjusting the rates of real-time services through QoS renegotiation.

The uncontrollable real-time service cannot perform rate down automatically like BE service due to the QoS requirement. That is, GBR is specified in RAB assignment procedure and must be guaranteed. When the system needs to adjust service rate to relieve the system load, the RNC has to initiate a rate renegotiation over the Iu interface by requesting a new RAB parameters with a lower bit rate for real time service using RAB Modification procedure.

The RNC will request a new MBR and GBR that are the lowest ones among the alternative configurations in the RAB ASSIGNMENT message from the CN. However, the CN can decide how to react to the request upon reception of the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message.


1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the RABs for real-time services in the PS domain in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities for QoS renegotiation. The number of selected RABs is specified by the UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum or DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate service for the QoS renegotiation, the action fails. The algorithm takes the next action.

3. The algorithm performs QoS renegotiation for the selected services. The GBR during the service setup is the minimum rate of the service after the QoS renegotiation.

4. The RNC initiates the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message to the CN for the QoS renegotiation. Upon reception of the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message, the CN sends the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to the RNC for RAB parameter reconfiguration.

8.3.4 Inter-RAT Handover in the CS Domain

This action can only be performed when the CS inter-RAT handover algorithm is enabled.

The size and coverage mode of a 2G cell are different from those of a 3G cell. Therefore, inter-RAT blind handover is not considered.

Inter-RAT handover in the CS domain involves the following actions.

Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain


1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the UEs with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should be performed" in the CS domain in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects the UEs with the lowest integrated priorities. The number of selected UEs is specified by the UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum or DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum parameter.

3. For the selected UEs, the LDR module sends the load-based handover command to the inter-RAT handover module, requesting the inter-RAT handover module to hand over the UEs to the 2G system.

WCDMA RAN




8-13

4. The handover module decides to trigger the inter-RAT handover, depending on the capability of the UE to support the compressed mode.

5. If a UE that meets the handover criteria is not found, the algorithm takes the next action.

Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain

The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain". The difference is that this action involves only CS users with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should not be performed".

The number of selected UEs is specified by the UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum or DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum parameter.

8.3.5 Inter-RAT Handover in the PS Domain

This action can only be performed when the PS inter-RAT handover algorithm is enabled.

Inter-RAT handover in the PS domain involves the following actions.

Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain

The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain". The difference is that this action involves only PS users with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should be performed".

The number of controlled UEs is determined by the UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum or DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum parameter.

Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain

The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain". The difference is that this action involves only PS users with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should not be performed".

The number of controlled UEs is specified by the UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum or DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum parameter.

HSPA services can be selected only when HsdpaCMPermissionInd is set to TRUE and HsupaCMPermissionInd is not set to Limited.

For details about the two parameters, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.

8.3.6 AMR Rate Reduction

This action can only be performed when the sub-parameter CS_AMRC_SWITCH of the parameter CsSwitch is set to 1.

AMR Rate Reduction in the Downlink

In the downlink, the LDR algorithm operates as follows:

1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the AMR RABs in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities and with the rates higher than the GBR for AMR services (conversational). The number of selected RABs is specified by the DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate RAB for the AMR rate reduction, the action fails. The algorithm takes the next action.

3. The RNC sends the rate control request message through the Iu interface to the CN to adjust the AMR rate to the GBR.

WCDMA RAN




8-14

AMR Rate Reduction in the Uplink

In the uplink, the LDR algorithm operates as follows:

1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the AMR RABs in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities and with the rates higher than the GBR for AMR services (conversational). The number of selected RABs is determined by the UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate RAB for the AMR rate reduction, the action fails. The algorithm takes the next action.

3. The RNC sends the TFC CONTROL command to the UE to adjust the AMR rate to the GBR.

8.3.7 Code Reshuffling

This section describes the WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management feature.

To optimize the code usage efficiency, the "left most" principle is adopted in initial code allocation procedure, that is, the code with minimum SF is reserved to ensure that the codes are available for use continuously. However, the code tree may not obey the "left most" principle during actual use. Code reshuffling can be used to make the code tree obey "left most" principle.

When the cell is in the basic congestion state caused by code resource, code reshuffling can be performed to reserve sufficient code resource for subsequent services. Code sub-tree adjustment refers to the switching of users from one code sub-tree to another. It is used for decreasing the code fragments to release smaller codes first.

The algorithm operates as follows:

1. Initializes SF_Cur to CellLdrSfResThd.

2. Traverses all the sub-trees with this SF_Cur at the root node except the sub-trees occupied by common channels and HSDPA channels, and takes the sub-trees in which the number of users is not larger than the value of MaxUserNumCodeAdj as candidate sub-trees for code reshuffling.

− If such candidate sub-trees are available, the algorithm goes to step 3.

− If no such candidate sub-tree is available, sub-tree selection fails. This procedure ends.

3. Selects a sub-tree from the candidate sub-trees according to the setting of LdrCodePriUseInd.

− If this parameter is set to TRUE, the algorithm selects the sub-tree with the largest code number from the candidates.

− If this parameter is set to FALSE, the algorithm selects the sub-tree with the smallest number of users from the candidates. if multiple sub-trees have the same number of users, the algorithm selects the sub-tree with the largest code number.

4. Treats each user in the sub-tree as a new user and allocates code resource to each user.

5. Initiates the reconfiguration procedure for each user in the sub-tree and reconfigures the channelization codes of the users to the newly allocated code resource.

The reconfiguration procedure on the UU interface is initiated through the PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION message and that on the Iub interface through the RL RECONFIGURATION message.

The following figure shows an example of code reshuffling. In this example, CellLdrSfResThd is set to SF8, and MaxUserNumCodeAdj is set to 1.

WCDMA RAN




8-15

Figure 8-3 Code reshuffling

8.3.8 MBMS Power Reduction

Some MBMS-related algorithms do not take effect on the BSC6910 because the BSC6910 does not support MBMS-related features.

The downlink power load can be reduced by lowering the power on MBMS traffic channels.

The algorithm operates as follows:

1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the RABs in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects a RAB with the lowest integrated priority and with the current power higher than the minimum transmit power of the corresponding MTCH. That is, it selects an RAB whose ARP value is higher than MbmsDecPowerRabThd.

3. The algorithm triggers a reconfiguration procedure to set the power to the minimum transmit power of the FACH onto which the MTCH is mapped.

The reconfiguration procedure on the Iub interface is implemented through the COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message.

8.3.9 PS Inter-RAT Handover from UMTS to LTE

This section describes the WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature and the WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE feature.

If PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE is triggered when UMTS cells are in the basic congestion state, the RNC redirects or switches only the PS services of UL dual-mode or GUL triple-mode UEs to LTE cells. This helps balance inter-RAT load and improve user experience.

PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE is controlled by PSInterU2LLDHO under the DlLdrFirstAction parameter. This LDR action is implemented as follows:

1. After the PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE is triggered when UMTS cells are in the basic congestion state, the RNC determines whether to allow UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handovers.

2. The RNC allows UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handovers when all of the following conditions are met:

There are no CS RABs among the UE's RABs.

All RABs of the UE can be handed over or redirected to LTE cells.

WCDMA RAN




8-16

− A RAB can be handed over or redirected to LTE cells only when the IE "E-UTRAN Service Handover" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is null and HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM under the EUTRANSHIND parameter in the ADD UTYPRABBASIC command is selected.

− If the value of the IE "E-UTRAN Service Handover" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is "Handover to E-UTRAN shall not be performed", a RAB cannot be handed over or redirected to LTE cells.

The UEs are UL dual-mode UEs or GUL triple-mode UEs.

There is LTE coverage.

− If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 parameter is cleared, the current UMTS cell must be configured with neighboring LTE cells.

− If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 parameter is selected, the current UMTS cell must be configured with LTE frequencies. For details about how to configure LTE frequencies, see Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE Feature Parameter Description.

The UMTS to LTE redirection switch based on absolution frequency is controlled by HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 parameter.

The load-based PS redirection or handover from UMTS to LTE function is enabled.

− The general switch for UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperations is turned on, that is, HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HoSwitch parameter is selected.

− To Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature, the PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE function must be enabled.

− To activate the Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE feature, the PS handover from UMTS to LTE function must be enabled and HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 parameter must be cleared.

For details about redirection and handovers, see Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE Feature Parameter Description.

3. The RNC selects UEs to perform the PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE LDR action.

After allowing UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection for handovers, the RNC selects UEs to perform this LDR action.

a The RNC puts UL or GUL UEs that processes only PS services into a list.

b The RNC selects UEs that did not perform PS handovers from UMTS to LTE.

c The RNC arranges the selected UEs according to the user integrated priority. Then the RNC selects several UEs to perform this LDR action in ascending order of user integrated priority.

For uplink LDR actions, the number of UEs is specified by the UlPSU2LHOUeNum parameter. For downlink LDR actions, the number of UEs is specified by the DlPSU2LHOUeNum parameter.

If the UEs have the same user integrated priority, they will be selected randomly. Suppose there are five UEs (UE A, UE B, UE C, UE D, and UE E) and the user integrated priority is A < B = C = D < E. If three UEs are to be selected, the RNC preferentially selects UE A and then selects any two UEs among UEs B, C, and D.

8.3.10 LDR Actions of One UE in the Uplink and Downlink

In most cases, uplink and downlink LDR actions are independent of each other. Sometimes, these LDR actions may be performed by the same UE.

If the uplink and downlink are going to perform same LDR actions, these LDR actions can be performed simultaneously in the uplink and downlink of the same UE.

WCDMA RAN




8-17

For example, BE service rate reduction must be performed simultaneously in the uplink and downlink of the same UE. In this situation, the RNC sends only one RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION message, indicating that BE service rate reduction is performed simultaneously in the uplink and downlink of this UE.

If the uplink and downlink are going to perform different LDR actions, these LDR actions can be performed as follows:

− If uplink LDR actions are inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers, or PS inter-RAT handovers from UMTS to LTE, LDR actions can only be performed in the uplink.

− If downlink LDR actions are inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers, or PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE, LDR actions can only be performed in the downlink.

LDR actions are performed in the direction with fewer UEs.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 9 Overload Control



9-1

9 Overload Control

This chapter describes the WRFD-020107 Overload Control feature.

After the UE access is allowed, the power consumed by a single link is adjusted by the single link power control function. The power varies with factors such as the mobility of the UE and the changes in the environment. In some situations, the total power load of the cell can be higher than the target load. To ensure the system stability, OLC must be performed.

9.1 Overload Triggering

Only the power resource and Iub bandwidth may result in the overload congestion state. Hard resources such as the ENU and credit resource do not cause overload congestion.

For details about overload congestion caused by Iub bandwidth, see Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.

For the overload triggered by power resources, the downlink OLC algorithm will trigger overload based on total TCP load in the R99 cell or the load of non-HSPA power and HSDPA GBP in the HSDPA cell. The uplink OLC algorithm selection depends on the following conditions:

If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_First, ALGORITHM_THIRD, or ALGORITHM_OFF, the uplink OLC algorithm will trigger overload based on total RTWP load of the cell.

If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_FORTH, the uplink OLC algorithm will trigger overload based on the total uplink load corresponding to the actual uplink service load.

If the measurement on the total uplink load corresponding to the actual uplink service load is unavailable, for example, when the relevant NodeB boards cannot report the measurement results, the uplink OLC algorithm will trigger overload based on total RTWP load of the cell.

OLC can be enabled through the UL_UU_OLC and DL_UU_OLC sub-parameters of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.

The following figure shows the triggering and release of cell power overload.

WCDMA RAN




9-2

Figure 9-1 Triggering and release of cell power overload

As shown in Figure 9-1, if the UL/DL load of the cell is higher than or equal to the UlOlcTrigThd or DlOlcTrigThd for a hysteresis time, the cell is in the overload state, and the related overload handling action is taken. If the current UL/DL load of the cell is lower than the UlOlcRelThd or DlOlcRelThd for a hysteresis time, the overload state of the cell is released and the related overload handling is stopped.

For the downlink, the hysteresis time is specified by the parameter DlLdTrnsHysTime; for the uplink, the hysteresis time

is 600 ms.

The UL or DL OLC trigger threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the UL or DL OLC trigger thresholds of the two cells in this group. The UL or DL OLC relief threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the UL or DL OLC relief thresholds of the two cells in this group. If a DC-HSDPA cell group is overloaded, the related overload handling is performed in each cell separately.

In a DC-HSUPA cell, OLC triggering and execution happen in the two cells respectively.

In addition to periodic measurement, event-triggered measurement is applicable to OLC.

If the sub-parameter OLC_EVENTMEAS of the parameter NBMLdcAlgoSwitch is set to 1, the RNC sends the NodeB a request for event measurement based on power resource. In the associated request message, the reporting criterion is specified, including the hysteresis time, the related OLC thresholds. Then the NodeB checks the current power load in real time according to this criterion and reports the status to the RNC periodically if the conditions of reporting are met.

Limited by 3GPP, the NodeB cannot check the total load of the non-HSDPA power and the GBP. Therefore, the recommended setting of OLC_EVENTMEAS is 0 for HSDPA cells.

9.2 General OLC Procedure

When the cell is overloaded, the RNC takes one of the following actions in each period specified by the OlcPeriodTimerLen parameter until the congestion is relieved:

WCDMA RAN




9-3

Performing TF control of BE services

Switching BE services to common channels

Adjusting the maximum FACH TX power

Releasing some RABs

The RSVDBIT13 under the RsvdPara1 parameter in the ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH command specifies whether OLC actions select gold users. When RSVDBIT13 is selected, OLC actions select gold users.

The following figure shows the OLC procedure.

Figure 9-2 OLC procedure

As shown in the preceding figure, the OLC procedure is as follows:

1. The OLC takes the first action to perform TF control.

− If the TF control succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC performs TF control again.

− If the TF control fails, go to step 2.

2. The OLC takes the second action to switch BE services to common channels.

− If the switching succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC switches BE services to common channels again.

− If the switching fails, go to step 3.

3. The OLC takes the third action to adjust the maximum FACH transmit power.

− If the adjustment succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC adjusts the power again.

− If the adjustment fails, the OLC takes the fourth action to release some RABs.

For details about OLC actions, see section 9.3 "OLC Actions."

WCDMA RAN




9-4

Moreover, when the cell is in the overload congestion state:

The state transition from FACH to DCH is prohibited.

When the FACH_UU_ADCTRL sub-parameter of NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is set to ON, the admission for users over FACH or enhanced FACH channels (HS-DSCH) is prohibited.

When the FACH_UU_ADCTRL sub-parameter of NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is set to OFF, the admission decision for users over FACH or enhanced FACH channels(HS-DSCH) is allowed.

The admission for resource requests of RRC connection setup whose cause is emergency call, detach, or registration is always allowed. This is because the priority of such requests is high.

9.3 OLC Actions

9.3.1 Performing TF Control of BE Services

OLC Algorithm for TF Control in the Downlink

For the TF control in the downlink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:

1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the RABs in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects the following RABs:

− DCH RABs with the rates higher than DlDcccRateThd. For details about the parameter, see DCCC Feature Parameter Description.

− RABs with the lowest integrated priorities.

The number of RABs selected is smaller than or equal to DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum.

If the RNC cannot find an appropriate service for the TF control, the OLC takes the next action.

3. The RNC sends the TF control indication message to the MAC. Each MAC of the selected RABs will receive one TF control indication message and will restrict the transport format combination (TFC) selection of the BE services to reduce the data rate step by step.

The MAC restricts the TFC selection according to the following formula:

TFmax(N+1) = TFmax(N) x Ratelimitcoeff

where:

− TFmax(0) is the maximum TB number of the BE service before the service is selected for TF control.

− TFmax(N+1) is the maximum TB number during the period from (T0 + RateRstrctTimerLen x N) to (T0 + RateRstrctTimerLen x (N + 1)), where T0 is the time when the MAC receives the TF control indication message.

− Ratelimitcoeff is specified by the RateRstrctCoef parameter.

4. If the number of times that TF control is performed exceeds DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, the action fails. The OLC takes the next action.

5. If the congestion is relieved, the RNC sends the congestion relief indication to the MAC. At the same time, the rate recovery timer (RateRecoverTimerLen) is started. When this timer expires, the MAC increases the data rate step by step.

MAC recovers the TFC selection by calculating the maximum TB number according to the following formula:

TFmax(N+1) = TFmax(N) x RateRecoverCoeff

Here:

− TFmax(0) is the maximum TB number of the BE service before congestion relief indication is received.

WCDMA RAN




9-5

− TFmax(N+1) is the maximum TB number during the period from (T1 + RateRecoverTimerLen x N) to (T1 + (RateRecoverTimerLen x (N + 1)), where T1 is the time when the MAC receives the congestion relief indication message.

− RateRecoverCoeff is specified by the RecoverCoef parameter.

OLC Algorithm for TF Control in the Uplink

For a UE with the DCH service, the RNC sends a TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION CONTROL message to the UE to restrict the TFC of the UE, according to the 3GPP TS25.331. The UE does not reply to the RNC before the procedure is performed successfully.

For the TF control in the uplink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:

1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the DCH RABs in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects the following RABs:

− RABs with the rates higher than UlDcccRateThd. For details about the parameter, see DCCC Feature Parameter Description.

− RABs with the lowest integrated priorities.

The number of selected RABs is specified by the UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum parameter.

If the RNC cannot find an appropriate service, the OLC performs the next action.

3. The RNC sends the TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION CONTROL message to the UE that accesses the specified service. This message contains the following IEs:

− Transport Format Combination Set Identity: defines the available TFC that the UE can select, that is, the restricted TFC sub-set. It is always the two TFCs corresponding to the lowest data rate.

− TFC Control Duration: defines the period the restricted TFC sub-set is to be applied. It is set to a random value (integer multiples of 10 ms) from the range of 10 ms to 5120 ms to avoid data rate upsizing at the same time.

After the TFC control duration expires, the UE can apply for any TFC of TFCS before the TF control.

4. If the number of times that TF control is performed exceeds UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, the action fails. The OLC takes the next action.

9.3.2 Switching BE Services to Common Channels

Whether the selected UEs can be switched to common channels depends on the setting of DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, or DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH in the parameter DraSwitch.

For the switching of uplink BE services to common channels, if the control RTWP anti-interference function switch (NBMCacAlgoSwitch: RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB) is turned on, the RNC checks whether the uplink equivalent user load proportion of the cell is lower than 40%. If it is lower than 40%, the RNC does not perform this operation.

For switching BE services to common channels, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:

1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts all the UEs in the PS domain in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects the UEs with the lowest integrated priorities. The number of selected UEs is specified by TransCchUserNum. If the selection fails, the OLC takes the next action.

This function is disabled when the TransCchUserNum parameter is set to 0.

3. The OLC switches the selected UEs to common channels.

WCDMA RAN




9-6

If both the selected UEs and the current cell support enhanced CELL_FACH, these UEs can be switched to the enhanced CELL_FACH state.

9.3.3 Adjusting the Maximum FACH TX Power

The procedure for adjusting the maximum FACH transmit power is as follows:

1. Set the maximum FACH transmit power to the target maximum transmit power. The target maximum transmit power is calculated according to the following formula:

Ptarget = Pmax - Delta

− Ptarget is the target maximum transmit power.

− Pmax is the maximum FACH transmit power (MaxFachPower).

− Delta is the FACH power reduction step (FACHPwrReduceValue).

2. If the congestion is relieved after the power adjustment, the system starts the FACH power recovery timer, which is set to 5s. When the timer expires, the maximum FACH transmit power is increased to the original maximum FACH transmit power if the system is always in the normal state before the timer expires.

The preceding power adjustment is applicable to only the FACH carrying common services rather than MBMS services.

9.3.4 Releasing Some RABs

OLC Algorithm for the Release of Some RABs in the Uplink

If the Control RTWP Anti-interference algorithm switch (NBMCacAlgoSwitch: RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB) is enabled, the RNC checks whether the uplink equivalent user load proportion of the cell is lower than 40% before performing this operation. If it is lower than 40%, the RNC does not perform this operation.

For the release of some RABs in the uplink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:

1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts all RABs including HSUPA and DCH services in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities. If the integrated priorities of some RABs are identical, it selects the RAB with a higher rate (that is, the current rate for DCH RAB or the GBR for HSUPA RAB) in the uplink. The number of selected RABs is specified by UlOlcTraffRelRabNum.

3. The selected RABs are released directly.

OLC Algorithm for the Release of Some RABs in the Downlink

Some MBMS-related algorithms do not take effect on the BSC6910 because the BSC6910 does not support MBMS-related features.

For the release of some RABs in the downlink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:

If the SeqOfUserRel parameter is set to USER_REL, then:

1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts all non-MBMS RABs in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities. If the integrated priorities of some RABs are identical, it selects the RAB with a higher rate (that is, the current rate for DCH RAB or the GBR for HSDPA RAB) in the downlink. The number of selected RABs is specified by DlOlcTraffRelRabNum.

3. The selected RABs are directly released.

WCDMA RAN




9-7

4. If all non-MBMS RABs are released but congestion persists in the downlink, MBMS RABs are selected.

If the SeqOfUserRel parameter is set to MBMS_REL, then:

1. Based on the ARP, the algorithm sorts all MBMS RABs in descending order.

2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities. The number of selected RABs is specified by MbmsOlcRelNum.

3. The selected RABs are directly released.

4. If all MBMS RABs are released but congestion persists in the downlink, non-MBMS RABs are selected.

This function is disabled when the UlOlcTraffRelRabNum, DlOlcTraffRelRabNum, and MbmsOlcRelNum parameters are set to 0.

The higher the value of UlOlcTraffRelRabNum or DlOlcTraffRelRabNum, the more the cell load decreases, which will

affect the users experience negatively.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 10 Network Impact



10-1

10 Network Impact

10.1 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing

10.1.1 Network Performance

Inter-frequency load balancing based on uplink credit resource enables some UEs to be handed over to an inter-frequency neighboring cell when the current cell is in the basic congestion state. In this way, the admission failures due to CE resource congestion decrease.

In addition, this feature makes UEs processing PS services more likely to perform inter-frequency handovers. This may slightly increase the PS call drop rate.

10.2 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold

10.2.1 System Capacity

With CLB, a heavily loaded cell can be relieved, and the resources of a lightly loaded cell can be fully utilized, increasing the whole system capacity.


CLB improves the coverage performance of a heavily loaded cell.

The impact of CLB on network performance in different scenarios is as follows:

Macro and micro combined network using different frequencies

CLB offloads HSPA services on the macro network to the micro network. Resources of the micro network deployed at hot spots are fully utilized and the quality of HSPA services after handovers is ensured. In addition, the quality of CS services on the macro network is improved after the network load decreases.

Overlay network

CLB supports inter-frequency load balancing for UEs in connected mode under different RNCs in an overlay network, enabling effective network resource utilization of different vendors. The sector capacity is expanded, and key performance indicators (KPIs) of heavily loaded cells are improved.

When CLB is implemented between different RNCs on the overlay network, ping-pong handovers may occur because an RNC cannot obtain the information about the load of inter-frequency neighboring cells under the neighboring RNC. Therefore, a load evaluation algorithm has been added to evaluate the load of inter-frequency neighboring cells. If the number of failed inter-frequency handovers during a certain period of time exceeds a preset threshold, a penalty timer is triggered and UEs cannot be handed over to the inter-frequency neighboring cell until the penalty timer expires. However, ping-pong handovers may still occur because this load evaluation algorithm makes a rough estimate of the load of inter-frequency neighboring cells.

Other scenarios

CLB is used in other scenarios the similar way the WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balance feature is used. The difference is that CLB can implement load balancing before a cell enters the basic congestion state so that the traffic load can evenly be distributed among cells. CLB helps prevent a cell from being heavily loaded or having deteriorated KPIs.

Negative impact

WCDMA RAN




10-2

− More inter-frequency handovers may reduce the success rate of inter-frequency handovers and increase the call drop rate.

− During the inter-frequency handover measurement, the throughput of online UEs in compressed mode with halved spreading factors (SF) will be reduced.

10.3 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance


No impact.


Table 10-1 lists the impact of this feature on KPIs.

Table 10-1 Impact on KPIs

KPI Type KPI Impact

Access RRC Setup Success Ratio

This feature redirects UEs at the cell edge or in cells with excessive coverage problems to inter-frequency neighboring cells, which increases the RRC setup success rate. The RRC CONNECTION REJECT messages from RRC redirections based on distance (including inter-RAT and inter-frequency redirections) are not considered as RRC connection setup failures. Therefore, such rejections do not affect the RRC setup success rate.

Maintainability Call Drop Ratio This feature redirects UEs at the cell edge or in cells with excessive coverage problems to inter-frequency neighboring cells, which reduces the call drop rate.

10.4 RRC Redirection for Service Steering


No impact.


During the RRC connection setup procedure, this feature performs inter-frequency or inter-RAT service steering and load sharing based on the RRC connection setup cause. This feature performs load sharing with the consideration of the signal quality, load, and the redirection percentage of the cell the UE accesses. This feature also affects the access delay of UEs that are to be redirected to inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells.

10.5 FACH Power Control of RRC phase


The FACH power control of RRC phase function increases the FACH transmit power. As a result, the amount of power available for dedicated channels decrease. This reduces downlink cell/UE throughput and the R99 UE admission rate.

WCDMA RAN




10-3

Suppose that the cell transmit power is 20 W, the P-CPICH transmit power is 10% of the cell transmit power, and the FACH transmit power is 1 dB. If an additional 2 dB power is to be added, the amount of power available for the dedicated channel may be insufficient and five AMR UEs may not be admitted into this cell.


This function increases the downlink FACH power and therefore UEs can receive messages more accurately. When RRC connection setups fail due to Uu-interface synchronization timeout, this function increases the RRC connection setup success rate. How well the RRC connection setup success rate can be improved is determined by coverage and interference in the live network. If the contribution of weak coverage to RRC connection setup failures is small or if interference in the live network is strong, the improvement of the RRC connection setup success rate is not noticeable.

The smaller the increased FACH power MaxFachPower, the less noticeable the improvement of the RRC connection setup success rate.

The larger the increased FACH transmit power, the stronger the interference. In this situation, downlink coverage will deteriorate, which may increase the call drop rate.

10.6 Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna

10.6.1 System Capacity and Network Performance

This function has the following impacts on system capacity and network performance.

This function corrects the measured RTWP and uplink load in the following scenarios:

− Imbalanced interference

The corrected RTWP and uplink load is smaller than the original values.

a. When interference between antennas is imbalanced and the RTWP-based anti-interference function is disabled (RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB under the NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is cleared), this function increases the access success rate if an uplink power resource admission fails. Ultimately, this function increases the number of online UEs.

b. When interference between antennas is imbalanced and the RTWP-based anti-interference function is enabled (RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB under the NBMCacAlgoSwitch is selected), this function reduces the admission error rate. This reduces the number of online UEs and the call drop rate.

c. When services are being processed, this function improves HSUPA throughout if data source is sufficient. However, this increases the RTWP per antenna. As a result, uplink coverage shrinks and the call drop rate increases.

d. The decrease of the RTWP reduces RACH receive power. This improves uplink Uu-interface capacity and increases the access delay.

− Invalid antennas

a. When the RTWP-based anti-interference function is disabled (RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB under the NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is cleared), this function does not take effect.

b. When the RTWP-based anti-interference function is enabled (RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB under the NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is selected), the measured uplink load is corrected (the corrected value is larger than the original value). This reduces the admission error rate and improves uplink coverage. As a result, the call drop rate is reduced. In addition, the access success rate and the number of online UEs decrease.

c. When services are being processed, the measured uplink load is corrected (the corrected value is larger than the original value) if the WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA

WCDMA RAN




10-4

feature is activated. This feature improves uplink coverage and reduces the call drop rate. However, the HSUPA throughput is also reduced.

The RTWP-based anti-interference function takes effect only when ALGORITHM_FOURTH under the

NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch parameter is selected.

When several HSUPA UEs are going to transmit a large amount of data simultaneously, the rise over thermal (RoT) will become high due to HSUPA scheduling. In this case, the RTWPs of two antennas are almost the same and the gains provided by this function are not noticeable because the corrected RTWP is almost the same as the original RTWP.

Although this function increases the NodeB CPU usage, the increase is not noticeable because the load on a CPU with a 1 GHz main frequency is only 0.001%.

10.6.2 Prerequisite Features

None

10.6.3 Mutually Exclusive Features

WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell

10.6.4 Impacted Features

The anti-imbalance of the different antenna function affects the following features:

This function affects all the features using the uplink load.

a. The correction of the measured RTWP function affects the following algorithms using the measurement result of the RTWP in a cell: WRFD-020101 Admission Control

b. WRFD-01061202 HSUPA Admission Control

c. WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA

d. WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation

e. Auto-adaptive background noise update algorithm.

For details about the impact, see section 10.6.1 "System Capacity and Network Performance."

− The correction of the measured uplink load function affects the following algorithms using the measurement result of uplink load in a cell:

a. WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

b. WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

c. WRFD-020107 Overload Control

d. WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold

e. Intra-frequency load balancing algorithm based on RTWP (uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm (ULB))

f. WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission.

For details about the impact, see section 10.6.1 "System Capacity and Network Performance."

The anti-imbalance of the different antenna function corrects only real-time RTWPs not delayed RTWPs. Therefore, the calculated interference cancellation efficiency is not accurate. In addition, if this function is enabled for the following features, the value of the VS.HSUPA.Ic.MeanEff counter is 0 or smaller than the value before this function is enabled.

− WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation

− WRFD-010210 Control Channel Parallel Interference Cancellation (CCPIC)

WCDMA RAN




10-5

− WRFD-140202 Control Channel Parallel Interference Cancellation (Phase 2)

− WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation

10.7 WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH


This feature reduces the P-CPICH transmit power when downlink non-HSPA load in a cell is heavy. This reduces power consumption of common channels and cell coverage. In this situation, cell-edge UEs are handed over to neighboring cells, which reduces downlink non-HSPA load and increases downlink capacity of the current cell.

For example, the value for PCPICHPower is 10% of the value for MaxTxPower and the maximum P-CPICH power reduction is 3 dB. If downlink non-HSPA load in a cell is extremely high and the number of UEs in this cell is large, this feature saves 10% to 15% of downlink non-HSPA cell power. The saved power can admit 10% to 15% extra UEs or increase at least 5% of the average cell throughput.

The P-CPICH transmit power can be higher than the value for PCPICHPower. In this case, cell coverage will increase but the available HSDPA power will decrease. This reduces average HSDPA throughput if there are data transmission requirements.


This feature reduces the P-CPICH transmit power when downlink non-HSPA load in a cell is heavy. As result, downlink non-HSPA cell load is reduced. When downlink power resources are congested, this feature increases the access success rate during busy hours.

However, after the reduction of P-CPICH transmit power, cell coverage shrinks, leading to coverage holes. Coverage holes cause the access success rate and the call drop rate for cell-edge UEs to deteriorate. This increases the number of handovers. In multi-carrier scenarios, cells that have the same coverage now may have different coverage. This affects the camping policy and increases the blind-handover failure probability (Blind handovers here include blind-handover-based DRD and LDR inter-frequency handovers). Ultimately, the performance of service steering will be affected.

The impact on network performance is determined by the actual cell coverage and the distribution of cell-edge UEs.

If cell coverage is good and the number of cell-edge UEs is small, handovers and the call drop rate will decrease.

If cell coverage is bad and the number of cell-edge UEs is large, handovers and the call drop rate will increase.

After the power adjustment, if more cells that have the same coverage now have different coverage, the probability of blind-handover failures will increase.

10.7.3 Prerequisite Features

None

10.7.4 Mutually Exclusive Features

None

WCDMA RAN




10-6

10.7.5 Impacted Features

After this feature is activated, the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing and uplink intra-frequency load balancing functions are disabled.

WCDMA RAN




10-1

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 11 Engineering Guidelines



11-1

11 Engineering Guidelines

11.1 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call

11.1.1 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware

This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.

Other features

This feature does not depend on other features.

License

This feature is not under license control.

Data Preparation

None

Activation

This feature does not need to be activated.

Activation Observation

Use a UE to initiate an emergency call. The emergency call is successfully established.

Deactivation

This feature does not need to be deactivated.

11.2 WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface

11.2.1 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware

The NEs in the core network must support selective configuration of the maximum bit rate (MBR) and guaranteed bit rate (GBR).

Other features


License


Data Preparation

None

WCDMA RAN




11-2

Activation

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to enable the cell-level LDR algorithm. In this step, set Cell LDC algorithm switch to UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm), DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm), and CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm).

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to enable the NodeB-level LDR algorithm. In this step, set NodeB LDC algorithm switch to IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm), LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm), and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm).

3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-level LDR trigger threshold. In this step, set UL/DL LDR Trigger threshold and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold according to the network plan.

4. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to set the NodeB-level LDR credit spreading factor (SF) reserved threshold. In this step, set Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold and Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan.

5. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the NodeB credit LDR threshold for the local cell. In this step, set Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold and DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan.

6. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set LDR period timer length according to the network plan.

7. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to enable QoS renegotiation on real-time services. In this step, set DL LDR first action to QOSRENEGO.


1. Establish a PS streaming service.

2. Trigger LDR in the cell according to the cell LDR threshold specified in the activation procedure.

3. If RAB MODIFY REQUEST is traced on the Iu interface, this feature has been activated.

Deactivation

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to disable the cell-level LDR algorithm. In this step, clear UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm), DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm), and CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm) from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list box.

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters;

WCDMA RAN




11-3

CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to disable the NodeB-level LDR algorithm. In this step, clear IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm), LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm), and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm) from the NodeB LDC algorithm switch drop-down list box.

MML Command Examples

/Activating RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface*/

//Enabling the cell-level LDR algorithm

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch= UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-1;

//Enabling the NodeB-level LDR algorithm

MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NODEB1",

NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-1&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-1;

//Enable QoS renegotiation on real-time services

MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, DlLdrFirstAction=QoSRenego;

/Deactivating RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface*/

//Disabling the cell-level LDR algorithm

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch= UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0;

//Disabling the NodeB-level LDR algorithm

MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NODEB1",


11.3 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

11.3.1 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware

In RAN14.0, the load measurement of total uplink services is introduced, and the dependencies on NodeB are as follows:

− The BTS3812, BTS3812E and BTS3812AE do not report the actual service load.

− The DBS3800 does not report the actual service load.

− If the 3900 series base station is configured with the WBBPa board or the RRU3801C 20 W, the actual service load is not reported. In other configurations, the actual service load is reported.

Other features


License


Data Preparation

None

WCDMA RAN




11-4

Activation

1. The function of measurement on RTWP, TCP, and non-HSPA power is always activated. Therefore, this feature does not need to be activated.

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR Meas Algorithm) and HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR Meas Algorithm) from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to activate the cell-level load measurement for HSDPA and HSUPA.

3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set load monitoring parameters, including the uplink/downlink load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm trigger/release thresholds and uplink/downlink overload congestion (OLC) algorithm trigger/release thresholds to appropriate values.

4. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Monitoring Parameter Configuration > LDM Algorithm Parameters of RNC; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set parameters associated with load measurement, report period, and smoothing filter length according to the network plan.


1. On the RNC LMT, open the Monitor tab page. In the Monitor navigation tree, double-click UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring, and create tasks of monitoring Cell DL Carrier TX Power and RTWP.

2. Check whether the uplink full-bandwidth RX power of the cell is displayed in the RTWP monitoring window.

3. Check whether the downlink carrier TX power is displayed in the Cell DL Carrier TX Power monitoring window.

Deactivation

1. The measurement on RTWP, TCP, and non-HSPA power has been activated and cannot be deactivated.

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR Meas Algorithm) and HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR Meas Algorithm) from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to deactivate the cell-level load measurement for HSDPA and HSUPA.


//Activating load measurement

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100, NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-1&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-1;

MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=1, UlLdrTrigThd=55, UlLdrRelThd=45, DlLdrTrigThd=70, DlLdrRelThd=60, UlOlcTrigThd=95,

UlOlcRelThd=85, DlOlcTrigThd=95, DlOlcRelThd=85, HsupAuRetrnsLdTrigThd=70, HsupAuRetrnsLdRelThd=50;

SET ULDM: UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff=D6, ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas=TEN_MSEC,

TenMsecForUlBasicMeas=100, DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff=D6;

//Deactivating load measurement

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100, NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-0&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-0;

WCDMA RAN




11-5

11.4 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

11.4.1 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware

This feature does not depend on the hardware.

Other features


License


Data Preparation

None

Activation

The following section provides the related parameters and commands. The parameter settings depend on the network plan.

1. Enable the related load reshuffling algorithms.

a Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, turn on the following switches of Cell LDC algorithm switch:

− UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm): UL UU load reshuffling algorithm

− DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm): DL UU load reshuffling algorithm

− CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm): Code reshuffling algorithm

− CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm): Credit reshuffling algorithm

b Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, turn on the following switches of NodeB LDC algorithm switch:

− IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm): NodeB Iub reshuffling algorithm

− NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm): NodeB-level credit reshuffling algorithm

− LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm): cell-group-level credit reshuffling algorithm

2. Set the related thresholds.

− Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set LDR thresholds (UL/DL LDR Trigger/release threshold and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold).

− Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set code LDR threshold (Cell LDR SF reserved threshold) and LDR actions.

− Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME

WCDMA RAN




11-6

batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-group-level or NodeB-level LDR thresholds (Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold).

− Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-level credit LDR thresholds (Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold).

3. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the LDR period (LDR period timer length).

4. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to enable the functions used in the LDR actions.

− Inter-frequency load handover

Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH and HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH.

− BE service rate reduction

Set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH.

− Uncontrolled real-time traffic QoS renegotiation

Set PS Rate Negotiation Switch to PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH.

− CS domain inter-RAT load handover

Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH.

− PS domain inter-RAT load handover

Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH.

− Downsizing the bit rate of AMR voice

Set CS Algorithm Switch to CS_AMRC_SWITCH.


The following section takes R99 non-real-time data services as examples to verify BE service rate reduction in the basic congestion state.

1. Enable a UE in idle mode to camp on CELL_A11.

2. On the RNC LMT, open the Monitor tab page. In the Monitor Navigation Tree tab page, double-click UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring. In the displayed dialog box, create a Cell DL Throughput monitoring task.

3. Connect the UE to a laptop through the USB port and initiate a data service. Check the rb-mappinginfo information element (IE) contained in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. The value of rrc-Stateinditator is CELL_DCH.

4. Use the UE to log in to the FTP server and then start FTP downloading. Data downloading is normal.

5. To simulate the scenario where power load reaches 75%, run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM. The RRC_RB_RECFG message is displayed in the Uu Interface Trace dialog box. In the Cell DL Throughput of the Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box, you can view the downlink RB rate decrease configured on the RNC.

6. To stop simulating power load, run the NodeB MML command STP DLSIM. In the Uu Interface Trace dialog box, the RRC_RB_RECFG message is displayed. In the Cell DL Throughput of the Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box, you can view the downlink RB rate increase configured on the RNC.

WCDMA RAN




11-7

Deactivation

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear the following switches from Cell LDC algorithm switch:

− UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm): UL UU load reshuffling algorithm

− DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm): DL UU load reshuffling algorithm

− CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm): Code reshuffling algorithm

− CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm): Credit reshuffling algorithm

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear the following switches from NodeB LDC algorithm switch:

− IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm): NodeB Iub reshuffling algorithm

− NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm): NodeB-level credit reshuffling algorithm

− LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm): cell-group-level credit reshuffling algorithm


//Activating Load Reshuffling

//Enabling load reshuffling algorithms

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100,

NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CODE_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-1;

MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="nodeb1",


//Setting load reshuffling thresholds

MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=100, UlLdrTrigThd=55, UlLdrRelThd=45, DlLdrTrigThd=70, DlLdrRelThd=60,

UlOlcTrigThd=95, UlOlcRelThd=85, DlOlcTrigThd=95, DlOlcRelThd=85, DlLdTrnsHysTime=1000;

//Setting code reshuffling thresholds

MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=100, DlLdrFirstAction=CodeAdj, DlLdrSecondAction=InterFreqLDHO,

CellLdrSfResThd=SF8;

//Setting NodeB-level credit reshuffling thresholds

MOD UNODEBLDR: NodeBName="nodeb1", UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8;

//Setting cell-level credit reshuffling thresholds

MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=100, UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8;

//Setting load reshuffling period

SET ULDCPERIOD: LDRPERIODTIMERLEN=10;

//Turning on load reshuffling function switches

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:

PsSwitch=PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-1,DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1,CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SWITCH-1,

HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;

//Deactivating Load Reshuffling

WCDMA RAN




11-8



MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="nodeb1",


11.5 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

11.5.1 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware


Other features


License


Data Preparation

None

Activation

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to enable the air interface OLC algorithm. Select UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU OLC Algorithm) and DL_UU_OLC(Downlink UU OLC Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to enable the OLC algorithm. Select IUB_OLC(IUB OLC Algorithm) under the parameter NodeB LDC algorithm.

3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set UL OLC trigger threshold, DL OLC trigger threshold, UL OLC release threshold, and DL OLC release threshold.

4. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the OLC period (OLC period timer value).

5. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLOLC (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Overload Congestion Control Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the parameter related to OLC-related actions.


1. Run the following RNC MML commands to verify whether the activation is successful.

− LST UCELLALGOSWTICH

− LST UCELLLDM

− LST UNODEBALGOPARA

WCDMA RAN




11-9

− LST ULDCPERIOD

− LST UCELLOLC

Consult Huawei engineers about the verification solution to obtain professional technical support.

Deactivation

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to disable the air interface OLC algorithm. Clear UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU OLC Algorithm) and DL_UU_OLC(Downlink UU OLC Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to disable the OLC algorithm. Clear IUB_OLC(IUB OLC Algorithm) under the NodeB LDC algorithm parameter.


//Activating Overload Control

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_OLC-1&DL_UU_OLC-1;

MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NodeB1", NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_OLC-1;

SET ULDCPERIOD: OlcPeriodTimerLen=3000;

ADD UCELLOLC: CellId=111;

//Deactivating Overload Control

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_OLC-0&DL_UU_OLC-0;

MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NodeB1", NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_OLC-0;

11.6 WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management

11.6.1 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware


Other features


License


Data Preparation

None

Activation

The code allocation function is always activated. The activation procedure applies to only the code reshuffling function.

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches), and then enable the required LDR algorithm

WCDMA RAN




11-10

switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm)) through setting the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter.

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set code LDR threshold (Cell LDR SF reserved threshold) and set CodeAdj(Code adjust) as one of the DL LDR actions.

3. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the LDR period (LDR period timer length).


1. Enable the UE in the idle state to camp on CELL_A11.

2. Set the PS service type to interactive on the HLR.

3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR with Cell LDR SF reserved threshold set to SF8 and Max user number for code adjust to 1.

4. Connect the UE to a laptop on the USB port and enable the UE to initiate a data service.

Expected result: Services are set up on the DCH successfully. You can view the rb-mappinginfo information element (IE) in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. In the Cell Code Tree Monitor window, you can view that the service occupies code SF32(4).

5. Enable the UE to log in to the FTP Internet server and then enable FTP download.

6. Run the RNC MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. The status of cell code congestion is displayed as basic congestion.

7. Run the RNC MML command RMV URESERVEOVSF to release the service that occupies code SF32(1).

8. Run the RNC MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. The status of cell code congestion is displayed as not congested.

Deactivation

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches), and then deactivate the required LDR algorithm switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm)) through setting the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter.


//Activating Code Resource Management

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=CELL_CODE_LDR-1;

MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, DlLdrFirstAction=CodeAdj, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8;

SET ULDCPERIOD: LdrPeriodTimerLen=10;

//Verifying Code Resource Management

MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8, MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1;

DSP UCELLCHK: CHECKSCOPE=CELLID, CELLID=111;

RMV URESERVEOVSF: CellId=111, DLOVSFSF=SF32, DLCODENO=1;

//Deactivating Code Resource Management

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=CELL_CODE_LDR-0;

WCDMA RAN




11-11

11.7 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

11.7.1 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware


Other features


License

None

Data Preparation

None

Activation

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to select PUC(Potential User Control Algorithm) from the Switch for Cell Load Control drop list to enable the cell-oriented PUC algorithm.

2. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to specify the period of potential user control. In this step, set PUC period timer length to an appropriate value.

3. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLPUC (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented PUC Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-oriented PUC algorithm parameters.


1. Configure two cells CELL_A11 and CELL_A12 as inter-frequency neighboring cells on the NodeB.

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLPUC to change the potential user control threshold for CELL_A11.

3. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate a situation where the cell has a high load.

The following messages can be traced on the Iub interface: The NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_REQ from the RNC to the NodeB, and the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_RSP message responded by the NodeB.

The updated system information can be traced on the Uu interface. The value of the Sintersearch signaling element (IE) of the SIB3 of CELL_A11 decreases, and the values of the Qoffset1s,n and Qoffset2s,n IEs of the SIB11 of CELL_A11 increase.

4. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLPUC to change the potential user control threshold for CELL_A12.

5. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate a situation where CELL_A12 has a high downlink load.

WCDMA RAN




11-12

The following messages can be traced on the Iub interface: The NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_REQ message from the RNC to the NodeB, and the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_RSP response message from the NodeB.

The updated system information can be traced on the Uu interface. The value of the Sintersearch IE of the SIB3 of CELL_A11 decreases, and the values of the Qoffset1s,n and Qoffset2s,n IEs of the SIB11 of CELL_A11 increase.

Deactivation

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear PUC(Potential User Control Algorithm) under the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter.


//Activating Potential User Control

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=PUC-1;

SET ULDCPERIOD: PucPeriodTimerLen=1800;

ADD UCELLPUC: CELLID=1, SPUCLIGHT=45, SPUCHEAVY=70, SPUCHYST=5, OFFSINTERLIGHT=-2, OFFSINTERHEAVY=2,

OFFQOFFSET1LIGHT=-4, OFFQOFFSET2LIGHT=-4, OFFQOFFSET1HEAVY=4, OFFQOFFSET2HEAVY=4;

//Deactivating Potential User Control

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=PUC-0;

11.8 WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing

11.8.1 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware


Other features

The two optional features WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package have been configured before this feature is activated.

License

The licenses "Inter frequency load handover" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.

Data Preparation

None

Activation

1. Enable load reshuffling (LDR) algorithms.

Enabling uplink load reshuffling on the Uu interface

a Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.

WCDMA RAN




11-13

Enabling downlink load reshuffling on the Uu interface

a Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.

Enabling load reshuffling based on cell code resources

a Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.

Enabling NodeB-level or cell group-level load reshuffling based on credit resources

a Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCALGOPARA (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Configuration of Load Control; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, select NodeB-level NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH(NodeB Credit LDR Switch) or cell group-level LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit LDR Switch) under the load control algorithm switch parameter.

b Run the RNC MML command ADD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, select NodeB-level NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm) or cell group-level LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm) under the NodeB LDC algorithm switch parameter.

2. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to enable inter-frequency handover. In this command, select HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter.

3. Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Inter-frequency Neighboring Cell; CME batch modification center: not supported) to add an inter-frequency neighboring cell supporting blind handover, or to add an inter-frequency neighboring cell supporting measurement by setting the parameter DrdOrLdrFlag to an appropriate value.

4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented None-Coverage Based Inter-frequency Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) (cell level) or SET UINTERFREQHONCOV (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented None-Coverage Based Inter-frequency Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) (RNC level) to set parameters related to load-based inter-RAT hard handovers to appropriate values based on the network plan.

5. For a load-based inter-frequency handover that is based on measurement, run the Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set InterFreq Load Handover Method Selection to MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO).

6. Set LDR-related thresholds based on the network plan.

− For uplink and downlink load reshuffling on the Uu interface, run the Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell

WCDMA RAN




11-14

Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the following LDR-related thresholds: UL LDR trigger threshold, UL LDR release threshold, DL LDR trigger threshold, DL LDR release threshold, and DlLdTrnsHysTime.

− For uplink and downlink load reshuffling on the Uu interface and load reshuffling based on cell code resources, run the Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the following LDR-related threshold: Cell LDR SF reserved threshold.

− For NodeB-level or cell group-level load reshuffling based on credit resources, run the Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the following LDR-related threshold: UL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold.

7. For load reshuffling based on cell code resources, run the Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to allow inter-frequency handovers in cases of code resource congestion. In this step, set Code congestion select inter-freq indication to TRUE(TRUE).

8. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the LDR period LDR period timer length to an appropriate value.

9. For uplink and downlink load reshuffling on the Uu interface and load reshuffling based on cell code resources, run the Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover) under the DL LDR first action parameter and set other parameters related to the LDR action based on the network plan.

10. For NodeB-level or cell group-level load reshuffling based on credit resources, run the Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, select InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover) under the UL LDR first action parameter and set other parameters related to the LDR action based on the network plan.


1. Run the following RNC to check whether this feature has been activated.

− LST UCELLALGOSWITCH

− LST UCELLLDR

− LST UCELLLDM

− LST ULDCPERIOD

− LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH

− LST UINTERFREQNCELL

− LST UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(cell level)

− LST UINTERFREQHONCOV(RNC level)

− LST ULDCALGOPARA

− LST UNODEBALGOPARA

− LST UNODEBLDR

WCDMA RAN




11-15

2. Check the value of the counter VS.LCC.LDR.InterFreq (Number of UEs Performing Inter-Frequency Load Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell). If the value is not 0, this feature has been activated.

Deactivation

1. Disabling load reshuffling algorithms

Disabling uplink LDR on the Uu interface

a Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.

Disabling downlink LDR on the Uu interface

a Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.

Disabling load reshuffling based on cell code resources

a Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.

Disabling NodeB-level or cell-level load reshuffling based on credit resources

a Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCALGOPARA (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Configuration of Load Control; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear NodeB-level NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH(NodeB Credit LDR Switch) or cell group-level LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit LDR Switch) under the load control algorithm switch parameter.

b Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear NodeB-level NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm) or cell group-level LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm) under the NodeB LDC algorithm switch parameter.

2. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to disable inter-frequency handover. In this command, clear HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter.

3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to prohibit inter-frequency handovers in cases of code resource congestion. In this step, set Code congestion select inter-freq indication to FALSE(FALSE).

4. Restore the parameter settings modified in the activation procedure.


//Activating Inter Frequency Load Balance

WCDMA RAN




11-16



SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1;

ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=11, CellId=111, NCellRncId=22, NCellId=222, SIB11Ind=TRUE, SIB12Ind=FALSE,

TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0, BlindHoFlag=FALSE, NPrioFlag=FALSE, DrdOrLdrFlag=TRUE,

InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE;

ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV: CellId=111, InterFreqFilterCoef=D3, Hystfor2C=6, TrigTime2C=D640,

InterFreqCovHOThdEcN0=-16, InterFreqMeasTime=60, PeriodFor2C=4, AmntOfRpt2C=5;

MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection=MEASUREHO;

MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=111, UlLdrTrigThd=55, UlLdrRelThd=45, DlLdrTrigThd=70, DlLdrRelThd=60,

DlLdTrnsHysTime=1000;

MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8;

MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=TRUE;

SET ULDCPERIOD: LdrPeriodTimerLen=10;

MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO, DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20,

DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000;

SET ULDCALGOPARA: LdcSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH-1;

ADD UNODEBALGOPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=10, NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-1;

MOD UNODEBLDR: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=10, UlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO, UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8,

UlInterFreqHoCeLDRSpaceThd=SF8;

//Deactivating Inter Frequency Load Balance



SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-0;

MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd= FALSE;

SET ULDCALGOPARA: LdcSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH-0;

MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=11,

NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH-0;

MOD UNODEBLDR: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=10, UlLdrFirstAction=NoAct;

11.9 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold

11.9.1 When to Use Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold

This feature is used in the following scenarios:

Overlay network: This feature achieves inter-frequency load balancing for cells managed by different RNCs.

Macro and micro combined network: When macro and micro cells are networked using different frequencies, this feature enables micro cells to absorb PS services preferentially.

Currently, do not use this feature for other multi-carrier scenarios.

11.9.2 Deployment

Requirements

Other features

This feature depends on the feature WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management in the inter-band networking scenario.

License

WCDMA RAN




11-17

The licenses "Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold (per Cell)" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.

Data Preparation

None

Activation

1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLICENSE (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell License Resource/Function Item; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLLICENSE (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell License Resource/Function Item; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, under FuncSwitch1, select INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD(Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Config Load Thd) to enable the license of CLB for a specified cell.

2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, under NBMLdcAlgoSwitch, select UL_UU_CLB to enable uplink Uu-interface load balancing, select DL_UU_CLB to enable downlink Uu-interface load balancing, select CELL_CODE_CLB to enable cell code resource load balancing, and select CELL_CREDIT_CLB to enable cell credit load balancing for a specified cell.

3. Run the RNC MML command ADD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) or MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, under NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch, select NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(NodeB Credit CLB Algorithm) to enable NodeB credit load balancing and select LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit CLB Algorithm) to enable local cell group credit load balancing for a specified NodeB.

4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Inter-frequency Neighboring Cell; CME batch modification center: not supported) or MOD UINTERFREQNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Inter-frequency Neighboring Cell; CME batch modification center: not supported). In this step, set CLBFlag for the inter-frequency neighboring cell of a specified cell to TRUE, and set CLBPrio based on the network plan.

The inter-frequency neighboring cell of intra-RNC whose CLBFlag is TRUE can be the target cell of an inter-frequency

handover using CLB only after step 1 is performed.

5. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCLB (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Balance Algorithm; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLCLB (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Balance Algorithm; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the feature parameters for a specified cell. Based on the site requirements, set CellLoadBalanceRange to ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC, ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC, or BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC to enable intra-RNC inter-frequency load balancing, inter-RNC inter-frequency load balancing, or

WCDMA RAN




11-18

intra- and inter-RNC inter-frequency load balancing, respectively. Keep the default settings of other parameters, which are the thresholds for inter-frequency load balancing because of code resource, cell credit resource, and MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO.

6. Optional: If CellLoadBalanceRange in step 5 is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC or BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC, Run the RNC MML commandSET UCLB (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Balance Algorithm; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the parameters related to the cell load status of the neighboring RNC.

7. Optional: Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set ClbPeriodTimerLen.

8. Optional: If NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(NodeB Credit CLB Algorithm) or LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit CLB Algorithm)is selected under NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch in step 3, Run the RNC MML command ADD UNODEBCLB (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Balance Algorithm; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) or MOD UNODEBCLB (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Balance Algorithm; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the feature parameters for a specified NodeB. Keep the default parameter settings, which are the thresholds for inter-frequency load balancing because of cell group credit resource and NodeB credit resource.

9. Optional: If UL_UU_CLB or DL_UU_CLB is selected under NBMLdcAlgoSwitch in step 2, Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the threshold for inter-frequency load balancing because of power resource for a specified cell. Keep the default parameter settings.

10. Optional: Run the RNC MML command SET UCMCF (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Compression Mode Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented CMCF Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set NCovCMUserNumCtrlSwitch and CellSFCMUserNumThd.

11. Optional: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLMCLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Based Measurement Inter-frequency LDR Handover Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLMCLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Based Measurement Inter-frequency LDR Handover Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set UESpdOptSwitch.


Check the value of the counter VS.LCC.CLB.CS.InterFreq or VS.LCC.CLB.PS.InterFreq on the M2000. If the value is not 0, this feature has been activated successfully.

Deactivation

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLICENSE (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell License Resource/Function Item; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear

WCDMA RAN




11-19

INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD under FuncSwitch1 to disable the license of the feature for a specified cell.

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, under NBMLdcAlgoSwitch, clear UL_UU_CLB to disable uplink Uu-interface load balancing, clear DL_UU_CLB to disable downlink Uu-interface load balancing, clear CELL_CODE_CLB to disable cell code resource load balancing, and clear CELL_CREDIT_CLB to disable cell credit load balancing for a specified cell.

3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, under NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch, clear NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH to disable NodeB credit load balancing and clear LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH to disable local cell group credit load balancing for a specified NodeB.


//Activating the feature WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold

//Enabling the license of CLB for a specified cell

ADD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=1, FuncSwitch1=INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD-1; or

MOD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=1, FuncSwitch1=INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD-1;

//Enabling uplink Uu-interface load balancing, downlink Uu-interface load balancing, cell code resource load balancing, and cell credit load balancing for a specified cell

ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1,

NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_CLB-1&DL_UU_CLB_1&CELL_CODE_CLB-1&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-1,

NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF, NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF; or


NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_CLB-1&DL_UU_CLB_1&CELL_CODE_CLB-1&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-1;

NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch and NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch in the ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH command are mandatory parameters. Their values are based on site configurations. In this example, they are set to ALGORITHM_OFF.

//Enabling NodeB credit load balancing and local cell group credit load balancing for a specified NodeB

ADD UNODEBALGOPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=1,

NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1; or


NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1;

//Setting the CLB priority for the inter-frequency neighboring cell of a specified cell

ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=0, CellId=1, NCellRncId=1, NCellId=2, CLBFlag=TRUE, CLBPrio=1; or

MOD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=0, CellId=1, NCellRncId=1, NCellId=2, CLBFlag=TRUE, CLBPrio=1;

//Setting the CLB parameters for a specified cell

ADD UCELLCLB: CellId=1, CellLoadBalanceRange=BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC; or

MOD UCELLCLB: CellId=1, CellLoadBalanceRange=BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC;

/Deactivating WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold

//Disabling the license of CLB for a specified cell

MOD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=1, FuncSwitch1=INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD-0;

WCDMA RAN




11-20

//Disabling uplink Uu-interface load balancing, downlink Uu-interface load balancing, cell code resource load balancing, and cell credit load balancing for a specified cell


NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_CLB-0&DL_UU_CLB_0&CELL_CODE_CLB-0&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-0;

//Disabling NodeB credit load balancing and local cell group credit load balancing for a specified NodeB


NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-0&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-0;

11.9.3 Performance Monitoring

Check the values of the cell-level counters VS.MeanTCP and VS.MeanRTWP of two or more cells where load balancing has been implemented. If the counter values are close, load balancing is successful for these cells.

Check the cell-level KPI Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Success Ratio after CLB is activated. If the KPI does not decrease significantly, the inter-frequency handovers for load balancing are normal after CLB is used.

11.9.4 Parameter Optimization

The effect of CLB is affected by the threshold settings for different resources. After CLB is activated, regulate the following thresholds based on the operator's requirements and load balancing effect: UlPwrCSClbTrigThd, UlPwrPSClbTrigThd, DlPwrCSClbTrigThd, DlPwrPSClbTrigThd, CellSfCSClbTrigThd, CellSfPSClbTrigThd, UlCreditCSClbTrigThd, UlCreditPSClbTrigThd, DlCreditCSClbTrigThd, and DlCreditPSClbTrigThd. If the call drop rate significantly increases or the inter-frequency handover success rate decreases, raise the preceding thresholds or lower the MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO parameter value to reduce the number of inter-frequency handovers.

11.9.5 Troubleshooting

None

11.10 WRFD-020401 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance

11.10.1 When to Use Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance

Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance is recommended when both of the following conditions are met:

The UMTS cell is experiencing excessive coverage problems. This is especially the case when the cell is operating in UMTS 900 MHz.

The UMTS cell is not configured with neighboring GSM cells.

11.10.2 Required Information

Before you enable Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance, obtain the following information.

Confirm that there are UMTS cells that are experiencing excessive coverage problems.

Use this information to determine whether you need to enable Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance.

WCDMA RAN




11-21

Network band and frequencies

Use this information to configure the target band and frequency for distance-based inter-frequency RRC redirection.

11.10.3 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware


Other features

The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated.

License

None

Data Preparation

Table 11-1 lists the data to prepare before activating this feature.

Table 11-1 Data to prepare before activating this feature

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Description Source

Inter-freq Redirect Propa Delay Thres

InterFreqRedirDelayThd 10 Network plan (internal plan)

Inter-freq Redirection Factor of LDR

InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR

50 Network plan (internal plan)

Inter-freq Redirection Factor of Normal

InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm

0 Network plan (internal plan)

Redirection target band indicator

RedirBandInd DependOnNCell Network plan (internal plan)

Redirection Target UL Frequency Index

ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd None Network plan

Redirection target uplink UARFCN

ReDirUARFCNUplink None Network plan

Redirection target downlink UARFCN

ReDirUARFCNDownlink None Network plan

Activation

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) for the RNC or ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches)) for a cell. In this step, turn on InterFreqRedirSwitch, set RedirBandInd based on the network plan, and set other parameters according to the prepared data.

WCDMA RAN




11-22

− If RedirBandInd is set to DependOnNCell, you do not need to set ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd, ReDirUARFCNDownlink, and ReDirUARFCNUplink.

− If RedirBandInd is set to other values, set ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd, ReDirUARFCNDownlink, and ReDirUARFCNUplink based on the network plan.

Inter-frequency redirection based on distance does not select the inter-frequency neighboring cell under the DRNC as the target cell. DRD and redirection at RRC connection setup do not select the inter-frequency neighboring cell that uses a different frequency band from the cell where the RRC connection is to access.


1. Start Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT. Under Uu Message Type, select RRC_RRC_CONN_REJ.

2. Move a UE to a position where it has a distance from the NodeB but can still detect pilot signals. Initiate a service using the UE, such as cs service.

The distance between the UE and the NodeB must be larger than InterFreqRedirDelayThd x 78.125 m/chip x 3 chips.

3. View the Uu interface tracing data.

− If the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message includes the redirectionInfo IE and this IE contains frequencyInfo (information about the cell), as shown in Figure 11-1, the RNC has redirected the UE to an inter-frequency neighboring cell and this feature has been activated.

− If the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message does not include the redirectionInfo IE, this feature has not been activated.

Figure 11-1 redirectionInfo IE

Deactivation

To deactivate Inter-frequency Redirection Based on Distance at the RNC level, Run the RNC MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to turn off InterFreqRedirSwitch.

To deactivate Inter-frequency Redirection Based on Distance at the cell level, Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to turn off InterFreqRedirSwitch.


//Activating Inter-frequency Redirection Based on Distance

WCDMA RAN




11-23

SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: InterFreqRedirSwitch=ON, InterFreqRedirDelayThd=10,

InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR=50, InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm=0, RedirBandInd=DependOnNCell;

ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1, InterFreqRedirSwitch=ON, InterFreqRedirDelayThd=10,

InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR=50, InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm=0, RedirBandInd=DependOnNCell;

//Deactivating Inter-frequency Redirection Based on Distance

SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: InterFreqRedirSwitch =OFF;

MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1, InterFreqRedirSwitch =OFF;


You can use the counter VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat to monitor Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance. If the value of this counter remains steady or keeps increasing, this feature is functioning properly.


You can check the propagation delay of the UEs in a cell to learn whether this feature is properly triggered. If the value of the counter VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat is not in accordance with the propagation delay of the UEs in a cell, the feature is not functioning properly. For example, the counter VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat has a large value but the propagation delay of the UEs in a cell indicates that this large number of redirections is not reasonable. If this happens, deactivate this feature.

11.11 WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance

11.11.1 Deployment

Requirements

Dependencies on Hardware


Dependencies on Other Features


License

The licenses "Inter System Redirect Based on Distance" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.

Data Preparation

None

Activation

1. This feature can be activated by using either of the following methods according to the feature area:

− To activate this feature in the entire RNC, run the RNC MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the RNC-level parameters.

− Set Redirection Switch to ON.

− Set Propagation delay threshold as specified in 3GPP TS 25.433.

WCDMA RAN




11-24

− Set Redirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on the network plan.

− To activate this feature in a cell, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-level parameters.

− Set Redirection Switch to ON.

− Set Propagation delay threshold as specified in 3GPP TS 25.433.

− Set Redirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on the network plan.


1. Initiate Uu interface message tracing on the RNC LMT, as shown in Figure 11-2

Figure 11-2 Uu Interface Trace dialog box

2. Simulate a scenario where pilot pollution occurs. Place the UE in a place where the UE is far away from the NodeB and pilot signals are strong. Then, use the UE to establish a CS voice call.

3. Check the messages traced on the Uu interface.

− As shown in Figure 11-3, if the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message contains the information element (IE) GSM-Targetcellinfo, the RAN has redirected the UE to the GSM network, and this feature has been activated.

− If the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message does not contain the IE GSM-Targetcellinfo, this feature is not activated.

WCDMA RAN




11-25

Figure 11-3 GSM-Targetcellinfo IE

Deactivation

1. This feature can be deactivated by using either of the following methods according to the feature area:

− To deactivate this feature in the entire RNC, run the RNC MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Redirection Switch to OFF.

− To deactivate this feature in a cell, run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Redirection Switch to OFF.


//Activating Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance

//Activating this feature in the entire RNC

SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: RedirSwitch=ON, DelayThs=100, RedirFactorOfLDR=70, RedirFactorOfNorm=60;

//Activating this feature in a specified cell

ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1, RedirSwitch=ON, DelayThs=100, RedirFactorOfLDR=80,

RedirFactorOfNorm=60;

//Deactivating Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance

//Deactivating this feature in the entire RNC

SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: RedirSwitch=OFF;

//Deactivating this feature in a specified cell

MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1, RedirSwitch=OFF;

WCDMA RAN




11-26

11.12 WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect

11.12.1 When to Use Inter System Redirect

None


None

11.12.3 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware


Other features


License

The licenses "Inter System Redirect" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.

Data Preparation

None

Activation

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Direct Retry Switch to DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.

2. Run the RNC MML command SET UDRD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented DRD Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT.


1. Start Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT. Use a UE to initiate an RRC connection setup request.

2. The following procedure is traced on the Uu interface:

a The UE sends an RRC_SETUP_REQ message.

b The RNC responds with an RRC_CONN_REJ message, carrying GSM-TargetCellInfo in the IE redirectioninfo.

Deactivation

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UDRD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented DRD Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set RRC redirect switch to OFF or Only_To_Inter_Frequency.

WCDMA RAN




11-27


//Activating Inter-System Redirect

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1;

SET UDRD: ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch=Allowed_To_Inter_RAT;

//Deactivating Inter-System Redirect

SET UDRD: ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch=OFF;

11.13 WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup

11.13.1 When to Use Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup

Use the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature in networks with multiple UMTS carriers or networks with GSM and UTMS coverage.

Do not use this feature in areas where UEs in idle mode randomly switch between carriers.

If UEs in idle mode preferentially camp on one or several carriers, use this feature and the RAB DRD algorithm together to implement service steering and load sharing among carriers.

You are advised to contact Huawei engineers before activating this feature to prevent any strategy conflicts between the RRC connection setup procedure and the RAB setup procedure.


Collect the following information to determine whether to activate this feature and specify the corresponding parameters:

Frequency and frequency band of each carrier

Frequency band support capability of UEs

Distribution strategies of UEs among multiple carriers

11.13.3 Planning

N/A

11.13.4 Deployment

Requirements

License

The license for the WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature has been activated. For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN




11-28

Feature ID Feature Name License Description NE Sales Unit

WRFD-020120

Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup

Service Steering in RRC Connection Setup

RNC Erl+Mbps

Data Preparation



Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data source

Traffic Type TrafficType Determine which type of service can be enabled with this feature by considering the RAB DRD strategy.

Radio network plan (internal)

Redirection Switch RedirSwitch Determine which type of service can be enabled with this feature by considering the RAB DRD strategy.


Direct Retry Switch DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH

None Radio network plan (internal)

RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold

RedirEcN0Thd Set this parameter based on onsite situations. This parameter takes effect only when the RedirBandInd parameter is set to a specific frequency band.

Default value/Recommended value

Redirection Factor Of Normal

RedirFactorOfNorm

Set this parameter according to the service steering and load sharing strategy.


Redirection Factor Of LDR

RedirFactorOfLDR

Set this parameter according to the service steering and load sharing strategy.



RedirBandInd Set this parameter based on the carrier information in section 11.13.2 "Required Information."

If this parameter is set to DependOnNCell, you do not need to set the ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd, ReDirUARFCNUplink, and ReDirUARFCNDownlink parameters.

If this parameter is set to a specific frequency band, frequencies configured for the ReDirUARFCNUplink and ReDirUARFCNDownlink parameters must fall into this frequency band.

If this parameter is set to BandIndNotUsed, frequencies configured for the ReDirUARFCNUplink and ReDirUARFCNDownlink parameters are not restricted by the


WCDMA RAN




11-29

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data source

value of this parameter.


ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd

Set this parameter based on the carrier information in section 11.13.2 "Required Information."

If this parameter is set to FALSE, you do not need to set the ReDirUARFCNUplink parameter. ReDirUARFCNUplink is automatically configured according to the relationship between the uplink UARFCN and downlink UARFCN.

Engineering design


ReDirUARFCNUplink




ReDirUARFCNDownlink


Engineering design

Precautions

This feature must be considered in the radio network plan. Contact Huawei engineers before activating this feature.

Activation (Using MML Commands)

Configure parameters based on the Setting Notes in "Data Preparation" because parameters mutually affect each

other.

If one parameter is set both at the RNC level and at the cell level, the cell-level setting takes precedence.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to activate RRC redirection. In this step, select DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH under the Direct Retry Switch parameter.

Step 2 Activate the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature and configure related parameters.

RNC-level parameter configuration: Run the RNC MML command SET UREDIRECTION. In this step, set the Traffic Type and Redirection Switch parameters to appropriate values to activate this feature for the corresponding traffic type. Set the RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold, Redirection Factor Of Normal, Redirection Factor Of LDR, Redirection target band indicator, Redirection Target UL Frequency Index, Redirection target uplink UARFCN, and Redirection target downlink UARFCN parameters to appropriate values.

Cell-level configuration

− For initial parameter configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLREDIRECTION. In this step, set the Traffic Type and Redirection Switch parameters to appropriate values to activate this feature for the corresponding traffic type. Set the RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold, Redirection Factor Of Normal, Redirection Factor Of LDR, Redirection target band indicator, Redirection Target UL Frequency Index, Redirection target uplink UARFCN, and Redirection target downlink UARFCN parameters to appropriate values.

WCDMA RAN




11-30

− For reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION. In this step, set the Traffic Type and Redirection Switch parameters to appropriate values to activate this feature for the corresponding traffic type. Set the RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold, Redirection Factor Of Normal, Redirection Factor Of LDR, Redirection target band indicator, Redirection Target UL Frequency Index, Redirection target uplink UARFCN, and Redirection target downlink UARFCN parameters to appropriate values.

----End


//Activating RRC connection redirection

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1;

//Activating RNC-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup

SET UREDIRECTION: TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, RedirFactorOfNorm=0,

RedirFactorOfLDR=50, RedirBandInd=DependOnNCell, RedirEcN0Thd=-13;

//Activating cell-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup for initial parameter configuration

ADD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1111, TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,

RedirFactorOfNorm=0, RedirFactorOfLDR=50, RedirBandInd=DependOnNCell, RedirEcN0Thd=-24;

//Activating cell-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup for parameter reconfiguration

MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1111, TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,

RedirFactorOfNorm=0, RedirFactorOfLDR=50, RedirBandInd=DependOnNCell, RedirEcN0Thd=-24;

Activation (Using the CME)

When configuring the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.

Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence described in Table 11-3. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For instructions o how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center, press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

WCDMA RAN




11-31

Configure parameters based on the Setting Notes in "Data Preparation" because parameters mutually affect each

other.

SN 2 is for RNC-level parameter configuration and SN 3 is for cell-level parameter configuration. If one parameter is set both at the RNC level and at the cell level, the cell-level setting takes precedence.

Table 11-3 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configurable in CME Batch Modification Center

1 UCORRMALGOSWITCH

RNC Direct Retry Switch

DrSwitch Yes

2 UREDIRECTION RNC Traffic Type TrafficType Yes

Redirection Switch

RedirSwitch


RedirEcN0Thd


RedirFactorOfNorm


RedirFactorOfLDR


RedirBandInd




ReDirUARFCNUplink


ReDirUARFCNDownlink

3 UCELLREDIRECTION

RNC Traffic Type TrafficType Yes

Redirection Switch

RedirSwitch


RedirEcN0Thd


RedirFactorOfNorm


RedirFactorOfLDR


RedirBandInd

WCDMA RAN




11-32





ReDirUARFCNUplink


ReDirUARFCNDownlink


After the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature is activated, query the value of the VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service counter to determine whether this feature is activated. If the value of this counter is not 0, this feature is activated.

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

Perform the following operations to deactivate the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature:

RNC-level configuration

Run the RNC MML command SET UREDIRECTION and turn off the Redirection Switch.


Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION and turn off the Redirection Switch.


//Deactivating RNC-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup

SET UREDIRECTION: TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=OFF;

//Deactivating cell-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup

MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1111, TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=OFF;

Deactivation (Using the CME)

When configuring the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature on the CME, perform a

single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.





WCDMA RAN




11-33


----End

SN 1 is for RNC-level parameter configuration and SN 2 is for cell-level parameter configuration. If one parameter is set both at the RNC level and at the cell level, the cell-level setting takes precedence.


SN MO NE Parameter Name

Parameter ID Configurable in CME Batch Modification Center

1 UREDIRECTION RNC Redirection Switch

RedirSwitch Yes

2 UCELLREDIRECTION

RNC Redirection Switch

RedirSwitch Yes


Query the value of the VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service counter. This counter indicates the number of RRC connection rejects due to service-based RRC redirection for cell.

If cells with one frequency are enabled with this feature, this feature functions properly if the value of the VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service counter remains stable or if the value of this counter fluctuates regularly each week.

If cells with multiple frequencies are enabled with this feature, this feature functions properly if the value of the VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service counter remains stable or if the value of this parameter fluctuates regularly each week. If the value of the counter keeps increasing, you must check the configured redirection target frequency to prevent the ping-pong reselection.


N/A


N/A

11.14 FACH Power Control of RRC phase

11.14.1 When to Use FACH Power Control of RRC phase

Use the FACH power control of RRC phase function when cells and the RRC connection setup cause in the live network meet the requirements in section 11.14.2 "Required Information."


Determine the RRC connection setup cause for enabling this function:

WCDMA RAN




11-34

− Analyze the VS.RRC.FailConnEstab.NoReply counter in the live network. The RRC connection setup cause that has the largest contribution to RRC connection setup failures is the RRC connection setup cause for enabling this function.

− Determine the RRC connection setup cause whose RRC connection setup success rate needs to be improved in the live network.

Determine target cells for enabling this function:

Step 1 Determine cells that require this feature when the following requirements are met:

Most RRC connection setup failures are caused by the reason of the VS.RRC.FailConnEstab.NoReply counter. That is, most RRC connection setup failures are caused by RRC connection setup timeout.

Step 2 Select cells where downlink weak coverage has large contribution to RRC connection setup failures. For example, the contribution is larger than 50%. Collect the RRC setup success rate corresponding to the RRC connection setup cause. Compare the effect of this feature on the RRC setup success rate.

Step 3 Select cells where RRC and RAB establishment failures are caused by downlink power resource congestion. Enable this function for these cells with caution. If the number of RRC and RAB establishment failures caused by downlink power resource congestion is large, you are not advised to enable this function.

You can monitor the following counters to determine the number of RRC connection setup and RAB setup failures caused by downlink power resource congestion:

VS.RRC.Rej.DLPower.Cong

VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.DLPower.Cong

VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.DLPower.Cong

----End

Determine whether there are signaling storms and traffic bursts during gatherings or festivals in the live network. If yes, you are not advised to enable this function.

11.14.3 Planning

N/A

11.14.4 Deployment

Requirements

None

Data Preparation

Table 11-5 lists the data to prepare before enabling this function.

Table 11-5 Data to prepare before enabling this function

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes Data Source

Timer 381 T381 If N300 is set to 0, set this parameter to a value other than D0 to trigger this function. You can set this parameter to the recommended value.


WCDMA RAN




11-35

Parameter Name

Parameter ID


Constant 381 N381 Set this parameter to the recommended value.


Timer 300 T300 Set this parameter to the recommended value.


Constant 300 N300 If T381 is set to D0, set this parameter to a value other than 0 to trigger this function. You can set this parameter to the recommended value.


Cause of RRC connection establishment

RrcCause Set this parameter according to the RRC connection setup cause determined in section 11.14.2 "Required Information."


FACH Power Increase Ec/No Threshold


Set this parameter to the recommended value.


Max Transmit Power of FACH

MaxFachPower

Existing networks: Set this parameter to a value 2 dB higher than the original value. Note that the value of this parameter must not be higher than 3 dB.

New networks: Set this parameter to 3 dB.


Bearing Signal Indication

SIGRBIND If FACHs whose MaxFACHPower is modified are used to send signaling messages, this parameter must be set to TRUE. This parameter must be used together with the TrChId parameter.


Cell ID CellId None Radio network plan (internal)

FACH ID TrChId This parameter is used to locate the transmission channels whose SIGRBIND is set to TRUE and to modify the settings of MaxFACHPower and OffsetFACHPower of the FACHs corresponding to this parameter.


Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower

OffsetFACHPower

Existing networks: Set this parameter to a value that has the same increase as the MaxFACHPower parameter.

New networks: Set this parameter to 2 dB.


Precautions

You are not advised to enable this function if there are signaling storms and traffic bursts in the live network.

WCDMA RAN




11-36


Step 1 Configure the following parameters to trigger the FACH Power Control of RRC phase function.

Run the RNC MML command SET UCONNMODETIMER. In this step, set Timer 381 and Constant 381 to appropriate values to trigger this function. For details about parameter settings, see Setting Notes in "Data Preparation".

Run the RNC MML command SET UIDLEMODETIMER. In this step, set Timer 300 and Constant 300 to appropriate values to trigger this function. For details about parameter settings, see Setting Notes in "Data Preparation".

You can perform either of the two operations in step 1 to trigger this function.

Step 2 Configure the RRC connection setup cause that requires this function and the corresponding threshold.

Run the RNC MML command SET URRCESTCAUSE. In this step, set Cause of RRC connection establishment and FACH Power Increase Ec/No Threshold to appropriate values.

Step 3 Modify parameters related to the FACH transmit power. For existing cells: Run the RNC MML command MOD UFACH. In this step, set Cell ID, FACH ID, Max Transmit Power of FACH, and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to appropriate values.

Step 4 For new cells: Run the RNC MML command ADD UFACH. In this step, set Cell ID, FACH ID, Max Transmit Power of FACH, and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to appropriate values.

You are only required to modify the Max Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower of the transmission channels whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE. You can use FACH ID to locate these

transmission channels.

Before running the RNC MML command MOD UFACH, run the RNC MML command LST UFACH to list the transmission channels whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE.

----End


//Enabling the FACH power control of RRC phase function

SET UCONNMODETIMER: T381=D600, N381=D1;

SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST, FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd=-13;

ADD UFACH:CELLID=1111, TRCHID=4, PHYCHID=8, TTI=T10, RATEMATCHINGATTR=220, MAXCMCHPI=D15, MINCMCHPI=D14,

SIGRBIND=TRUE, CHCODINGTYPE=CONVOLUTIONAL, CODINGRATE=D1/2, TOAWS=35, TOAWE=10, MAXFACHPOWER=30,

OffsetFACHPower=20;

MOD UFACH: CellId=1111, TrChId=4, MaxFachPower=10, OffsetFACHPower=0;


When configuring the FACH power control of RRC phase function on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and

then perform a batch modification if required.



WCDMA RAN




11-37




----End

You can perform either of the two operations in SN 1 to trigger this function.

In SN 3, you are only required to modify the Max Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower of the transmission channels whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE. You can use FACH ID to locate these transmission channels. Before performing SN 3, query the transmission channels whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE.



1 UCONNMODETIMER

RNC Timer 381 T381 Yes

Constant 381 N381

UIDLEMODETIMER

RNC Timer 300 T300 Yes

Constant 300 N300

2 URRCESTCAUSE

RNC Cause of RRC connection establishment

RrcCause Yes

FACH Power Increase Ec/No Threshold


3 UFACH RNC Cell ID CellId No

FACH ID TrChId


MaxFachPower


OffsetFACHPower


Observe the cell tracing results on the RNC LMT.

WCDMA RAN




11-38

If Transmit Power Level in the FACH FP packet is 0, this feature is enabled, as shown in 0. If Transmit Power Level in the FACH FP packet is the value of the Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower parameter, this feature is not enabled.

Figure 11-4 Transmit Power Level in the FACH FP packet

This function cannot be triggered if the traced cell is in the OLC state.

Perform the following steps to trace the signaling messages of a cell:

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command LST USCCPCH to set Cell ID and obtain the number of SCCPCHs and SCCPCH ID configured for a cell.

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command LST USCCPCH to set Cell ID and obtain the SCCPCH ID of a transmission channel whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE.

Step 3 Start a tracing task (Debug Mode) on the Cell Trace interface of the LMT.

Step 4 On the FMR tab page of the Cell Trace dialog box, select Layer 2 data transfer Periodic Report and CCH Data Report and specify Report Period(100ms) and SCCPCH ID 1.

It is recommended that Report Period(100ms) be set to 20.

If there is only one SCCPCH, enter the corresponding SCCPCH ID for SCCPCH ID 1.

If there are two SCCPCHs, the SCCPCH ID for SCCPCH ID 1 must be the SCCPCH ID of the transmission channel whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE.

Step 5 Start cell tracing.

----End


Perform the following operations to disable the FACH power control of RRC phase function:

RNC-level configuration

Run the RNC MML command SET URRCESTCAUSE with FACH Power Increase Ec/No Threshold set to –24.


WCDMA RAN




11-39

Run the RNC MML command MOD UFACH. In this step, set Cell ID, FACH ID, Max Transmit Power of FACH, and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to appropriate values. Modify Max Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to the original values.


//Disabling the FACH power control of RRC phase function

SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST, FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd=-24;


When configuring the FACH power control of RRC phase function on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and

then perform a batch modification if required.






----End

In SN 2, set Max Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to the values before

feature activation.



1 URRCESTCAUSE

RNC FACH Power Increase Ec/No Threshold

Set this parameter to –24.


Yes

2 UFACH RNC Cell ID CellId No

FACH ID TrChId


MaxFachPower


OffsetFACHPower

WCDMA RAN




11-40


Perform the following steps to monitor the performance of this function:

Step 1 Query the RRC connection setup success rate corresponding to the RRC connection setup cause.

Check whether the RRC connection setup success rate increases after the enabling of this function. Use the following formula to calculate the RRC connection setup success rate:

RRC connection setup success rate = (Number of successful RRC connection setups/RRC connection setup requests) * 100%

If the RRC connection setup success rate decreases after the enabling of this function, downlink power resources in a cell may be congested. In this situation, roll back the settings of the MaxFACHPower and OffsetFACHPower parameters so that this function cannot take effect for this cell.

Table 11-8 lists counters related to the number of RRC connection setup requests corresponding to different RRC connection setup causes.

Table 11-8 Counters related to the number of RRC connection setup requests

Counter ID

Counter Name Description

67179329 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgConvCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Conversational Call)

67179330 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgStrCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Streaming Call)

67179331 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgInterCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Interactive Call)

67179332 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgBkgCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Background Call)

67179334 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmConvCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating Conversational Call)

67179335 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmStrCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating Streaming Call)

67179336 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmInterCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating Interactive Call)

67179337 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmBkgCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating Background Call)

67179333 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgSubCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Subscribed Traffic Call)

67179338 RRC.AttConnEstab.EmgCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Emergency Call)

67179339 RRC.AttConnEstab.IRATCelRes Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Inter-RAT Cell Re-Selection)

67179340 RRC.AttConnEstab.IRATCCO Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Inter-RAT Cell Change Order)

WCDMA RAN




11-41

Counter ID


67179341 RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Registration)

67179342 RRC.AttConnEstab.Detach Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Detach)

67179343 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgHhPrSig Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating High Priority Signaling)

67179344 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgLwPrSig Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Low Priority Signaling)

67179345 RRC.AttConnEstab.CallReEst Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Call Re-Establishment)

67179346 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmHhPrSig Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating High Priority Signaling)

67179347 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmLwPrSig Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating Low Priority Signaling)

67179348 RRC.AttConnEstab.Unknown Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating-Cause Unknown)

67195964 RRC.AttConnEstab.MBMSRep Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (MBMS Reception)

67195965 RRC.AttConnEstab.MBMSPtp Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (MBMS Reception)

Table 11-9 lists counters related to the number of successful RRC connection setups corresponding to different RRC connection setup causes.

Table 11-9 Counters related to the number of successful RRC connection setups

Counter ID


67179457 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgConvCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Conversational Call)

67179458 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgStrCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Streaming Call)

67179459 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgInterCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Interactive Call)

67179460 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgBkgCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Background Call)

67179461 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgSubCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Subscribed traffic Call)

67179462 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmConvCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating Conversational Call)

WCDMA RAN




11-42

Counter ID


67179463 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmStrCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating Streaming Call)

67179464 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmItrCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating Interactive Call)

67179465 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmBkgCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating Background Call)

67179467 RRC.SuccConnEstab.IRATCelRes Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Inter-RAT cell re-selection)

67179468 RRC.SuccConnEstab.IRATCCO Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Inter-RAT cell change order)

67179469 RRC.SuccConnEstab.Reg Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Registration)

67179470 RRC.SuccConnEstab.Detach Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Detach)

67179471 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgHhPrSig Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating High Priority Signaling)

67179472 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgLwPrSig Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Low Priority Signaling)

67179473 RRC.SuccConnEstab.CallReEst Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Call re-establishment)

67179474 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmHhPrSig Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating High Priority Signaling)

67179475 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmLwPrSig Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating Low Priority Signaling)

67179476 RRC.SuccConnEstab.Unkown Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating - cause unknown)

67179466 RRC.SuccConnEstab.EmgCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Emergency Call)

67195966 RRC.SuccConnEstab.MBMSRep Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (MBMS Reception)

67195967 RRC.SuccConnEstab.MBMSPtp Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (MBMS PTP RB Request)

Step 2 Monitor downlink power congestion for cell.

Check whether the values of the VS.RRC.Rej.DLPower.Cong and VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.DLPower.Cong counters increase after the enabling of this function. If downlink power resources are congested in a cell, roll back the settings of the MaxFACHPower and OffsetFACHPower parameters so that this function cannot take effect for this cell.

WCDMA RAN




11-43

Step 3 Query the RAB connection setup success rate.

If the RAB connection setup success rate corresponding to the RRC connection setup cause decreases, collect the Ec/N0 distribution of the RACH for services that experience RAB connection setup failures during the RRC connection setup procedure. Then compare the Ec/N0 distribution with the value of the FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd parameter. Calculate the times when the Ec/N0 of the RACH is smaller than the value of this parameter. Compare the calculated result with the increased successful RRC connection setups. If the two numbers are almost the same, the performance of this function is as expected. The reason for comparing the two numbers is that although RRC connection setups for UEs in weak coverage areas may succeed, RAB connection setups may fail.

Step 4 Query the call drop rate in the live network.

The call drop rate is calculated as follows:

CS service drop ratio (cell) =

[VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS/(VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS + VS.RAB.NormRel.CS)]*100%

PS call drop ratio (cell) =

[VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS/(VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS + VS.RAB.NormRel.PS)]*100%

If the call drop rate deteriorates, you can adjust the power increase for the MaxFACHPower parameter to reduce the maximum FACH transmit power.

----End


For parameter optimization of this function, see section 11.14.5 "Performance Monitoring."


None

11.15 Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna

11.15.1 When to Use Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna

Use the anti-imbalance of the different antenna function in multi-antenna scenarios to address shrinking uplink coverage and reduced uplink capacity caused by imbalanced antenna interference or invalid antennas.

Imbalanced antenna interference is caused by improper installation or aging antennas.

It is recommended that this function be enabled for multi-antenna scenarios with intermodulation interference and invalid antennas.

Do not enable this function for multi-RRU cells, including cells with the 0.5/0.5 configuration mode, the distributed sector configuration mode, or independent demodulation of signals from multiple RRUs in one cell. Multi-RRU cells are often used for highway and tunnel coverage.


Perform the following steps to determine whether there is intermodulation interference or invalid antennas in a cell.

Step 1 Observe the values of the following counters:

WCDMA RAN




11-44

On the NodeB side:

− VS.MeanRTWP.Locell.SectorEqm.Ant0




NOTE

Each of the preceding counters indicates the mean RTWP of a specific antenna.

On the RNC side: VS.MeanRTWP

NOTE

The preceding counter indicates the mean RTWP of a cell.

Step 2 Determine whether there is intermodulation interference or invalid antennas.

Intermodulation interference

Intermodulation interference exists when the following conditions are true:

− The difference between the values of the preceding counters on the NodeB side is equal to or larger than 6 dB.

− The value of the preceding counter on the RNC side is extremely high.

In normal conditions, the RTWP is 6 dB higher than the background noise (–106 dBm). The background noise varies according to networks.

Invalid antennas

Some antennas may become invalid if the RTWPs of these antennas are equal or near to the background noise while the RTWPs of other antennas are larger than the background noise.

Step 3 If the difference between the values of the preceding counters on the NodeB side is equal to or larger than 6 dB, check the settings of radio frequency (RF) channel-related parameters (such as attenuation or RTWP initial rectification value) to ensure that the difference is not caused by improper parameter settings or faulty tower mounted amplifiers (TMAs). Then determine whether to enable the anti-imbalance of the different antenna function. Enable this function only when high RTWPs are caused by intermodulation interference.

Table 11-10 lists RF channel-related parameters.

Table 11-10 RF channel-related parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Name

Setting Notes MML Command

ATTEN Attenuation Set this parameter based on TMA installation and feeder connections.

MOD RXBRANCH

RTWPINITADJ1 RTWP Initial1

Set this parameter to 0. If this parameter is already set to a value other than 0, you must confirm the reason.

MOD RXBRANCH



MOD RXBRANCH

RTWPINITADJ3 RTWP Set this parameter to 0. If this parameter is already set to a value

MOD RXBRANCH

WCDMA RAN




11-45



Initial3 other than 0, you must confirm the reason.



MOD RXBRANCH



MOD RXBRANCH



MOD RXBRANCH



MOD RXBRANCH

RFDS RF Desensitivity


MOD RRU

DI Desensitization Intensity


SET ULOCELLDESENS

RFCONNTYPE RF Connect Type

Set this parameter based on the physical connections of the antenna system.

If the RTWP of an antenna is equal to the background noise and does not fluctuate, the RF interconnection cable may be connected but the RF interconnection may not be configured at the software level.

If the RTWP of an antenna is too low, the RF interconnection may be configured at the software level but the RF interconnection cable may not be connected.

ADD RFCONNGRP

MODE Mode Set this parameter to Normal. MOD TMASUBUNIT

GAIN Gain The setting of this parameter must be consistent with the TMA specifications or the network plan.

MOD TMASUBUNIT

WCDMA RAN




11-46



PWRSWITCH ALD Power Switch

In normal conditions, this switch is on and there is current.

MOD ANTENNAPORT

Step 4 Collect the following RNC counters and KPIs in a cell before feature activation to observe the effect of this function:

KPIs: CS RAB Setup Success Ratio, PS RAB Setup Success Ratio, CS Service Drop Ratio, and PS Call Drop Ratio

Counters: VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput, VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate, VS.HSUPA.MeanBitRate.WithData, VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad, VS.ValidAntRatio.Mean, and VS.MeanRTWP

----End

11.15.3 Planning

None

11.15.4 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware

The BTS3812E, BTS3812A, and BTS3812AE do not support this function.

The DBS3800 does not support this function.

3900 series base stations do not support this function if configured with the WBBPa board or the 20 W RRU3801C.

Data Preparation

Table 11-11 lists the data to prepare before enabling this function.

Table 11-11 Data to prepare before enabling this function

Parameter Name

Parameter ID


Anti-Antenna Imbalance Algorithm Switch

ANTIANTENNAIMBALANCESW

Enable this function if information in section 11.15.2 "Required Information" meets the requirements in section 11.15.1 "When to Use Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna."



Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLALGPARA with Anti-Antenna Imbalance Algorithm Switch set to ON(ON).

WCDMA RAN




11-47


//Enabling the anti-imbalance of the different antenna function

SET ULOCELLALGPARA: ANTIANTENNAIMBALANCESW=ON;


When configuring the anti-imbalance of the different antenna function on the CME, perform a single configuration first,

and then perform a batch modification if required.



Set the parameter described in Table 11-12 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.



----End

Table 11-12 Configuring the parameter on the CME



1 ULOCELLALGPARA

NodeB Anti-Antenna Imbalance Algorithm Switch


Yes


Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command LST ULOCELLALGPARA to check whether this function is enabled.

Step 2 Query the value of the VS.ValidAntRatio.Mean counter on the NodeB side.

Expected result: After this function is enabled, the value of this counter is smaller than or equal to the value before the enabling of this function.

Step 3 Query the value of the VS.MeanRTWP counter on the RNC side.

Expected result: After this function is enabled, the value of this counter is smaller than or equal to the value before the enabling of this function.

----End

WCDMA RAN




11-48


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLALGPARA with Anti-Antenna Imbalance Algorithm Switch set to OFF(OFF).


//Disabling the anti-imbalance of the different antenna function

SET ULOCELLALGPARA: ANTIANTENNAIMBALANCESW=OFF;


When configuring the anti-imbalance of the different antenna function on the CME, perform a single configuration first,

and then perform a batch modification if required.


Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME. Set the parameter described in Table 11-13 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.



----End




1 ULOCELLALGPARA

NodeB Anti-Antenna Imbalance Algorithm Switch


Yes


After this function is enabled, perform the following steps to monitor the performance of this function:

Step 1 Check whether this function takes effect by monitoring counters listed in Table 11-14.

This function takes effect if the value of the VS.MeanRTWP counter on the RNC side and the value of the VS.ValidAntRatio.Mean counter on the NodeB side are all smaller than or equal to the values before the enabling of this function.

WCDMA RAN




11-49

Table 11-14 RTWP-related counters during busy hours


VS.ValidAntRatio.Mean Average ratio of the number of valid antennas to the number of configured antennas

VS.MeanRTWP Mean Power of Totally Received Bandwidth for Cell

Step 2 Monitor the performance of this function.

Query the value of the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput counter during busy hours to determine whether the average HSUPA throughout in a cell increases.

− After this function is enabled, the average HSUPA throughput in a cell increases when antenna interference is imbalanced.

− After this function is enabled, the average HSUPA throughput in a cell decreases when some antennas become invalid and the WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA feature is activated.

If the average HSUPA throughput does not increase when antenna interference is imbalanced, the live network may not meet the requirements in section 11.15.1 "When to Use Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna" or the traffic volume is too small so that the gains provided by this function are not noticeable.

Monitor the CS RAB Setup Success Ratio and PS RAB Setup Success Ratio KPIs during busy hours to determine whether the access success rate increases.

− After this function is enabled, the access success rate increases when antenna interference is imbalanced and the RTWP-based anti-interference function is disabled; the access success rate decreases when antenna interference is imbalanced and the RTWP-based anti-interference function is enabled.

− After this function is enabled, the access success rate decreases when some antennas become invalid and the RTWP-based anti-interference function is enabled.

Monitor the CS Service Drop Ratio and PS Call Drop Ratio KPIs to observe whether the call drop rate decreases.

− After this function is enabled, the call drop rate increases when antenna interference is imbalanced and the RTWP-based anti-interference function is disabled; the call drop rate decreases when antenna interference is imbalanced and the RTWP-based anti-interference function is enabled.

− After this function is enabled, the call drop rate decreases when some antennas become invalid and the WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA feature is activated.

If throughput increases, coverage will shrink and the call drop rate will deteriorate. You are advised to disable this function if the call drop rate deteriorates seriously.

----End


None


None

WCDMA RAN




11-50

11.16 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load Balance

11.16.1 When to Use Intra Frequency Load Balance

None


None

11.16.3 Deployment

Requirements

None

Data Preparation

None

Activation

1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Intra-frequency Neighboring Cell; CME batch modification center: not supported) to add an intra-frequency neighboring cell.

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB(Intra Frequency LDB Algorithm) from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list.

3. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Intra-frequency LDB period timer length to an appropriate value.

4. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDB (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the following parameters associated with the cell-level intra-frequency load balancing (LDB) algorithm to appropriate values:

− Cell overload threshold

− Pilot power adjustment step

− Cell under load threshold

5. Run the RNC MML command MOD UPCPICHPWR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Channel Configuration > PCPICH; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Channel Parameters in Batches). In this step, set P-CPICH parameters associated with intra-frequency LDB, including Max transmit power of PCPICH and Min transmit power of PCPICH to appropriate values.


To verify that the RNC can balance the cell load by adjusting the P-CPICH power of a cell, perform the following steps:

1. On the RNC LMT, open the Monitor tab page. Create the task of monitoring PCPICH TxPower of CELL_A11.

WCDMA RAN




11-51

2. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate high load in CELL_A11.

3. In the Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box, check the pilot power of CELL_A11.

Expected result: As the cell load increases, the pilot power periodically decreases. The actual pilot power must not be decreased to a level lower than the configured minimum pilot power.

4. The NBAP_CELL_RECFG_REQ and NBAP_CELL_RECFG_RSP messages should be displayed in the Iub tracing result. In the NBAP_CELL_RECFG_REQ message, check whether the RNC has reduced the pilot power.

5. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to stop simulating high load in CELL_A11.

6. In the Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box, check the pilot power of CELL_A11.

Expected result: As the cell load becomes normal, the pilot power periodically increases. The actual pilot power must not be increased to a level higher than the configured maximum pilot power.

Deactivation

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list.

2. Restore the parameter settings modified in the activation procedure.


//Activating Intra Frequency Load Balance

//Configuring intra-frequency neighboring cells

ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1, CellId=111, NCellRncId=1, NCellId=211, SIB11Ind=TRUE, SIB12Ind=FALSE,

TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0, NPrioFlag=FALSE;

//Enabling the cell-oriented intra-frequency LDB algorithm

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-1;

//Setting the intra-frequency LDB period

SET ULDCPERIOD: IntraFreqLdbPeriodTimerLen=1800;

//Setting parameters associated with the cell-oriented intra-frequency LDB algorithm to appropriate values

MOD UCELLLDB: CellId=111, PCPICHPowerPace=2, CellOverrunThd=90, CellUnderrunThd=30;

//Setting the P-CPICH associated parameters for intra-frequency LDB

MOD UPCPICHPWR: CellId=111, MaxPCPICHPower=346, MinPCPICHPower=313;

//Verifying Intra Frequency Load Balance

STR DLSIM: LOCELL=111, LR=90;

STP DLSIM: LOCELL=111;

//Deactivating Intra Frequency Load Balance

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-0;

WCDMA RAN




11-52

11.17 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Preemption

11.17.1 When to Use Queuing and Preemption

None


None

11.17.3 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware

− To enable the common preemption function, the CN must send the allocation/retention priority (ARP) IE to the RNC during the RAB assignment procedure so that the RNC can obtain RAB service priorities.

− The forced preemption function does not depend on the CN.

Other features

The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package.

License

The licenses "Queuing and Pre-emption" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.

Data Preparation

None


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, set Preempt algorithm switch to ON to enable the preemption function; set Queue algorithm switch to ON to enable the queuing function.

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, select PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH under the Preemption Enhancement Switch parameter to enable the CE resource preemption enhancement function.

Step 3 (Optional) To enable the forced preemption function, run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, select PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH and PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH under the Preemption Enhancement Switch parameter.

If step 3 is performed, the preemption function enabled in step 1 will become disabled and the forced preemption function will take effect.

----End


//Activating Queuing and Preemption

WCDMA RAN




11-53

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: PreemptAlgoSwitch=ON, QueueAlgoSwitch=ON,

PreemptEnhSwitch=PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH-1&PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH-1&PREEMPT_

ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH-1;


When configuring the Queuing and Preemption feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then

perform a batch modification if required.


Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME. Set the parameter described in Table 11-15. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.



----End

If the forced preemption function is enabled, the preemption function enabled by setting the Preempt algorithm switch

parameter will become disabled.


SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID

Configurable in CME Batch Modification Center

1 UQUEUEPREEMPT

RNC Preempt algorithm switch

Set this parameter to ON.

PreemptAlgoSwitch

Yes

Queue algorithm switch

Set this parameter to ON.

QueueAlgoSwitch

Preemption Enhancement Switch

Set this parameter as follows:

Select PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH to enable the

CE resource preemption function.

(Optional) Select PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH and PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH to enable the

forced preemption function.

PreemptEnhSwitch

WCDMA RAN




11-54


The queuing function is enabled if the value of any of the following counters is not 0.

VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.CS

VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.PS

The preemption function is enabled if the value of any of the following counters is not 0.

VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.Preempt

VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.Preempt

RRC.AttConnRelDCCH.Preempt

RRC.AttConnRelCCCH.Preempt


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, set Preempt algorithm switch to OFF to disable the preemption function; set Queue algorithm switch to OFF to disable the queuing function.

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, clear PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH under the Preemption Enhancement Switch parameter to disable the CE resource preemption enhancement function.

Step 3 (Optional) To disable the forced preemption function, run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, clear PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH and PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH under the Preemption Enhancement Switch parameter.

----End


//Deactivating Queuing and Preemption

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: PreemptAlgoSwitch=OFF, QueueAlgoSwitch=OFF,

PreemptEnhSwitch=PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH-0&PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH-0&PREEMPT_

ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH-0


When configuring the Queuing and Preemption feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then

perform a batch modification if required.





WCDMA RAN




11-55


----End



1 UQUEUEPREEMPT

RNC Preempt algorithm switch

Set this parameter to OFF.

PreemptAlgoSwitch

Yes

Queue algorithm switch

Set this parameter to OFF.

QueueAlgoSwitch

Preemption Enhancement Switch

Set this parameter as follows:

Clear PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH to disable

the CE resource preemption function.

(Optional) Clear PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH and PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH to disable

the forced preemption function.

PreemptEnhSwitch

11.18 WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control

11.18.1 When to Use Rate Negotiation at Admission Control

None


None

11.18.3 Deployment

Requirements

Hardware


WCDMA RAN




11-56

Other features


License

The licenses "RAB Downsizing at Admission Control" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.

Other prerequisites

− For Iu QoS negotiation, the CN nodes must support this feature.

− For RAB rate reduction, the CN nodes do not need to support this feature.

Data Preparation

None

Activation

Activating QoS negotiation

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH, and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH.

Activating RAB rate reduction

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH, and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH.


Verifying QoS negotiation

1. Run the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to query the activation result.

2. Start Iu message tracing on the RNC LMT and establish a PS service, as shown in Figure 11-5.

WCDMA RAN




11-57

Figure 11-5 Iu message tracing

3. View the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. If it contains the IE "alt-RAB-Parameters", the CN supports Iu QoS negotiation, as shown in Figure 11-6

Figure 11-6 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message on the Iu interface

Verifying RAB rate reduction

1. Run the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to query the activation result.

2. Start Iu message tracing on the RNC LMT and establish a PS service, as shown in Figure 11-7.

WCDMA RAN




11-58

Figure 11-7 Iu message tracing

3. View the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message. If it contains the IE "ass-RAB-Parameters", rate negotiation at admission control takes effect, and the MaxBitrate is the data rate negotiated by the RNC, as shown in Figure 11-8.

Figure 11-8 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message on the Iu interface

WCDMA RAN




11-59

Deactivation

Deactivating QoS negotiation

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list box, and clear PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH from the PS rate negotiation switch drop-down list box.

Deactivating RAB rate reduction

2. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list box, and clear PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH from the PS rate negotiation switch drop-down list box.


//Activating Rate Negotiation at Admission Control

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1, PsSwitch

=PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-1&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-1;

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1, PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-1;

//Deactivating Rate Negotiation at Admission Control

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0, PsSwitch

=PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0;

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0, PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-0;

11.19 WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH

11.19.1 When to Use Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH

Use this feature in the following scenarios:

There are multiple carriers in urban areas.

There is a large number of UEs in a carrier and downlink non-HSPA power resources are more easily congested in this carrier.

You can activate this feature to reduce the call drop rate in multi-carrier scenarios where the current area is continuously covered by carriers of the GSM or UMTS network. If a carrier covers continuous areas, you are not advised to activate this feature because the activation of this feature reduces coverage. You can activate this feature for a carrier that carries services. It is recommended that carriers enabled with this feature be configured with the coverage-based handover function so that UEs can be handed over to carriers covering continuous areas.

You are not advised to activate this feature if the P-CPICH transmit power configured for a cell is low.


Collect the following information before activating this feature:

Continuous coverage by multiple carriers

WCDMA RAN




11-60

Before activating this feature, ensure that the current area is continuously covered by a carrier or several carriers. If not, coverage holes will occur, causing the handover success rate and call drop rate to deteriorate.

Network coverage

Obtain the coverage of carriers that are to be activated with this feature. If cell coverage shrinks when the P-CPICH transmit power is within the adjustment scope, coverage holes will occur. In this situation, you must estimate the impact of coverage holes on network performance to determine whether to activate this feature. If the value of the KPI Soft Handover Overhead is high (higher than 30%), cell coverage is good.

P-CPICH power in a cell

Obtain the P-CPICH power configured for the current cell before activating this feature. If the configured P-CPICH power is low (For example, the proportion of PCPICHPower to MaxTxPower is lower than 5%), the gains provided by this feature are small but the negative impact of this feature is great. In this case, you are not advised to activate this feature.

Number of UEs in a cell

The gains provided by this feature are noticeable only when there is a large number of UEs in the cell. Obtain the number of UEs in this cell by querying the value of the VS.CellDCHUEs counter.

Non-HSPA power load in a cell

This feature reduces the P-CPICH transmit power only when the downlink non-HSPA power load in this cell is heavy. Before activating this feature, you are required to estimate the downlink non-HSPA power load based on the linear value of the difference between the VS.MeanTCP.NonHS counter and the MaxTxPower parameter. If the load is heavy, downlink non-HSPA power load in this cell is heavy.

11.19.3 Planning

None

11.19.4 Deployment

Requirements

License

The license for the WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH feature has been activated.

Feature ID Feature Name License Description NE Sales Unit

WRFD-150236

Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH

Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH (per cell)

RNC per cell

Data Preparation



Parameter Name

Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Switch for NBMLdcAlgoSwitc Turn on this switch if the live network meets Default

WCDMA RAN




11-61

Parameter Name

Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Cell Load Control

h: DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH

the requirements in section 11.19.1 "When to Use Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH" and cell downlink capacity can be improved at the expense of increasing call drop rates and reducing handover success rates for some UEs.

value/Recommended value

Function Switch2

FuncSwitch2: LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ

None Engineering Design

Pcpich Power Down Based On DL Load State


Set this parameter to DL_LOADED_STATE for HSDPA cells. Set this parameter to DL_HEAVY_STATE for R99 cells.


Pcpich Power Up Based On DL Load State


Set this parameter to DL_LIGHT_STATE for HSDPA cells. Set this parameter to DL_NORMAL_STATE for R99 cells.


Period of RTWP-Based Intra-frequency LB

IntraFreqLdbPeriodTimerLen

Set this parameter to 60(s). Radio network plan (internal)

Pilot power adjustment step

PCPICHPowerPace Set this parameter to 5 (0.5 dB) for this feature.


Max Transmit Power of PCPICH

MaxPCPICHPower This parameter specifies the maximum transmit power of the P-CPICH for a cell. The value of this parameter is the upper limit for P-CPICH power adjustments.

Set this parameter to the value of the PCPICHPower parameter to prevent the negative impact of coverage overlap caused by the sharp increase of the P-CPICH power.


Min Transmit Power of PCPICH

MinPCPICHPower This parameter specifies the minimum transmit power of the P-CPICH for a cell. The value of this parameter is the lower limit for P-CPICH power adjustments.

Set this parameter to a value whose difference with the PCPICHPower parameter is no larger than 3 dB to prevent the performance deterioration caused by sharp P-CPICH power reduction.


WCDMA RAN




11-62


Step 1 Activate the cell-level license.

Initial configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLICENSE. In this step, select LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ under the Function Switch2 parameter.

Reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLICENSE. In this step, select LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ under the Function Switch2 parameter.

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD with Intra-frequency LDB period timer length set to an appropriate value.

Step 3 Specify the pilot power adjustment step.

Initial configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDB with Pilot power adjustment step set to an appropriate value.

Reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDB with Pilot power adjustment step set to an appropriate value.

Step 4 Specify the Pcpich Power Down Based On DL Load State and Pcpich Power Up Based On DL Load State parameters.

Initial configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDM command. In this step, set Pcpich Power Down Based On DL Load State and Pcpich Power Up Based On DL Load State to appropriate values.

Reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM command. In this step, set Pcpich Power Down Based On DL Load State and Pcpich Power Up Based On DL Load State to appropriate values.

Step 5 Specify the maximum and minimum pilot transmit power.

Initial configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UPCPICH. In this step, set Max Transmit Power of PCPICH and Min Transmit Power of PCPICH to appropriate values.

Reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UPCPICHPWR. In this step, set Max Transmit Power of PCPICH and Min Transmit Power of PCPICH to appropriate values.

Step 6 Set the load-based dynamic adjustment of P-CPICH switch.

Initial configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, select DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.

Reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, select DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.

----End


//Activating Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH

ADD UCELLLICENSE:FuncSwitch2=LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ-1;


ADD UCELLLDB: PCPICHPowerPace=5;

ADD UCELLLDM: PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState= DL_LOADED_STATE, PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState= DL_LIGHT_STATE;

ADD UPCPICH: MaxPCPICHPower=330, MinPCPICHPower=300;

ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH-1;

WCDMA RAN




11-63


When configuring the Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH feature on the CME, perform a single configuration

first, and then perform a batch modification if required.






----End




1 UCELLLICENSE RNC Function Switch2

FuncSwitch2 Yes

2 ULDCPERIOD RNC Period of RTWP-Based Intra-frequency LB


Yes

3 UCELLLDB RNC Pilot power adjustment step

PCPICHPowerPace

Yes

4 UCELLLDM RNC Pcpich Power Down Based On DL Load State


Yes

Pcpich Power Up Based On DL Load State


5 UPCPICH RNC Max Transmit Power of PCPICH

MaxPCPICHPower

Yes

Min Transmit Power of PCPICH

MinPCPICHPower

6 UCELLALGOSW RNC Switch for Cell NBMLdcAlgo Yes

WCDMA RAN




11-64



ITCH Load Control Switch


This feature is activated if values of the VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp and VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown counters are not 0.

Ensure that the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing function is not enabled in the measurement period. Otherwise, the value of the VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp or VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown counter may be collected based on the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing function.


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, clear DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.

Step 2 (Optional) If the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing function is enabled before feature activation, reconfigure the Intra-frequency LDB period timer length and Pilot power adjustment step parameters based on this function after feature deactivation.

1. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD with Intra-frequency LDB period timer length set to an appropriate value.

2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDB with Pilot power adjustment step set to an appropriate value.

----End


//Deactivating Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH

ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH-0;


ADD UCELLLDB: PCPICHPowerPace=2;


When configuring the Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH feature on the CME, perform a single configuration

first, and then perform a batch modification if required.





WCDMA RAN




11-65


----End




1 UCELLALGOSWITCH

RNC Switch for Cell Load Control

NBMLdcAlgoSwitch

Yes

2 (Optional)

If the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing function is enabled before feature activation, reconfigure the Period of RTWP-Based Intra-frequency LB and Pilot power adjustment step

parameters based on this function after feature deactivation.

ULDCPERIOD

RNC Period of RTWP-Based Intra-frequency LB


Yes

UCELLLDB

RNC Pilot power adjustment step

PCPICHPowerPace

Yes


Perform the following operations to monitor the performance of this feature.

Determine whether this feature takes effect and the activation rate of this feature by querying the values of the counters listed in Table 11-20.

Table 11-20 Counters

Counter Description

VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp Number of Upward CPICH Power Adjustments Due to Cell Breathing for Cell

VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown Number of Downward CPICH Power Adjustments Due to Cell Breathing for Cell

VS.CellBreath.CPICHMin.Time Duration of Minimum Values of CPICH Power Due to Cell Breathing for Cell

VS.CellBreath.CPICHMax.Time Duration of Maximum Values of CPICH Power Due to Cell

WCDMA RAN




11-66

Counter Description

Breathing for Cell

Check the reduced downlink non-HSPA power consumption by querying the value of the counter listed in Table 11-21 in the case of downlink power congestion.

The value of the VS.MeanTCP.NonHS counter decreases after feature activation if the traffic volume in the cell remains unchanged.

Table 11-21 Counter

Counter Description

VS.MeanTCP.NonHS Mean Non-HSDPA Transmitted Carrier Power for Cell

Query the number of UEs in a cell and cell HSDPA throughput.

− If potential UEs attempt to access a cell and the downlink power resources are congested in this cell, this feature helps improve the access success rate and the number of online UEs in this cell. You can query the values of the counters listed in Table 11-22 and KPIs listed in Table 11-23.

− If no UEs attempt to access a cell but there are service requirements, this feature helps improve cell throughput. You can query the values of the counters listed in Table 11-22 and KPIs listed in Table 11-23. If only a small number of UEs attempt to access this cell, downlink non-HSPA power in this cell will decrease. You can query the value of the counter listed in Table 11-21.


Counter Description

VS.CellDCHUEs Number of UEs in CELL_DCH State for Cell

VS.HSDPA.UE.Mean.Cell Average Number of HSDPA UEs in a Cell

Table 11-23 KPIs

KPI KPI Type

Mean Throughput for One HSDPA User Service Integrity

Mean Throughput for One HSDPA Cell Service Integrity

RRC Setup Success Ratio Accessibility

CS RAB Setup Success Ratio (cell) Accessibility

PS RAB Setup Success Ratio (cell) Accessibility

Query the call drop rate.

While adjusting the P-CPICH transmit power, this feature increases the number of handovers and affects the handover success rate. As a result, the call drop rate increases. You can query the values of the counters listed in Table 11-24 and KPIs listed in Table 11-25. The value of these counters and KPIs may increase after feature activation.

WCDMA RAN




11-67


Counter Counter Type

Inter-frequency handovers:

VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TrigRscp

VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TrigEcNo

VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TrigRscp

VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TrigEcNo

Handover

Inter-RAT handovers:

VS.IRATHO.AttOutCS.TrigRscp

VS.IRATHO.AttOutCS.TrigEcNo

VS.IRATHO.AttOutPS.TrigRscp

VS.IRATHO.AttOutPS.TrigEcNo

Handover

Table 11-25 KPIs

KPI KPI Type

CS Service Drop Ratio Retainability

PS Call Drop Ratio Retainability


Take the following measures to optimize parameters for this feature:

If the value of the VS.CellBreath.CPICHMin.Time counter is large when the P-CPICH transmit power is set to the smallest value and counters such as the call drop rate does not deteriorate, you can reduce the value of the MinPCPICHPower parameter so that the P-CPICH transmit power can be further adjusted.

If the call drop rate deteriorates noticeably after feature activation, you can increase the value of the PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState or PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState parameter so that the P-CPICH transmit power can be more difficult to reduce. For example, you can change the value of the PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState parameter from DlLoadedState to DlHeavyState.

If the number of P-CPICH transmit power adjustments (indicated by the VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp or VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown counter) is large and the number of uplink and downlink adjustments is almost the same, downlink non-HSPA power load state changes frequently. In this situation, you can increase the value of the IntraFreqLdbPeriodTimerLen parameter or reduce the value of the PCPICHPowerPace parameter to reduce the number of P-CPICH transmit power adjustments.


None

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 12 Parameters



12-1

12 Parameters

Table 12-1 Parameter description

Parameter ID

NE MML Command

Feature ID Feature Name

Description


DBS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900A WCDMA/BTS3900L WCDMA/BTS3900AL WCDMA

SET ULOCELLALGPARA

None None Meaning:Indicates whether to enable anti-antenna imbalance. If this switch is turned on, the RTWP value and uplink load factor are corrected according to the RTWP values of each antenna and the multipath search energy.

GUI Value Range:OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

Actual Value Range:OFF, ON

Unit:None

Default Value:OFF(OFF)

ATTEN DBS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900A WCDMA/BTS3900L WCDMA/BTS3900AL WCDMA

MOD RXBRANCH

None None Meaning:Indicates the attenuation of the RX channel of the RRU or RFU.

GUI Value Range:0~60

Actual Value Range:0~30, step:0.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:0

BackgroundNoise

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCAC

MOD UCELLCAC

WRFD-020101

WRFD-020102

Admission Control

Load Measurement

Meaning:If [Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Switch] is set to OFF, it is used to set background noise of the cell. If [Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Switch] is set to ON, new background noise is restricted by this parameter and "BgnAbnormalThd". For detailed information of this parameter, refer to the 3GPP TS 25.133.


Actual Value Range:-112~-50

Unit:None

Default Value:61

BeInitBitrateTypeforC

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UFRC None None Meaning:Specifies the type of the channel for carrying PS BE services

WCDMA RAN




12-2

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

sPs and the initial service access rate in scenarios of CS+PS BE combined services.

OFF: The channel bearing type and initial access rate of PS BE services are not limited.

DCH0K: PS BE services are carried over the DCH in the uplink and downlink and the initial access rate of the PS BE services is 0 kbit/s.

DCH8K: PS BE services are carried over the DCH in the uplink and downlink and the initial access rate of the PS BE services is 8 kbit/s.

DCH8KHSDPA: PS BE services are carried over the DCH in the uplink and the initial access rate of the PS BE services is 8 kbit/s. In the downlink, the channel for carrying PS BE services and the initial access rate are not limited.

When this parameter is set to DCH0K, DCH8K, or DCH8KHSDPA, periodic retries of a UE are prohibited.

GUI Value Range:OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K, DCH8KHSDPA

Actual Value Range:OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K, DCH8KHSDPA

Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

BgnAbnormalThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCAC

MOD UCELLCAC

WRFD-020101

WRFD-020102

Admission Control

Load Measurement

Meaning:This parameter is applied when "BGNSwitch" is set to ON. (1) If the difference of measured background noise without filtered and the current background noise is larger than the RTWP threshold, the background noise will not be updated. (2) If the difference of new background noise and the configured value is larger than the RTWP threshold, the background noise will not be updated.


WCDMA RAN




12-3

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Actual Value Range:0.1~40

Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:100

BGNAdjustTimeLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCAC

MOD UCELLCAC

WRFD-020101

WRFD-020102

Admission Control

Load Measurement

Meaning:Only when the measured background noise's duration reaches this parameter, the output of the auto-adaptive background noise update filter could be regarded as effect background noise, and the current value is replaced with the new one. At the same time, the auto-adaptive status should be restarted; otherwise, the output could not be regarded as the effective background noise.


Actual Value Range:1~6000

Unit:s

Default Value:120

BgnEndTime

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCAC

MOD UCELLCAC

WRFD-020101

WRFD-020102

Admission Control

Load Measurement

Meaning:1. This parameter, along with the [Algorithm start time], is used to limit the validation time of the background noise automatic update algorithm. When [Algorithm stop time] is larger than [Algorithm start time], and the background noise automatic update algorithm is enabled, then the algorithm is activated during the period of [Algorithm start time] to [Algorithm stop time] each day. In other periods, the algorithm does not take effect.

2. Input format: HH&MM&SS.

GUI Value Range:hour, min, sec

Actual Value Range:hour0~23, min0~59, sec0~59

Unit:None

Default Value:None

BGNEqUserNumThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCA

WRFD-020101

Admission Control

Meaning:When the number of uplink equivalent users is not larger than this parameter, the RTWP could be

WCDMA RAN




12-4

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

C

MOD UCELLCAC

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

regarded as background noise. Therefore, the measured RTWP could be input to the auto-adaptive background noise update filter; otherwise, the RTWP could not be regarded as background noise, and should not be input to the filter, and at the same time, the auto-adaptive status should be reset.



Unit:None

Default Value:0

BGNOptSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCAC

MOD UCELLCAC

WRFD-020101

Admission Control

Meaning:Whether to activate the optimized background noise algorithm. When this switch is turned on, the RNC first checks whether the "ULTotalLoad" value is equal to or smaller than the "BGNULLoadThd" value. If yes, the RNC regards the difference between the current RTWP and the "ULTotalLoad" value as the current background noise value, which is then considered in the algorithm. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does not take effect and the original background noise value update algorithm is used. The original background noise value update algorithm starts taking effect when the number of the uplink equivalent UEs in a cell is equal to or smaller than the "BGNEqUserNumThd" value. The calculation results given by this algorithm will be inaccurate because it takes the uplink cell load into account.


Actual Value Range:ON, OFF

Unit:None


BgnStartTi BSC6900/BSC6 ADD WRFD-020Admission Meaning:1. This parameter, along

WCDMA RAN




12-5

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

me 910 UCELLCAC

MOD UCELLCAC

101

WRFD-020102

Control

Load Measurement

with the [Algorithm stop time], is used to limit the validation time of the background noise automatic update algorithm. When [Algorithm stop time] is larger than [Algorithm start time], and the background noise automatic update algorithm is enabled, then the algorithm is activated during the period of [Algorithm start time] to [Algorithm stop time] each day. In other periods, the algorithm does not take effect.

2. Input format: HH&MM&SS.

GUI Value Range:hour, min, sec

Actual Value Range:hour0~23, min0~59, sec0~59

Unit:None

Default Value:None

BGNSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCAC

MOD UCELLCAC

WRFD-020101

WRFD-020102

Admission Control

Load Measurement

Meaning:When the parameter is 'OFF', the auto-adaptive background noise update algorithm is switched off. Otherwise, the algorithm is switched on.

GUI Value Range:OFF, ON


Unit:None

Default Value:ON

BGNULLoadThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCAC

MOD UCELLCAC

WRFD-020101

Admission Control

Meaning:Uplink cell load threshold for the optimized background noise algorithm. When "BGNOptSwitch" is set to ON, the RNC checks whether the "ULTotalLoad" value is equal to or smaller than the "BGNULLoadThd" value. If yes, the algorithm uses the difference between the current RTWP and the "ULTotalLoad" value.



Unit:%

Default Value:10

WCDMA RAN




12-6

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

BgnUpdateThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCAC

MOD UCELLCAC

WRFD-020101

WRFD-020102

Admission Control

Load Measurement

Meaning:The difference of RTWP that trigger the update of background noise. If the difference is larger than the threshold, the background will be updated.


Actual Value Range:0.1~10

Unit:0.1dBm

Default Value:5

BlindHoFlag

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD U2GNCELL

MOD U2GNCELL

WRFD-020103

WRFD-021200

Inter Frequency Load Balance

HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)

Meaning:Whether to perform blind handover.

The value FALSE indicates that the cell is not considered as a candidate cell for blind handover. Therefore, blind over to this cell cannot be triggered. The value TRUE indicates that the cell is considered as a candidate cell for blind handover and blind over to this cell can be triggered.

GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE

Unit:None

Default Value:False

BlindHoFlag

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UINTERFREQNCELL

MOD UINTERFREQNCELL

WRFD-020103

WRFD-021200



Meaning:Whether to perform blind handover.

The value FALSE indicates that the cell is not considered as a candidate cell for blind handover. Therefore, blind over to this cell cannot be triggered. The value TRUE indicates that the cell is considered as a candidate cell for blind handover and blind over to this cell can be triggered.



Unit:None

Default Value:False

BlindHOQ BSC6900/BSC6 ADD WRFD-020Inter Meaning:Threshold for the RSCP in

WCDMA RAN




12-7

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

ualityCondition

910 UINTERFREQNCELL

MOD UINTERFREQNCELL

103

WRFD-021200

WRFD-150232

Frequency Load Balance


Multiband Direct Retry Based on UE Location

the current cell. Blind handovers towards the inter-frequency neighboring cell are allowed only when the RSCP exceeds this threshold. This threshold is used for urgent blind handovers, load balancing-based blind handovers, macro-micro inter-frequency blind handovers, and inter-frequency DRD from a low-band cell to a high-band cell.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25


Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

CarrierTypePriorInd

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UUSERPRIORITY

WRFD-020106

WRFD-020107

WRFD-010505

Load Reshuffling

Overload Control

Queuing and Pre-Emption

Meaning:Decide which carrier is prior when ARP and TrafficClass are both identical.

GUI Value Range:NONE, DCH, HSPA

Actual Value Range:NONE, DCH, HSPA

Unit:None

Default Value:NONE

CellId BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UFACH

MOD UFACH

RMV UFACH

None None Meaning:The logical cell ID uniquely identifies a cell in a radio network.

The logical cell ID is configured at the RNC. The RNC sends the cell ID to the base station during a cell setup procedure. The mapping between logical cell IDs and local cell IDs are configured at the RNC.

The RNC supports a maximum of 5100 logical cells. Logical cells are uniquely but not necessarily consecutively numbered within a RNC. For example, you can set the ID of a logical cell to 0 and that of another logical cell to 2.

For clear and easy identification, adhere to the following numbering principles:

WCDMA RAN




12-8

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Specify different number ranges for logical cells in different subracks. For example, you can specify the range of 0 to 899 for the logical cells in subrack 0 (MPS) and the range of 900 to 1799 for the logical cells in subrack 1 (EPS).For detailed information about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.401.



Unit:None

Default Value:None

CellLdrSfResThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

WRFD-020108

Load Reshuffling

Code Resource Management

Meaning:This parameter specifies the Cell SF reserved threshold used for judging whether the code load reshuffling (LDR) is allowed. The code load reshuffling could be triggered only when the minimum available SF of a cell is higher than this threshold.

GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)

Actual Value Range:SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256

Unit:None

Default Value:SF8(SF8)

CellLoadBalanceRange

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217

Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold

Meaning:Range of target cells involved in the CLB feature.

GUI Value Range:ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC, ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC, BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC

Actual Value Range:ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC, ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC, BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC

Unit:None

WCDMA RAN




12-9

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Default Value:None

CellOverrunThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDB

MOD UCELLLDB

WRFD-020104

Intra Frequency Load Balance

Meaning:If the cell downlink load exceeds this threshold, the algorithm will decrease the pilot transmit power of the cell so as to increase the whole system's capacity. This parameter is based on network planning.



Unit:%

Default Value:90

CellSFCMUserNumThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UCMCF

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Threshold for the number of UEs that use a different scrambling code, use SF codes with half numbers than usual, and work in compressed mode in a cell. When the number of such UEs in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold, the RNC does not perform inter-frequency handovers to prevent signal interference.



Unit:frame

Default Value:5

CellSfCSClbRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:SF release threshold for CLB specific to CS services. If SF usage specific to CS services in a cell is lower than this threshold, the RNC allows the cell to leave the CS CLB state.Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "CellSfCSClbRelThd" and "CellSfCSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

WCDMA RAN




12-10

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Default Value:87

CellSfCSClbTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:SF usage threshold for the CLB feature specific to CS services. When the SF usage in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold, the RNC initiates inter-frequency handovers specific to CS services in the cell to reduce Cell load. Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "CellSfCSClbRelThd" and "CellSfCSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:100

CellSfPSClbRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:SF release threshold for CLB specific to PS services. If SF usage specific to PS services in a cell is lower than this threshold, the RNC allows the cell to leave the PS CLB state.Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "CellSfPSClbRelThd" and "CellSfPSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:69

CellSfPSClbTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:SF usage threshold for the CLB feature specific to PS services. When the SF usage in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold, the RNC initiates inter-frequency handovers specific to PS services in the cell to reduce Cell load.Because of load fluctuation, the value

WCDMA RAN




12-11

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

difference between "CellSfPSClbRelThd" and "CellSfPSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:82

CellUnderrunThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDB

MOD UCELLLDB

WRFD-020104


Meaning:If the cell downlink load is lower than this threshold, the algorithm will increase the pilot transmit power of the cell so as to share load of other cells. This parameter is based on network planning.



Unit:%

Default Value:30

ChoiceRprtUnitForDlBasicMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC, use [DL basic meas rprt cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the measurement report period. If you set this parameter to MIN, use [DL basic meas rprt cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report period. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.

GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN

Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN

Unit:None

Default Value:TEN_MSEC

ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaPwrMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC, use [HSDPA need pwr meas cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the measurement report period. If you set this parameter to MIN, use [HSDPA

WCDMA RAN




12-12

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

need pwr meas cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report period. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:None


ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaRateMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC, use [HSDPA bit rate meas cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the measurement report period. If you set this parameter to MIN, use [HSDPA bit rate meas cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report period. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:None


ChoiceRprtUnitForHsupaRateMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC, use [HSDPA bit rate meas cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the measurement report period. If you set this parameter to MIN, use [HSDPA bit rate meas cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report period. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:None


ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC, use [UL basic meas rprt cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the

WCDMA RAN




12-13

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

measurement report period. If you set this parameter to MIN, use [UL basic meas rprt cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report period. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:None


ClbCodeUsedSpaceThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Code usage margin threshold for inter-frequency handovers involved in the CLB feature. When the code usage margin in a candidate cell for inter-frequency handovers exceeds this threshold, this cell can be selected as a target cell for such handovers.



Unit:%

Default Value:13

CLBFlag BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UINTERFREQNCELL

MOD UINTERFREQNCELL

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Candidate flag of a cell ready to accommodate UEs handed over by CLB. When this parameter is set to TRUE, the current cell is listed on a candidate cell list during an inter-frequency handover triggered by CLB. When this parameter is set to FALSE, the current cell is not on the list.



Unit:None

Default Value:False

ClbPeriodTimerLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDCPERIOD

WRFD-140217

Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on

Meaning:Interval for the RNC to determine whether to initiate inter-frequency handovers. After a cell enters the CLB state, the RNC

WCDMA RAN




12-14

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description


determines whether to initiate inter-frequency handovers at this interval. Because inter-frequency handovers will be triggered in the load reshuffling process, it is recommended that this parameter be set to the value of "LdrPeriodTimerLen".



Unit:s

Default Value:10

CLBPrio BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UINTERFREQNCELL

MOD UINTERFREQNCELL

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Priority of a candidate cell for inter-frequency handovers triggered by CLB. 0 and 15 indicate the highest and lowest priorities, respectively. During such a handover, a neighboring cell with a higher priority is more likely to be on the candidate cell list.



Unit:None

Default Value:0

CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

WRFD-020103

Load Reshuffling


Meaning:This switch is valid only when the inter-frequency handover switch is enabled. TRUE means that inter-frequency handover is selected in code resource congestion. FALSE means that inter-frequency handover is not selected in code resource congestion. This parameter should be set based on network resource usage. In the case of multi-frequency coverage, if code resources present a bottleneck, such as indoor environment, the parameter is recommended to be set to TRUE.

GUI Value Range:FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)


Unit:None

WCDMA RAN




12-15

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Default Value:FALSE(FALSE)

ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UDRD

WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040003


Inter System Redirect

Meaning:Whether to activate the RRC redirection algorithm when the RRC connection setup is not admitted in the current cell. RRC redirection is allowed in the case of an admission failure only When this switch is turned on.

This parameter takes effect only when DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is set to ON.

- OFF: The RRC redirection is not allowed.

- Only_To_Inter_Frequency: Only RRC redirection to inter-frequency cells is allowed.

- Allowed_To_Inter_RAT: RRC redirections to inter-frequency cells and inter-RAT cells are allowed.

GUI Value Range:OFF, Only_To_Inter_Frequency, Allowed_To_Inter_RAT

Actual Value Range:OFF, Only_To_Inter_Frequency, Allowed_To_Inter_RAT

Unit:None

Default Value:Only_To_Inter_Frequency

CsP2DPreemptSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT

WRFD-010505


Meaning:Whether a UE can preempt resources occupied by PS BE services after the cell resource admission fails under the following conditions:

-The UE moves from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH (P2D).

-The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message sent by the UE contains the cause value of Originating Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational Call.


WCDMA RAN




12-16

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description


Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

CsSwitch BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH

WRFD-011600

WRFD-020701

TFO/TrFO

AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control

Meaning:1. CS_AMRC_SWITCH: When the switch is on and the AMRC license is activated, the AMR control function is enabled for AMR services.

2. CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the default configurations of signaling and RABs, which are stipulated in 3GPP 25.331, are used for relocation of the UE from GSM to WCDMA. When the switch is not on, the default configurations are not used. Instead, the complete information of RB, TrCH, and PhyCH, which are in the HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND message is used.

3. CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the switch is on and the "Support IUUP Version 2" license is activated, the RNC supports the TFO/TRFO function.

4. CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH (Dynamic CS voice channel allocation switch): Whether to support the dynamic CS voice channel allocation function.

5. CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, wideband AMRC compatibility issues exist and therefore the service data rate must not be adjusted. When this switch is turned off, such issues do not exist and therefore the service data rate can be adjusted.

6. CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, narrowband AMRC compatibility issues exist and therefore the service data rate must not be adjusted. When

WCDMA RAN




12-17

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

this switch is turned off, such issues do not exist and therefore the service data rate can be adjusted.

7. CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_SWITCH: Whether wideband AMRC can be adjusted level by level according to the data rate sets configured by the CN .When this switch is turned off, wideband AMRC cannot be adjusted level by level. When this switch is turned on, wideband AMRC can be adjusted level by level.

GUI Value Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH, CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWITCH, CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH, CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH, CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH, CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH, CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH, CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWITCH, CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH, CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH, CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH, CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH, CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:CS_AMRC_SWITCH-0&CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWITCH-1&CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH-0&CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH-0&CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH-0&CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH-0&CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_SWITCH-0

DelayThs BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLDISTANCERE

WRFD-020401

Inter-RAT Redirection Based on

Meaning:Propagation delay threshold for the distance-based inter-RAT redirection algorithm. When the

WCDMA RAN




12-18

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

DIRECTION

MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION

Distance propagation delay between a UE and the NodeB exceeds this threshold, the RNC activates this algorithm to redirect the UE. For details about the parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433. The specifications stipulate the following: 1TP = 3chips.



Unit:3chip

Default Value:255

DI DBS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900A WCDMA/BTS3900L WCDMA/BTS3900AL WCDMA

ADD ULOCELL

MOD ULOCELL

SET ULOCELLDESENS

None None Meaning:Indicates the desensitization intensity of the local cell, that is, the ratio of uplink noise intensity to background noise. If the desensitization intensity is set as 0, the desensitization is not applied.



Unit:dB

Default Value:0

DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:L3 filtering coefficient. The larger the value of this parameter, the stronger the smoothing effect and the higher the anti-slow-fading capability, but the lower the signal change tracing capability. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.

GUI Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19

Actual Value Range:0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19

Unit:None

Default Value:D6

DlBeTraffInitBitrate

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UFRC WRFD-021101

Dynamic Channel Configuration Control

Meaning:DL initial access rate of PS background or interactive service. When DCCC function is enabled, the downlink initial access rate will be set

WCDMA RAN




12-19

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

(DCCC) to this value if the downlink maximum rate is higher than the initial access rate.

GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384

Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384

Unit:kbit/s

Default Value:D64

DlCacAvgFilterLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of downlink CAC.



Unit:None

Default Value:5

DlClbCreditSfSpaceThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Margin threshold for downlink cell credit resources for inter-frequency handovers involved in the CLB feature. When the remaining downlink credit resources in a candidate cell for inter-frequency handovers exceeds this threshold, this cell can be selected as a target cell for such handovers.



Unit:%

Default Value:13

DlCreditCSClbRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Clearance threshold for high downlink cell credit usage specific to CS services. If the downlink credit usage specific to CS services in a cell is lower than this threshold, the RNC allows the cell to leave the CS CLB state.Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "DlCreditCSClbRelThd" and "DlCreditCSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB

WCDMA RAN




12-20

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

state.



Unit:%

Default Value:87

DlCreditCSClbTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Cell downlink credit usage threshold for the CLB feature specific to CS services. When the downlink credit usage in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold, the RNC initiates inter-frequency handovers specific to CS services in the cell to reduce Cell load.Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "DlCreditCSClbRelThd" and "DlCreditCSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:100

DlCreditPSClbRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Clearance threshold for high downlink cell credit usage specific to PS services. If the downlink credit usage specific to PS services in a cell is lower than this threshold, the RNC allows the cell to leave the PS CLB state.Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "DlCreditPSClbRelThd" and "DlCreditPSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:69

WCDMA RAN




12-21

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

DlCreditPSClbTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Cell downlink credit usage threshold for the CLB feature specific to PS services. When the downlink credit usage in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold, the RNC initiates inter-frequency handovers specific to PS services in the cell to reduce Cell load.Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "DlCreditPSClbRelThd" and "DlCreditPSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:82

DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS domain inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover. The target subscribers of this parameter are the CS domain subscribers. Because the CS domain subscribers are session subscribers in general and they have little impact on load, you can set this parameter to a comparatively high value.



Unit:None

Default Value:3

DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS domain inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover.



Unit:None

Default Value:3

DlDcccRat BSC6900/BSC6 SET WRFD-021Dynamic Meaning:Downlink bit rate threshold

WCDMA RAN




12-22

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

eThd 910 UDCCC 101 Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)

for DCCC. When the maximum downlink bit rate of a BE service is larger than this parameter value, the traffic-based downlink DCCC function can take effect for the UE. Otherwise, the function cannot take effect for the UE.



Unit:kbit/s

Default Value:D64

DlInterFreqHoBWThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:The UE can be selected to process load handover only when its bandwidth is less than this threshold.



Unit:bit/s

Default Value:200000

DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:The inter-frequency neighboring cell could be selected as the destination of load handover only when its load remaining space is larger than this threshold. The lower the parameter is, the easier it is to find a qualified target cell for the blind handover. Excessively small value of the parameter, however makes the target cell easily enter the congestion status. The higher the parameter is, the more difficult it is for the inter-frequency blind handover occurs.



Unit:%

Default Value:20

DlLdrAMRRateReduc

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLD

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:The maximum number of RABs selected in executing the action

WCDMA RAN




12-23

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

tionRabNum

R

MOD UCELLLDR

of downlink LDR-AMR voice service rate reduction. The mechanism of the LDR is that an action is performed in each [LDR period] and a part of services are selected based on the action rules to perform this action.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

DlLdrAvgFilterLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of downlink LDR.



Unit:None

Default Value:5

DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR BE traffic rate reduction.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

DlLdrCreditSfResThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UNODEBLDR

MOD UNODEBLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Threshold of SF reserved in downlink credit LDR. The downlink credit LDR is triggered when the SF factor corresponding to the downlink reserved credit is higher than the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold.



Unit:None


WCDMA RAN




12-24

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

DlLdrCreditSfResThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in downlink credit LDR. The downlink credit LDR could be triggered only when the SF factor corresponding to the downlink reserved credit is higher than the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold.



Unit:None


DlLdrFirstAction

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:NOACT: No load reshuffling action is taken.

INTERFREQLDHO: The inter-frequency load handover is performed.

BERATERED: Channels are reconfigured for the BE service.

QOSRENEGO: The renegotiation on the QoS of the uncontrollable real-time service is performed.

CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is performed.

PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover of the PS domain is performed.

AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the service rate can be performed for the AMR voice service.

MBMSDECPOWER (MBMS power limiting): The MBMS service is configured with the minimum power.

CODEADJ (code tree reshuffling):

WCDMA RAN




12-25

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

The fragments of the downlink code tree are arranged.

CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is performed.

PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is performed.

The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and judges whether each action is successful. If an action is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an action is successful, a parameter is set to NOACT, or all the preceding actions are taken, the downlink LDR is finished, and the system waits for the next triggering of the LDR.

Because each action is performed by its algorithm module, the LDR algorithm only selects users and delivers control messages, the execution result of each action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can only judge whether the actions succeed by whether candidate users are found.

The inter-frequency load handover has no impact on the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the inter-frequency load handover usually serves as the first action.

The BE service rate reduction is effective only when the DCCC algorithm is enabled.

GUI Value Range:NoAct(no action), InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover), BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction), QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load

WCDMA RAN




12-26

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction), MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power), CodeAdj(Code adjust), CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat should not be load handover), PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load handover), PSInterU2LLDHO

Actual Value Range:NoAct, InterFreqLDHO, BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed, MBMSDecPower, CodeAdj, CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO

Unit:None

Default Value:CodeAdj(Code adjust)

DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR uncontrolled real-time traffic QoS renegotiation. The target subscribers of this parameter are the PS domain real-time subscribers. The setting of this parameter is similar to the setting of BE service rate reduction subscriber number. Considering the scenario where the candidate subscribers selected for downlink LDR do not meet the QoS renegotiation conditions, you need to leave a part of margin when setting this parameter to ensure the success of LDR.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

DlLdrRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:If the ratio of DL load of the cell to the downlink capacity is lower than this threshold, the DL load reshuffling function of the cell is

WCDMA RAN




12-27

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

MOD UCELLLDM

stopped. After the basic congestion state of the cell load is released, the system no longer implements the LDR action. Because the load fluctuates, the difference between the LDR release threshold and trigger threshold should be higher than 10%. The ping-pong effect of the preliminary congestion state will occur easily.



Unit:%

Default Value:60

DlLdrTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:If the ratio of DL load of the cell to the downlink capacity is not lower than this threshold, the DL load reshuffling function of the cell is triggered. After the basic congestion state of the cell load is released, the system no longer implements the LDR action. Because the load fluctuates, the difference between the LDR release threshold and trigger threshold should be higher than 10%. The ping-pong effect of the preliminary congestion state will occur easily.



Unit:%

Default Value:70

DlLdTrnsHysTime

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:If the DL load state of the cell is lasted longer than this threshold, the DL load state of the cell transfers.



Unit:ms

Default Value:1000

WCDMA RAN




12-28

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

DlOlcAvgFilterLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of downlink OLC.



Unit:None

Default Value:5

DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:DL fast TF restriction refers to a situation where, when the cell is overloaded and congested, the downlink TF can be adjusted to restrict the number of blocks transported in each TTI at the MAC layer and the rate of user data, thus reducing the cell downlink load.

The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is performed in each [OLC period] and a part of services are selected based on the action rules to perform this action. This parameter defines the maximum number of RABs selected in executing downlink OLC fast restriction.

Selection of RABs of the OLC is based on the service priorities and ARP values and bearing priority indication. The RAB of low priority is under control.



Unit:None

Default Value:3

DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:The maximum number of times downlink OLC fast TF restriction is executed during the process of cell entering/quitting the OLC state. The OLC mechanism is as follows: An action is performed in each [OLC period] and a part of services are selected based on the action rules to perform this action.

When overload and congestion occurs, the RNC immediately

WCDMA RAN




12-29

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

executes the OLC action by first executing fast TF restriction. The internal counter is incremented by 1 with each execution. If the number of times overload and congestion occurs does not exceed this threshold value, the system reduces the BE service rate by lowering TF to mitigate overload. If the number of times overload and congestion occurs exceeds this threshold value, fast TF restriction has no obvious effect on mitigating overload. In this case, the system has to switch BE services to common channels or release users to solve the overload problem.



Unit:None

Default Value:3

DlOlcMeasFilterCoeff

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement




Unit:None

Default Value:D3

DlOlcRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:If the ratio of DL load of the cell to the downlink capacity is lower than this threshold, the DL overload and congestion control function of the cell is stopped. The value of the OLC release threshold should not be much lower than or close to the OLC trigger threshold, or the system state will have a ping-pong effect easily. The

WCDMA RAN




12-30

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

recommended difference between the OLC release threshold and the OLC trigger threshold is higher than 10%. It is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed.



Unit:%

Default Value:85

DlOlcTraffRelRabNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:The maximum number of RABs released in executing the action of downlink OLC service release when setting the OLC algorithm.

The OLC mechanism is as follows: An action is performed in each [OLC period] and a part of services are selected based on the action rules to perform this action. RAB release is an extreme method in reducing the cell load and recovering the system when the cell is overloaded and congested.For a user processing a single service, releasing RABs means releasing the user.



Unit:None

Default Value:0

DlOlcTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:If the ratio of DL load of the cell to the downlink capacity is not lower than this threshold, the DL overload and congestion control function of the cell is triggered. The value of the OLC release threshold should not be much lower than or close to the OLC trigger threshold, or the system state will have a ping-pong effect easily. The recommended difference between the OLC release threshold and the OLC

WCDMA RAN




12-31

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

trigger threshold is higher than 10%. It is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed.



Unit:%

Default Value:95

DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR PS domain inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR PS domain inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

DlPSU2LHOUeNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-150216

WRFD-150217

Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE

Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

Meaning:Number of UEs for performing downlink UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

DlPwrCSClbRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD

WRFD-140217

Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable

Meaning:Clearance threshold for the CS CLB state triggered by high downlink cell power load. When the downlink power load in a cell is lower than this threshold for a period of time

WCDMA RAN




12-32

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

UCELLLDM

Load Threshold

longer than the value of "DlLdTrnsHysTime", the cell leaves the CS CLB state and the RNC does not perform any inter-frequency CS handovers for CLB. Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "DlPwrCSClbRelThd" and "DlPwrCSClbTrigThd" must be larger than 10%. Otherwise, the cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:90

DlPwrCSClbTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Downlink cell power load threshold for the CS CLB state. When the downlink power load in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold for a period of time longer than the value of "DlLdTrnsHysTime", the RNC hands over UEs processing CS services to an inter-frequency neighboring cell. Because of load fluctuations, the value difference between "DlPwrCSClbRelThd" and "DlPwrCSClbTrigThd" must be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:100

DlPwrLoadSpaceThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Margin threshold for the downlink cell power load for inter-frequency handovers involved in the CLB feature. When the downlink cell power load margin in a candidate cell for inter-frequency handovers exceeds this threshold, this cell can be selected as a target cell for such handovers.

WCDMA RAN




12-33

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description



Unit:%

Default Value:15

DlPwrPSClbRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Clearance threshold for the PS CLB state triggered by high downlink cell power load. When the downlink power load in a cell is lower than this threshold for a period of time longer than the value of "DlLdTrnsHysTime", the cell leaves the PS CLB state and the RNC does not perform any inter-frequency PS handovers for CLB. Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "DlPwrPSClbRelThd" and "DlPwrPSClbTrigThd" must be larger than 10%. Otherwise, the cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:30

DlPwrPSClbTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Downlink cell power load threshold for the PS CLB state. When the downlink power load in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold for a period of time longer than the value of "DlLdTrnsHysTime", the RNC hands over UEs processing PS services to an inter-frequency neighboring cell. Because of load fluctuations, the value difference between "DlPwrPSClbRelThd" and "DlPwrPSClbTrigThd" must be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

WCDMA RAN




12-34

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Default Value:40

DraSwitch BSC6900/BSC6910


WRFD-01061111

WRFD-01061208

WRFD-01061404

WRFD-011502

WRFD-021101

WRFD-050405

WRFD-050408

WRFD-010690

WRFD-01061403

WRFD-010202

WRFD-01061111

HSDPA State Transition

HSUPA DCCC

HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover

Active Queue Management (AQM)

Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)

Overbooking on ATM Transmission

Overbooking on IP Transmission

TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage

HSUPA 2ms TTI

UE State in Connected Mode (CELL-DCH, CELL-PCH, URA-PCH, CELL-FACH)


Meaning:Dynamic resource allocation switch group.

1. DRA_AQM_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the active queue management algorithm is used for the RNC.

2. DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm for admission CE-based BE services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This parameter is valid when DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitch) is set to ON.

3. DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm is supported for admission CE-based BE services.

4. DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm for coverage-based BE services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This parameter is valid when DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitch) is set to ON.

5. DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm is supported for coverage-based BE services.

6. DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm for differentiation-based BE services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This parameter

WCDMA RAN




12-35

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

is valid when DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitch) is set to ON.

7. DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm is supported for differentiation-based BE services.

8. DRA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the dynamic channel reconfiguration control algorithm is used for the RNC.

9. DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH: When the switch is on, flow control is enabled for HSDPA services in AM mode.

10. DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that carrying HSDPA services can be changed to CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE service is carried over the HS-DSCH, the switch PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried over the HS-DSCH, the switch PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on simultaneously.

11. DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the DCCC algorithm is used for HSUPA. The DCCC switch must be also on before this switch takes effect.

12. DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that carrying HSUPA services can be changed to CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE service is carried over the E-DCH, the switch PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried over the

WCDMA RAN




12-36

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

E-DCH, the switch PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on simultaneously.

13. DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH: Switch of the algorithm for increasing the quality of subscribed services. When this parameter is set to ON, the service priority weight of the subscriber whose key parameters (IP Address, IP Port, and IP Protocol Type) match the specified ones can be adjusted. In this way, the QoS is improved.

14. DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, UE RRC status transition (CELL_FACH/CELL_PCH/URA_PCH) is allowed at the RNC.

15. DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that carrying real-time services can be changed to CELL_FACH at the RNC.

16. DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH: Under a poor radio environment, the QoS of high speed services drops considerably and the TX power is overly high. In this case, the RNC can set restrictions on low data rate transmission formats based on the transmission quality, thus lowering traffic speed and TX power. When the switch is on, the R99 downlink flow control function is enabled.

17. DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the DCCC based on traffic statistics is supported over the DCH.

18. DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH: when the switch is on, the TTI selection based on the voice service

WCDMA RAN




12-37

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

type (including VoIP and CS over HSPA) is supported when the service is initially established.

19. DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: when the switch is on, the TTI adjustment based on the voice service type (including VoIP and CS over HSPA) is supported.

20. DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH: Whether to prohibit channel retries for CS and PS combined services. When this switch is turned on, channel retries are prohibited for CS and PS combined services. When this switch is turned off, channel retries are allowed for CS and PS combined services.

21. DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: Whether to activate the fast state transition algorithm. When this switch is turned on, the RNC identifies UEs supporting fast state transition and then quickly transits the UEs from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.

22. DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH: Whether to activate the algorithm for smart PCH-to-DCH state transition specific to UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. When this switch is turned on, the RNC identifies UEs supporting smart PCH-to-DCH state transition and then transits the UEs from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH.

23. DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH: Whether initial TTI selection is allowed for differentiated BE services based on fairness

0: This switch is turned off. The TTI is selected according to the original algorithm.

1: This switch is turned on. In the

WCDMA RAN




12-38

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

dynamic TTI adjustment algorithm for differentiated BE services based on fairness, HSUPA UEs use 10-ms TTI if the RTWP, occupied Iub bandwidth, or consumed CE resources are congested.

24. DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH: Whether to activate the coverage-based initial TTI selection algorithm specific to BE services. When this switch is turned on and conditions on 2 ms TTI specific to BE services has been met, the RNC determines uplink coverage wideness of specific cells based on the Ec/N0 values reported by UEs during RRC connection. If the uplink coverage of the cells is weak, the RNC allocates a 10 ms TTI to BE services as their initial TTI.

25. DRA_F2U_SWITCH: Whether to enable state transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.When this switch is turned on, a UE can directly move from the CELL_FACH to URA_PCH state. When this switch is turned off, a UE must move from the CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH and then to URA_PCH state.

GUI Value Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH, DRA_DCCC_SWITCH, DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH, DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH, DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN




12-39

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH, DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH, DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH, DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH, DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH, DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH, DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH, DRA_F2U_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH, DRA_DCCC_SWITCH, DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH, DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH, DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH, DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH, DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH, DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH, DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN




12-40

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH, DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH, DRA_F2U_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:DRA_AQM_SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1&DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-0&DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH-0&DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-0&DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH-0&DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH-0&DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-0&DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH-0&DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-0&DRA_F2U_SWITCH-0

DrdOrLdrFlag

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UINTERFREQNCELL

MOD UINTERF

WRFD-020160

Enhanced Multiband Management

Meaning:Flag of a cell on which the DRD(Direct Retry Decision) measurement or LDR(Load Reshuffling) measurement is performed. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the cell can be considered as the measurement object in the DRD

WCDMA RAN




12-41

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

REQNCELL

measurement algorithm or LDR measurement algorithm. If this parameter is set to FALSE, the cell is invalid.

GUI Value Range:FALSE(Do not send), TRUE(Send)


Unit:None

Default Value:FALSE(Do not send)

DrSwitch BSC6900/BSC6910


WRFD-01061112

WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040001

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-02040003

WRFD-02040004

HSDPA DRD


Intra System Direct Retry

Inter System Direct Retry


Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup

Meaning:Direct retry switch group.

1) DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for RRC connection): When the switch is on, DRD and redirection is performed for RRC connection if retry is required.

2) DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for single RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is performed for single service if retry is required.

3) DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for combine RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is performed for combined services if retry is required.

4) DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH(INTER-RAT DRD switch): When this switch is turned on, inter-RAT directed retry is supported.

GUI Value Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH, DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH, DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH, DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH, DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH, DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH, DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH,

Unit:None

Default Value:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1&D

WCDMA RAN




12-42

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

R_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1&DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH-0&DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH-1

EcN0EffectTime

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLFRC

MOD UCELLFRC

WRFD-010510

WRFD-150232

3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release


Meaning:Time period for valid Ec/No or RSCP. This parameter defines the time period during which the reported values of Ec/No or RSCP are considered as valid values. The time period starts from the time the system receives the first Ec/No or RSCP.



Unit:ms

Default Value:5000

EcN0Ths BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLFRC

MOD UCELLFRC

WRFD-010510


Meaning:Threshold for determining the signal quality in a cell. If the reported Ec/No exceeds the value of this parameter, you can infer that the signal quality in the cell is good and a high code rate can be set for initial access.

Actual Value = (GUI Value - 49(offset)) x 0.5.


Actual Value Range:-24.5~0

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:41

EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT

WRFD-010505


Meaning:Whether to allow emergency calls to perform unconditional preemption.When the switch is enabled, users attempting emergency call can preempt the resources from all the accessed users for non emergency call. When the switch is disabled, users attempting emergency call can only preempt resources from the users for non emergency call when they are configured with the preempted attributes and ARP information element.

WCDMA RAN




12-43

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description



Unit:None

Default Value:ON

EUTRANSHIND

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UTYPRABBASIC

MOD UTYPRABBASIC

WRFD-020126

WRFD-020129

Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1

PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE

Meaning:This parameter specifies whether to allow the service-based handover of UEs from UMTS to LTE.

GUI Value Range:HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM, HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM

Actual Value Range:HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM, HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM

Unit:None

Default Value:HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM


BSC6900/BSC6910

SET URRCESTCAUSE

WRFD-010510


Meaning:Specifies the Ec/No threshold for increasing the FACH transmit power when the RNC sends a duplicate RRC Connection Setup message to the UE. At the RRC connection setup phase, if the FACH Ec/No value reported by the UE is less than the threshold, the RNC increases the FACH power when sending a duplicate RRC Connection Setup message. Otherwise, the RNC retains the FACH power. If this parameter is set to -24, the RNC does not increase the FACH transmit power when sending a duplicate RRC Connection Setup message. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.215.

GUI Value Range:-24~0

Actual Value Range:-24~0

Unit:dB

Default Value:-24

WCDMA RAN




12-44

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

FACHPwrReduceValue

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:This parameter defines the reduce value in Downlink reducing FACH power Action.



Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:0

FuncSwitch1

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLICENSE

MOD UCELLLICENSE

WRFD-140215

WRFD-140216

WRFD-140217

WRFD-150201

Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period

Load-based Uplink Target BLER Configuration


Macro & Micro Co-carrier Uplink Interference Control

Meaning:1. ICR(ICR): In the drop-down list of this parameter, the switch ICR Function Activated is added to control whether to activate Intra Circle Roaming (ICR). When setting of this switch takes effect, handovers of UEs of primary, secondary, or partner operators are optimized as cells of ICR partner operators become a handover target candidate. When setting of this switch does not take effect, ICR partner operators are not a handover target candidate. After intra-circle roaming (ICR) is successfully activated in a cell, Inter RAT Inter Plmn Ho Allowed in the "SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE" command should be set to DISABLE to ensure that the call drop rate and handover success rate are not affected.

2. INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERING(Intelligent Interfreq UE Type Steering): When this switch is turned on, the Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management function is enabled.

3. CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell ICR Demarcation Switch): When this switch is turned on, the ICR Demarcation function is enabled.

4. DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period): License control switch for the function of Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI

WCDMA RAN




12-45

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Feedback Period. When this switch is turned on, functions controlled by PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH, PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH, and PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH can take effect.

5. DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based Uplink Target BLER Configuration): License control switch for the load-based uplink target BLER algorithm.

6. INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD(Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Config Load Thd): Whether to enable the feature Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold (CLB). When this switch is turned on in a cell and the load balancing function specific to a resource type is enabled, the function of measurement-based inter-frequency handover related to load balancing is available to this cell.

7. DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH(Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment): License control switch for the Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment algorithm.

8. CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell MOCN Demarcation Switch): Whether to enable the MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation function for multiple operators in an MOCN cell. When this switch is turned on, the cell supports MOCN demarcation; when this switch is turned off, the cell does not support MOCN demarcation. Before turning on this switch, perform the following operations: 1. Activate the MOCN Introduction Package feature. 2. Run the "ADD UCELLMOCNDPAPOWERDEMAR" command to add the HSDPA power

WCDMA RAN




12-46

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

resource ratio for all operators of the operator group controlling the cell, or run the "ADD UCELLMOCNSFDEMAR" command to add the SF resource ratio for these operators.

9. MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_CONTROL: License switch for activating the Macro and Micro Co-Carrier Uplink Interference Control feature. This feature includes the following sub-features: Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection: controlled by the "COMacroMicroIFRedirSwitch" switch, Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover: controlled by the "HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SWITCH" switch, Micro Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control: controlled by the "COMacroMicroDesenseSwitch" switch. This feature and these three sub-features can take effect only when all the four switches are turned on.

10. CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM: Controls whether the RNC supports RIM-based load query and load sharing. When this switch is turned on, this function takes effect.

11. MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH: Controls whether the RNC supports MOCN introduce pack. When this switch is turned on, this function takes effect.

GUI Value Range:ICR(ICR), INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERING(Intelligent Interfreq UE Type Steering), CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(Cell ICR Demarcation Switch), DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynamic Configuration of HSDPA CQI Feedback Period), DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based Uplink

WCDMA RAN




12-47

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Target BLER Configuration), INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD(Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Config Load Thd), DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH(Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment), CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH(MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation), MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_CONTROL(Macro and Micro Co-carrier UL Interference Control), CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM(Cellload Shared Based on RIM), MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH(MOCN Introduce Pack Switch)

Actual Value Range:ICR, INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERING, CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH, DYN_CQI_ADJUST, DYN_BLER_PS, INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD, DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH, CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH, MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_CONTROL, CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM, MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:ICR-0&INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERING-0&CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH-0&DYN_CQI_ADJUST-0&DYN_BLER_PS-0&INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD-0&DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH-0&CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH-0&MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_INTERF_CONTROL-0&CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM-0&MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH-0

WCDMA RAN




12-48

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

FuncSwitch2

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLICENSE

MOD UCELLLICENSE

WRFD-150232

WRFD-150236



Meaning:1.BASED_UE_LOC_DRD_SWITCH: Whether the function of UE location-based multi-band DRD is available. When the conditions of path loss are met, cell edge UEs in a high-band cell perform the DRD procedure towards a low-band cell, or cell center UEs in a low-band cell perform the DRD procedure towards a high-band cell. The function of UE location-based multi-band DRD takes effect only when this parameter is turned on and the "BasedUELocDRDSwitch" parameter in the "SET UDRD" or "ADD UCELLDRD" command is also turned on.

2.LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ: Whether the license function switch for dynamic load-based pilot power adjustment is enabled.

GUI Value Range:BASED_UE_LOC_DRD_SWITCH, LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ

Actual Value Range:BASED_UE_LOC_DRD_SWITCH, LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ

Unit:None

Default Value:BASED_UE_LOC_DRD_SWITCH-0&LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ-0

GAIN DBS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900A WCDMA/BTS3900L WCDMA/BTS3900AL WCDMA

MOD TMASUBUNIT

None None Meaning:Indicates the gain of the TMA subunit. If this parameter is set to 255, it is invalid and the actual gain is not changed.


Actual Value Range:0~63.75, step:0.25

Unit:0.25dB

Default Value:255

WCDMA RAN




12-49

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

GoldUserLoadControlSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Indicates whether gold users involve in the switch of congestion control. According to the policy set for gold users by operators, if service quality of gold users should be guaranteed even in resource congestion, the switch should be disabled. If the switch is enabled, LDR such as rate reduction and handover also occurs on gold users even in cell resource congestion, which impacts user service quality. If the switch is disabled, no action is performed on gold users.



Unit:None


HCSPrio BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLHCS

MOD UCELLHCS

WRFD-021200

WRFD-010801

WRFD-010802


Intra RNC Cell Update

Inter RNC Cell Update

Meaning:HCS priority of the cell belongs to. The parameter depends on HCS rules. For details, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304. The value 0 indicates the highest-hierarchy cell and the value 7 indicates the lowest-hierarchy cell. High-hierarchy cells are macro cells having large coverage areas where UEs move at high speeds. Low-hierarchy cells are micro cells having small coverage areas where UEs move at low speeds.

GUI Value Range:0~7


Unit:None

Default Value:0

HoSwitch BSC6900/BSC6910


WRFD-010610

WRFD-01061006

WRFD-010612

HSDPA Introduction Package

HSDPA Mobility Management

Meaning:1. HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving speed in the HCS and initiates fast intra-layer or slow inter-layer handover.

2.

WCDMA RAN




12-50

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

WRFD-01061204

WRFD-020103

WRFD-020201

WRFD-020202

WRFD-020203

WRFD-020301

WRFD-020302

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020304

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

WRFD-020308

WRFD-02030801

WRFD-02030802

WRFD-020309

WRFD-021200

WRFD-020129

WRFD-070005

WRFD-070006

WRFD-070

HSUPA Introduction Package

HSUPA Mobility Management


Intra Node B Softer Handover

Intra RNC Soft Handover

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Intra Frequency Hard Handover

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage

Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on

HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the LDR inter-frequency handover is allowed during soft handover.

3. HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the UE requires that the redirection strategy be used for frequency layer convergence.

4. HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the associated receiving and mobility algorithms of the overlay network are used. When the switch is not on, the associated algorithms are not used. Overlay network is an UTRAN network covering present network, it supports HSPA, MBMS and other new features. To satisfy new requirements of operator and restrictions of present network, overlay network realizes operation distribution and load sharing between new network and present network, also gives special handling for mobility management of network verge.

5. HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control or the load-based inter-frequency hard handover upon the handover decision on inter-frequency load.

6. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH: Whether to enable service-based PS handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL message based on service and initiate service-based PS handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned off, the RNC cannot initiate service-based PS handover from UMTS to LTE.

7. HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN




12-51

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

007

WRFD-020106

WRFD-140102

Load

Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2

NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change)

PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS

Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS



NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g

GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g

GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g

Load Reshuffling

CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency

: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control and the CS inter-RAT hard handover from the 3G network to the 2G network.

8. HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the NACC function is supported during the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G network in the cell change order process. When the switch is not on, the NACC function is not supported. When PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is ON, this switch is useless. When the NACC function is supported, the UE skips the reading procedure as the SI/PSI of the target cell is provided after the UE accesses the 2G cell. Thus, the delay of inter-cell handover is reduced.

9. HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the relocation process. When the switch is not on, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the cell change order process.

10. HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control and the PS inter-RAT hard handover from the 3G network to the 2G network.

11. HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT handover of the services are based on the configuration of RNC parameters. When the switch is not on, the attributes are set on the basis of the CN. If no information is provided by

WCDMA RAN




12-52

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Calls the CN, the attributes are then based on the RNC parameters.

12. HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the cells in the detected set from which the RNC receives their valid event reports can be added to the active set. The cells allowed to be added to the active set must be the neighboring cells of the cells in the active set.

13. HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the intra-frequency measurement reports of the detected set can be reported by UE.

14. HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate the intra-frequency hard handover.

15. HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the event 1J is included in the delivery of intra-frequency measurement control if the UE version is R6.

16. HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the cells on the RNC can active the soft handover. When the RNC receives reports on the events 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D, associated addition, removal, and replacement of handover cell of the soft handover are initiated.

17. HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the neighboring cell whose frequency band is beyond the UE's capabilities can also be delivered in the inter-frequency measurement list.

18. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the

WCDMA RAN




12-53

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

neighboring cell combined algorithm is used during the delivery of the objects to be measured. When the switch is not on, the optimal cell algorithm is used.

19. HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH: When the switch is on, intra-frequency handover is allowed over the Iur interface if the UE has only signaling.

20. HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is on, quality measurement on the active set is delivered after signaling setup but before service setup. If the UE is at the cell verge or receives weak signals after accessing the network, the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up the RRC.

21. HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC controls the UEs in the connected state based on the configurations on the CN. The UEs can only access and move in authorized cells.

22. HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether to enable handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL message and initiate PS handover or redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned off, the RNC cannot perform the preceding procedures.

23. HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether to enable service-based redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL message based on service and initiate service-based PS redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned off, the RNC cannot initiate service-based PS

WCDMA RAN




12-54

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

redirection from UMTS to LTE.

24. HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH :This bit is a Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) switch for the VoIP service that is handed over to GERAN. SRVCC ensures the continuity of voice services that are handed over between the CS domain and the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS).The meaning of the bit is as follows: When it is set to "ON", it indicates that the VoIP service can be handed over to GERAN through SRVCC procedure.When it is set to "OFF", it indicates that the VoIP service cannot be handed over to GERAN through SRVCC procedure.

25. HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH: This switch controls which event to be preferentially processed when both an intra- frequency measurement report event and event 2D or 2F need to be processed. Turning on this switch allows the intra-frequency measurement report event to be preferentially processed. Turning off this switch allows event 2D or 2F to be preferentially processed.

26. HO_CIO_1D_USED: Whether the RNC instructs the UE to use the cell individual offset (CIO) parameter when reporting event 1D. If this field is selected, the RNC instructs the UE to use the CIO parameter when reporting event 1D. If this field is not selected, the RNC does not instruct the UE to use the CIO parameter when reporting event 1D. The call drop rate will increase if the switch is opened when the CIO is configured to a big value.

27. HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH: Whether the RNC determines the initial speed state of a UE based on the enUeMobilityStateInd information element (IE) sent by the UE. If this switch is turned on, the initial UE

WCDMA RAN




12-55

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

speed state is determined by this IE carried in the RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ or RRC_CELL_UPDATE message. If this switch is turned off, the RNC determines the UE mobility state as before based on how frequently the UE sends an event 1D measurement report.

28. HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH: Whether to activate CS Fall Back. When this switch is turned on, CS Fall Back is activated. When this switch is turned off, CS Fall Back is deactivated.

29. HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH: Switch for preferentially moving to an LTE cell after a call release. When this switch is turned on, the RNC includes the neighboring frequency information in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message for UEs that can measure signal quality of the frequency band including the LTE cells' frequencies. As a result of these operations, these UEs can preferentially move to LTE cells after entering the idle state.

30. HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC sends periodical inter-frequency and intra-frequency measurement control messages, and includes the information element (IE) measurementIdentiy in the inter-frequency measurement control message to instruct a UE to report signal quality in an active set cell in a periodical inter-frequency measurement report. When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends only a periodical inter-frequency measurement control message without this IE.

31. HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITCH (Algorithm Switch for Coverage-based Inter-frequency or

WCDMA RAN




12-56

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

inter-RAT Handover Parameters Dedicated to CS and PS Combined Services): When this switch is turned on, the handover parameters dedicated to CS and PS combined services are used when CS and PS combined services are processed. When this switch is turned off, the thresholds for CS or PS services, whichever are larger, are used for the handover parameters.

GUI Value Range:HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH, HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH, HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH, HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH, HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH, HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH, HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN




12-57

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH, HO_CIO_1D_USED, HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH, HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH, HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH, HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH, HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH, HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH, HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH, HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH, HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH, HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH, HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D

WCDMA RAN




12-58

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

2F_SWITCH, HO_CIO_1D_USED, HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH, HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH,

HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH,

HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH, HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH-0&HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH-0&HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-0&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1&HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH-0&HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH-1&HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH-0&HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH-0&HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-0&HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH-0&HO_CIO_1D_USED-0&HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH-0&HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH-0&HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0&HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH-0&HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITCH-0

WCDMA RAN




12-59

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

HoSwitch1 BSC6900/BSC6910


WRFD-020129

WRFD-140218

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020305

WRFD-020306

WRFD-150201


Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE


Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service

Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load

Macro & Micro Co-carrier Uplink Interference Control

Meaning:1. HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SWITCH: Switch for controlling the sub-feature Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover. When this switch is turned on, the feature is activated. When this switch is turned off, the feature is deactivated. This feature checks whether UEs are located in problem areas of intra-frequency networks with macro and micro cells. Then, the feature instructs these UEs to move to other cells through blind inter-frequency handovers.

2. HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH(U2L Redirection Switch Based on Absolute Freq): This switch specifies whether handover and redirection from UMTS to LTE are allowed. When this switch is turned on, redirection from UMTS to LTE is allowed but handover is prohibited. During the redirection procedure, the LTE frequencies configured by using the "ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO" command are used for the redirection, and the RNC does not consider whether the best cell is configured with neighboring LTE cells. When this switch is turned off, both redirection and handover from UMTS to LTE are allowed. The LTE frequencies configured by using the "ADD ULTENCELL" command are used for the redirection and handover.

3. HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH: Specifies whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover. When the switch is turned on, the RNC allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover procedure. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover procedure.

4. HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWI

WCDMA RAN




12-60

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

TCH: Specifies whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection. When the switch is turned on, the RNC allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure.

5. HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWITCH: This parameter allows the inter-RAT handover failure caused by UE incompatibility for only once in a call. When the switch is turned on and a UE failed in handover from the universal terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN) to the GSM/EDGE radio access network (GERAN) or evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) due to the cause of configuration unacceptable, the RNC prevents the handover from UTRAN to GERAN or E-UTRAN in this call. When the switch is turned off, the RNC allows another handover from UTRAN to GERAN or E-UTRAN in this call.

6. HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement control and periodic intra-frequency measurement control simultaneously to UEs processing CS services. When this switch is turned on, the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement control and periodic intra-frequency measurement control simultaneously to UEs processing CS services. The inter-RAT measurement control carries the periodic intra-frequency measurement ID so that the UEs report both the inter-RAT MRs and Ec/N0 of the active set. In this way, the RNC can decide whether to perform an inter-RAT handover based on the Ec/N0 of the active set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC

WCDMA RAN




12-61

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

sends only the periodic inter-RAT measurement control to UEs processing CS services and the Ec/N0 of the active set is not considered in the inter-RAT handovers.

7. HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement control and periodic intra-frequency measurement control simultaneously to UEs processing PS services. When this switch is turned on, the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement control and periodic intra-frequency measurement control simultaneously to UEs processing PS services. The inter-RAT measurement control carries the periodic intra-frequency measurement ID so that the UEs report both the inter-RAT MRs and Ec/N0 of the active set. In this way, the RNC can decide whether to perform an inter-RAT handover based on the Ec/N0 of the active set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends only the periodic inter-RAT measurement control to UEs processing PS services and the Ec/N0 of the active set is not considered in the inter-RAT handovers.

8. HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: Whether to use the algorithm of intra-frequency neighboring cell combination. When this switch is turned on, the algorithm of intra-frequency neighboring cell combination is used for intra-frequency measurement objects. When this switch is turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.

9. HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: Whether to use the algorithm of inter-frequency neighboring cell combination. When

WCDMA RAN




12-62

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

this switch is turned on, the algorithm of inter-frequency neighboring cell combination is used for inter-frequency measurement objects. When this switch is turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.

10. HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring GSM cell combination. When this switch is turned on, the algorithm of neighboring GSM cell combination is used for GSM measurement objects. When this switch is turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.

11. HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring LTE cell combination. When this switch is turned on, the algorithm of neighboring LTE cell combination is used for LTE measurement objects. When this switch is turned off, the best cell algorithm is used.

GUI Value Range:HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SWITCH, HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH, HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH, HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWITCH, HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH, HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH, HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH, HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH, HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH, HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:HO_COMACROMICRO_INTE

WCDMA RAN




12-63

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

R_FREQ_OUT_SWITCH,

HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH,

HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,

HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH,

HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWITCH,

HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH,

HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH,

HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,

HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,

HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,

HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-0&HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0&HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWITCH-0&HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH-0&HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH-0&HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH- 1&HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH- 1&HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH- 1&HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH-1

HsdpaCMPermission

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UCMCF

WRFD-020303

Inter-RAT Handover Based on

Meaning:Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with the HSDPA service. If this parameter is

WCDMA RAN




12-64

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Ind WRFD-020302

WRFD-01061006

WRFD-01061204

Coverage




set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA services can be enabled only after the H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled.

This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSDPA terminals that do not support CM when HSDPA is enabled.

GUI Value Range:FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)


Unit:None

Default Value:TRUE(Permit)

HsdpaNeedPwrFilterLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of HSDPA power requirement.



Unit:None

Default Value:5

HsdpaPrvidBitRateFilterLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of HSDPA bit rate.



Unit:None

Default Value:5

HsupaCMPermissionInd

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UCMCF

WRFD-020303

WRFD-020302

WRFD-01061006


Inter Frequency Hard

Meaning:Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with the HSUPA service. If this parameter is set to Permit: 1. the RNC can enable the CM for HSUPA services. 2. The HSUPA services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to Limited: 1. the CM

WCDMA RAN




12-65

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

WRFD-01061204

Handover Based on Coverage



for HSUPA services can be enabled only after the E2D (E-DCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSUPA services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to BasedonUECap, the RNC determines whether CM can be enabled for HSUPA services and whether HSUPA services can be enabled when the CM is enabled by considering the UE capability.

This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSUPA terminals that do not support CM when HSUPA is enabled.

GUI Value Range:Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap(Based On UE Capability)

Actual Value Range:Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap

Unit:None

Default Value:BasedOnUECap(Based On UE Capability)

HsupaInitialRate

BSC6900/BSC6910


HSUPA DCCC

Meaning:HSUPA BE traffic initial bit rate. When DCCC algorithm switch and HSUPA DCCC algorithm switch are enabled, the uplink initial bit rate will be set to this value if the uplink max bit rate is higher than the initial bit rate.

GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D608, D1280, D2048, D2720, D5440

Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384, 608, 1280, 2048, 2720, 5440

Unit:kbit/s

Default Value:D256

HsupaPrvidBitRateFilterLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of HSUPA bit rate.


WCDMA RAN




12-66

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description


Unit:None

Default Value:5

InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:This parameter specifies the forbidden traffic classes when perform inter-frequency handover, in order to prevent disarranging of the layers.

GUI Value Range:R99_CONVERSATIONAL(R99 Conversational), R99_STREAMING(R99 Streaming), R99_BE(R99 BE), HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL(HSDPA Conversational), HSDPA_STREAMING(HSDPA Streaming), HSDPA_BE(HSDPA BE), HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL(HSPA Conversational), HSPA_STREAMING(HSPA Streaming), HSPA_BE(HSPA BE)

Actual Value Range:R99_CONVERSATIONAL, R99_STREAMING, R99_BE, HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL, HSDPA_STREAMING, HSDPA_BE, HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL, HSPA_STREAMING, HSPA_BE

Unit:None

Default Value:R99_CONVERSATIONAL-0&R99_STREAMING-0&R99_BE-0&HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL-0&HSDPA_STREAMING-0&HSDPA_BE-0&HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL-0&HSPA_STREAMING-0&HSPA_BE-0

InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

WRFD-020160

Load Reshuffling


Meaning:This parameter specifies load handover method.When network is composed of same frequency band,Blind Handover method is suggested .Otherwise,Measure handover is suggested .

GUI Value Range:BLINDHO(BLINDHO),

WCDMA RAN




12-67

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO)

Actual Value Range:BLINDHO, MEASUREHO

Unit:None

Default Value:BLINDHO(BLINDHO)

InterFreqMeasTime

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLMCLDR

MOD UCELLMCLDR

WRFD-020302


Meaning:This parameter defines the timer length for inter-frequency measurement.

After inter-frequency measurement starts, if no inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the inter-frequency measurement and the compressed mode (if started) are stopped.

This parameter is used to prevent the long inter-frequency measurement state (compressed mode) due to unavailable measurement of the target cells that meet the handover requirements.



Unit:s

Default Value:6

InterFreqRedirDelayThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION


WRFD-02040005

Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance

Meaning:Propagation delay threshold for inter-frequency redirection. When the propagation delay between a UE and the NodeB exceeds this threshold, the distance-based inter-frequency RRC redirection algorithm will be triggered. For details about propagation delay, see 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:3chip

Default Value:10

InterFreqRedirFactor

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLDISTANCERE

WRFD-02040005

Inter-Frequency Redirection

Meaning:Inter-frequency redirection factor for LDR. This parameter is used to determine whether to trigger

WCDMA RAN




12-68

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

OfLDR DIRECTION


Based on Distance

the distance-based inter-frequency RRC redirection algorithm when the cell enters the LDR or OLC state. When this parameter is set to 0, the algorithm will not be triggered even though the cell has entered the LDR or OLC state.



Unit:%

Default Value:50

InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-02040005


Meaning:Inter-frequency redirection factor for the normal state. This parameter is used to determine whether to trigger the distance-based inter-frequency RRC redirection algorithm when the cell load is within the valid range. When this parameter is set to 0, the algorithm will not be triggered when the cell load is within the valid range.



Unit:%

Default Value:0

InterFreqRedirSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-02040005


Meaning:Whether to allow for distance-based inter-frequency RRC redirection. When this switch is turned on, distance-based inter-frequency redirection is allowed when an RRC connection is being set up. When this switch is turned off, such redirection is not allowed.



Unit:None

Default Value:OFF


BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDCPERIOD

WRFD-020104


Meaning:Identifying the period of the Intra-frequency load balance algorithm. When the cell load is high,

WCDMA RAN




12-69

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

the cell PCPICH TX power can be periodically reduced in order to enable users in connected mode to be switched over to other cells more easily, thus reducing the local cell load. This parameter is used in the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing algorithm and load-based dynamic pilot power adjustment algorithm. When the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing algorithm is enabled, the value 1800s is recommended. When the load-based dynamic pilot power adjustment algorithm is enabled, the value 60s is recommended.



Unit:s

Default Value:1800

IntraFreqUlbPeriodTimerLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDCPERIOD

WRFD-020104


Meaning:Period of RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing adjustment. When RTWP is high, CPICH transmit power is periodically reduced, which reduces RTWP.



Unit:s

Default Value:1800

LdbAvgFilterLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of intra-frequency load balancing (LDB).



Unit:None

Default Value:6

LdrCodePriUseInd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:FALSE means not considering the code priority during the code reshuffling. TRUE means considering the code priority during

WCDMA RAN




12-70

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

UCELLLDR

the code reshuffling. If the parameter is TRUE, the codes with high priority are reserved during the code reshuffling. It is good for the code resource dynamic sharing, which is a function used for the HSDPA service.

GUI Value Range:FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)


Unit:None

Default Value:FALSE(FALSE)

LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Code resource usage difference threshold. Inter-frequency handover is triggered when the difference of the resource usage of the current cell and that of the target cell is larger than this threshold.



Unit:%

Default Value:13

LdrPeriodTimerLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDCPERIOD

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Identifying the period of the LDR execution. When basic congestion occurs, execution of LDR can dynamically reduce the cell load.

The LDR algorithm aims to slowly reduce the cell load and control the load below the admission threshold, each LDR action takes a period (for example the inter-RAT load handover needs a delay of about 5 s if the compressed mode is needed), and there is a delay for the LDM module responds to the load decreasing (the delay is about 3 s when the L3 filter coefficient is set to 6), so the parameter value should be higher than 8s.



Unit:s

WCDMA RAN




12-71

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Default Value:10

MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT


SET ULOCELLMACEPARA

WRFD-020137

Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA

Meaning:Indicates the max target RoT difference before and after IC.

GUI Value Range:0~6

Actual Value Range:0~3, step:0.5

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:0

MaxFachPower

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UFACH

MOD UFACH

WRFD-020501

Open Loop Power Control

Meaning:The offset between the FACH transmit power and P-CPICH transmit power in a cell.



Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:10

MaxPCPICHPower

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UPCPICH

MOD UPCPICHPWR

WRFD-020501


Meaning:Maximum TX power of the PCPICH in a cell. This parameter should be set based on the actual system environment such as cell coverage (radius) and geographical environment, and the cell total power.



Unit:0.1dBm

Default Value:346

MaxQueueTimeLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT

WRFD-010505


Meaning:Maximum queue time of users. When a user initiates a call, it joins the queue due to cell resource insufficiency. This parameter defines the maximum length of time required for queuing of a user. If cell resources are still insufficient after expiration, access fails.



Unit:s

WCDMA RAN




12-72

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Default Value:5

MaxTxPower

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLSETUP

MOD UCELL

WRFD-020501


Meaning:Sum of the maximum transmit power of all DL channels in a cell. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:0.1dBm

Default Value:430

MaxUserNumCodeAdj

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:This parameter specifies the number of users selected in code reshuffling. Code reshuffling can be triggered only when the number of users on a code is no larger than the threshold. Code reshuffling has a big impact on the QoS. In addition, the reshuffled subscribers occupy two code resources during code reshuffling. Thus, the parameter should be set to 1.

GUI Value Range:1~3


Unit:None

Default Value:1

MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Maximum number of UEs that can be handed over to inter-frequency cells during the period specified by "ClbPeriodTimerLen" in the "SET ULDCPERIOD" command. Such handovers are triggered by the CLB feature.



Unit:%

Default Value:2

MbmsDecPowerRabThd

BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:When the priority of the RAB of MBMS services exceeds this threshold, reconfigure the MBMS power to the minimum power. The

WCDMA RAN




12-73

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

MOD UCELLLDR

MBMS service at each rate is set on the basis of two power levels. The power set for an MBMS service is determined according to cell load during the service access. In addition, the FACH power of the MBMS service must be decreased as required in the duration of cell congestion. a part of services with high priority, for example the disaster pre-alert, however, do not need the coverage shrink caused by cell load. In such a case, you can adjust the service priority threshold to protect the services with high priority against the impact of the service access failure and the load control algorithm.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

MbmsOlcRelNum

BSC6900 ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:MBMS service release is an extreme method in reducing the cell load and recovering the system when the cell is overloaded and congested.

The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is performed in each [OLC period] and a part of services are selected based on the action rules to perform this action.

GUI Value Range:0~8


Unit:None

Default Value:1

MinForDlBasicMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:DL basic common measurement report cycle. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:min

WCDMA RAN




12-74

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Default Value:20

MinForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSDPA bit rate measurement report period. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:min

Default Value:10

MinForHsdpaPwrMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:HSDPA power requirement measurement report period For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:min

Default Value:10

MinForHsupaPrvidRateMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSUPA bit rate measurement report period. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:min

Default Value:1

MinForUlBasicMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:UL basic common measurement report cycle. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:min

Default Value:20

MinPCPIC BSC6900/BSC6 ADD WRFD-020Open Loop Power

Meaning:Minimum TX power of the PCPICH in a cell. This parameter

WCDMA RAN




12-75

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

HPower 910 UPCPICH

MOD UPCPICHPWR

501

WRFD-020104

Control


should be set based on the actual system environment such as cell coverage (radius) and geographical environment. Ensure that MinPCPICHPower is set under the condition of a proper proportion of soft handover area, or under the condition that no coverage hole exists.



Unit:0.1dBm

Default Value:313

MODE DBS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900A WCDMA/BTS3900L WCDMA/BTS3900AL WCDMA

MOD TMASUBUNIT

None None Meaning:Indicates the working mode of the TMA subunit. If the TMA subunit works in BYPASS mode, it does not amplify the uplink signals. If this parameter is set to DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it is invalid and the actual mode is not changed.

GUI Value Range:NORMAL(NORMAL), BYPASS(BYPASS), DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE)

Actual Value Range:NORMAL, BYPASS, DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE

Unit:None

Default Value:NORMAL(NORMAL)

N300 BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UIDLEMODETIMER

WRFD-010101

3GPP R9 Specifications

Meaning:Maximum number of retransmissions of the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message.

GUI Value Range:0~7


Unit:None

Default Value:3

N381 BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UCONNMODETIME

WRFD-010101


Meaning:Maximum number of resend times of message "RRC CONNECTION SETUP" or "CELL

WCDMA RAN




12-76

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

R UPDATE CONFIRM". default value is 1.

GUI Value Range:D1, D2, D3, D4

Actual Value Range:1, 2, 3, 4

Unit:None

Default Value:D1

NBMCacAlgoSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH

WRFD-020101

WRFD-020102

WRFD-010202

WRFD-021102

Admission Control

Load Measurement


Cell Barring

Meaning:Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell service admission. Selecting a switch enables the corresponding algorithm and clearing a switch disables the corresponding algorithm.

1. CRD_ADCTRL: Control Cell Credit admission control algorithm. Only when NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH which is set by the SET UCACALGOSWITCH command and this switch are on,the Cell Credit admission control algorithm is valid.

2. HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable the HSDPA air interface load admission control algorithm. HSDPA users initiate uplink services over the DCH and downlink services over the HSDPA channel. This switch is invalid for users who initiate uplink services over the HSUPA channel and downlink services over the HSDPA channel.

3. HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL: Control HSUPA UU Load admission control algorithm. This switch does not work when uplink is beared on HSUPA and downlink is beared on HSDPA.

4. MBMS_UU_ADCTRL: Control MBMS UU Load admission control algorithm.

5. HSDPA_GBP_MEAS: Control HSDPA power requirement for GBR (GBP) measurement. The NodeB will report the GBP of HSDPA users to the RNC after the measurement is enabled.

WCDMA RAN




12-77

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

6. HSDPA_PBR_MEAS: Control HSDPA provided bit rate (PBR) measurement. The NodeB will report the PBR of HSDPA users to the RNC after the measurement is enabled.

7. SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST: When this switch and the RNC-level SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST(SET URRCTRLSWITCH )are turned on, the Cell Barring function is available to the Iu interface.

8. HSUPA_PBR_MEAS: Control HSUPA PBR measurement. The NodeB will report the PBR of HSUPA users to the RNC after the measurement is enabled.

9. HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS: Control HSUPA Provided Received Scheduled EDCH Power Share measurement.

10. EMC_UU_ADCTRL: Control power admission for emergency user.

11. RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB: Control algorithm of resisting disturb when RTWP is abnormal.

12. SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH: Whether to prohibit UEs that have established RRC connections but not start processing any services yet from performing soft handovers. When this switch is turned on, such UEs cannot access target cells by means of soft handover if the OLC procedure is progressing in target cells.

13. FACH_UU_ADCTRL: Admission control switch for the FACH on the Uu interface. This switch determines whether to admit a user in the RRC state on the CELL_FACH. 1) If this switch is enabled: if the current cell is congested due to overload, and the users are with RAB connection requests or RRC connection requests(except the cause of ""Detach"", ""Registration"", or ""Emergency Call""), the users will be

WCDMA RAN




12-78

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

rejected. Otherwise FACH user admission procedure is initiated. A user can access the cell after the procedure succeeds. 2) If this switch is disabled: FACH user admission procedure is initiated without the consideration of cell state.

14. MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL: Legacy HSDPA admission control algorithm in MIMO cell.

15. FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL: Whether to enable or disable state transition of users in the CELL-DCH state, who are enabled with fast dormancy, to ease FACH congestion in a cell. If this switch is turned off in a cell, state transition of such users is disabled. Note that when this switch is turned off in multiple cells under an RNC, signaling storm will occur. As a result, the CPU usage of the RNC, NodeB, and SGSN increases greatly, leading to service setup failure.This switch has been removed from RAN13, so that this switch is now invalid.

16. FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL: Whether to allow for FACH UEs without restrictions.

17. If switches above are selected, the corresponding algorithms will be enabled;otherwise, disabled.

GUI Value Range:CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission Control Algorithm), HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm), HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm), MBMS_UU_ADCTRL(MBMS UU Load Admission Control Algorithm), HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(HSDPA GBP Meas Algorithm), HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR Meas Algorithm), SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST(System Info Update Switch for Iu Reset), HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA

WCDMA RAN




12-79

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

PBR Meas Algorithm), HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS(HSUPA EDCH RSEPS Meas Algorithm), EMC_UU_ADCTRL(emergency call power admission), RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB(RTWP Resist Disturb Switch), SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH(Signaling Sho Ul power cac switch), FACH_UU_ADCTRL(FACH power cac switch), MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL(Legacy HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm in MIMO Cell ), FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL(Fast Dormancy User Admission Control Algorithm), FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL(FACH USER UNLIMITED)

Actual Value Range:CRD_ADCTRL, HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL, HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL, MBMS_UU_ADCTRL, HSDPA_GBP_MEAS, HSDPA_PBR_MEAS, SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST, HSUPA_PBR_MEAS, HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS, EMC_UU_ADCTRL, RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB, SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH, FACH_UU_ADCTRL, MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL, FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL, FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL

Unit:None

Default Value:CRD_ADCTRL-1&HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&MBMS_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-0&HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-0&SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST-0&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-0&HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS-0&EMC_UU_ADCTRL-1&RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB-0&SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH-0&FACH_UU_ADCTRL-0&MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL-0&FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL-1&FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTR

WCDMA RAN




12-80

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

L-0

NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH

WRFD-020101

Admission Control

Meaning:The following parameter values represent different downlink admission control algorithms:

ALGORITHM_OFF: Downlink admission control algorithm disabled.

ALGORITHM_FIRST: Power-based increment prediction algorithm for downlink admission control.

ALGORITHM_SECOND: ENU-based admission algorithm for downlink admission control.

ALGORITHM_THIRD: Power-based non-increment prediction algorithm for downlink admission control.

GUI Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD

Actual Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD

Unit:None

Default Value:None

NBMLdcAlgoSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH

WRFD-020106

WRFD-020102

WRFD-020104

WRFD-020105

WRFD-020107

WRFD-140217

WRFD-150236

Load Reshuffling

Load Measurement


Potential User Control

Overload Control


Meaning:Whether to activate the cell load control algorithm. The following are meanings of different values:

1. The algorithms with the above values represent are as follow:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Intra-frequency load balance algorithm. It is also named cell breathing algorithm.Based on the cell load, this algorithm changes the pilot power of the cell to control the load between intra-frequency cells. When DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH is turned on, this algorithm automatically fails.

2. PUC: Potential user control algorithm. Based on the cell load, this

WCDMA RAN




12-81

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description



algorithm changes the selection/reselection parameters of a cell to lead the UE to a lighter loaded cell.

3. UL_UU_OLC: Uplink Uu-interface overload congestion control algorithm. When the cell is overloaded in the uplink, this algorithm reduces the uplink cell load by quick transport format (TF) restriction, channel switchover for BE services to common channels, or releasing UEs.

4. DL_UU_OLC: Downlink Uu-interface overload congestion control algorithm. When the cell is overloaded in the downlink, this algorithm reduces the downlink cell load by quick TF restriction, channel switchover for BE services to common channels, or releasing UEs.

5. UL_UU_LDR: UL UU load reshuffling algorithm. When the cell is heavily loaded in UL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in UL by using inter-frequency load handover, BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation, CS should be inter-RAT, PS should be inter-RAT handover, CS should not be inter-RATand, PS should not be inter-RAT handover and AMR service rate reduction.

6. DL_UU_LDR: DL UU load reshuffling algorithm. When the cell is heavily loaded in DL, this algorithm reduces the cell load in DL by using inter-frequency load handover, BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation, CS should be inter-RAT, PS should be inter-RAT handover, CS should not be inter-RATand, PS should not be inter-RAT handover, AMR service rate reduction and MBMS service power decrease.

7. OLC_EVENTMEAS: Control OLC event measurement. This algorithm

WCDMA RAN




12-82

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

starts the OLC event measurement.

8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Code reshuffling algorithm. When the cell CODE is heavily loaded, this algorithm reduces the cell CODE load by using BE service rate reduction and code tree reshuffling.

9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR: Credit reshuffling algorithm. When the cell credit is heavily loaded, this algorithm reduces the credit load of the cell by using BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation, CS should be inter-RAT, PS should be inter-RAT handover, CS should not be inter-RATand and PS should not be inter-RAT handover.

10. UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Intra-frequency load balancing algorithm based on RTWP. CPICH power of a cell is adjusted according to RTWP load in the cell, triggering intra-frequency, inter-frequency, or inter-RAT handover of UEs at the edge of the cell. As a result, the call drop rate in the cell is reduced. When DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH is turned on, this algorithm automatically fails.

11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to activate the uplink-cell-load-based CLB algorithm. With this algorithm, the RNC determines whether to enable a cell to enter the CLB state based on its uplink cell load. Once the cell enters the CLB state, the RNC periodically initiates measurement-based inter-frequency handovers to balance load across inter-frequency cells.

12. DL_UU_CLB: Whether to activate the downlink-cell-load-based CLB algorithm. With this algorithm, the RNC determines whether to enable a cell to enter the CLB state based on its downlink cell load. Once the cell enters the CLB state, the RNC periodically initiates

WCDMA RAN




12-83

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

measurement-based inter-frequency handovers to balance load across inter-frequency cells.

13. CELL_CODE_CLB: Whether to activate the cell-code-resource-based CLB algorithm. With this algorithm, the RNC determines whether to enable a cell to enter the CLB state based on the code usage in the cell. Once the cell enters the CLB state, the RNC periodically initiates measurement-based inter-frequency handovers to balance load across inter-frequency cells.

14. CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to activate the cell-credit-resource-based CLB algorithm. With this algorithm, the RNC determines whether to enable a cell to enter the CLB state based on the credit usage in the cell. Once the cell enters the CLB state, the RNC periodically initiates measurement-based inter-frequency handovers to balance load across inter-frequency cells.

15. DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH: Whether the algorithm for dynamically adjusting the pilot power based on the downlink load takes effect. When this parameter is set to ON and LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ of the "FuncSwitch2" parameter in the "ADD UCELLLICENSE" command is turned on, the algorithm for dynamically adjusting the pilot power based on the downlink load takes effect. In this case, other intra-frequency load balancing algorithms (for example, the TCP- and RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing algorithms) that have been enabled in the cell automatically fail.

16. If INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB, PUC, ULOLC, DLOLC, ULLDR, UDLLDR, OLC_EVENTMEAS, CELL_CODE_LDR,

WCDMA RAN




12-84

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

CELL_CREDIT_LDR, UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB, DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB and CELL_CREDIT_CLB are selected, the corresponding algorithms will be enabled; otherwise, disabled.

GUI Value Range:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB, PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC, DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS, CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR, UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB, DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB, CELL_CREDIT_CLB, DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB, PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC, DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS, CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR, UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB, DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB, CELL_CREDIT_CLB, DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-0&PUC-0&UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&UL_UU_OLC-0&DL_UU_OLC-0&OLC_EVENTMEAS-0&CELL_CODE_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0&UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB-0&UL_UU_CLB-0&DL_UU_CLB-0&CELL_CODE_CLB-0&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-0&DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH-0

NbmLdcUeSelSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLALGOSWITC

WRFD-020103


Meaning:The following parameter values represent different policies for selecting users to be handed over in

WCDMA RAN




12-85

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

H

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH

the load-based inter-frequency handovers involved in load reshuffling (LDR) triggered by basic congestions:

NBM_LDC_ALL_UE: NBM_LDC_ALL_UE: All UEs can be selected in a load-based inter-frequency handover, regardless of whether the selected UEs match the supporting capability of the target cell.

NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY: NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY: Only the UEs matching the supporting capability of the target cell can be selected in a load-based inter-frequency handover.

NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST: NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST: The UEs matching the supporting capability of the target cell are preferentially selected in a load-based inter-frequency handover.

GUI Value Range:NBM_LDC_ALL_UE(Select all users), NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY(Select users match target cell support only), NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST(Select users match target cell support first)

Actual Value Range:NBM_LDC_ALL_UE, NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY, NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST

Unit:None

Default Value:NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY(Select users match target cell support only)

NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH

MOD UCELLAL

WRFD-020101

Admission Control

Meaning:The algorithms with the above values represent are as follow:

ALGORITHM_OFF: Uplink power admission control algorithm disabled.

ALGORITHM_FIRST: Power-based

WCDMA RAN




12-86

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

GOSWITCH

increment prediction algorithm for uplink admission control.

ALGORITHM_SECOND: ENU-based admission algorithm for uplink admission control.

ALGORITHM_THIRD: Power-based non-increment prediction algorithm for uplink admission control.

ALGORITHM_FOURTH: Service load-based algorithm for uplink admission control.

GUI Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD, ALGORITHM_FOURTH

Actual Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD, ALGORITHM_FOURTH

Unit:None

Default Value:None

NbmWpsAlgorithmPriority

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UWPSALGO

WRFD-021104

Emergency Call

Meaning:This parameter is used to identify WPS users with priority. For instance, if priorities 3, 4, 5, and 6 are selected, users with priorities are regarded as WPS users.

GUI Value Range:PRIORITY1(WPS USER PRIORITY 1), PRIORITY2(WPS USER PRIORITY 2), PRIORITY3(WPS USER PRIORITY 3), PRIORITY4(WPS USER PRIORITY 4), PRIORITY5(WPS USER PRIORITY 5), PRIORITY6(WPS USER PRIORITY 6), PRIORITY7(WPS USER PRIORITY 7), PRIORITY8(WPS USER PRIORITY 8), PRIORITY9(WPS USER PRIORITY 9), PRIORITY10(WPS USER PRIORITY 10), PRIORITY11(WPS USER PRIORITY 11), PRIORITY12(WPS USER PRIORITY 12), PRIORITY13(WPS

WCDMA RAN




12-87

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

USER PRIORITY 13), PRIORITY14(WPS USER PRIORITY 14)

Actual Value Range:PRIORITY1, PRIORITY2, PRIORITY3, PRIORITY4, PRIORITY5, PRIORITY6, PRIORITY7, PRIORITY8, PRIORITY9, PRIORITY10, PRIORITY11, PRIORITY12, PRIORITY13, PRIORITY14,

Unit:None

Default Value:PRIORITY1-0&PRIORITY2-1&PRIORITY3-1&PRIORITY4-1&PRIORITY5-1&PRIORITY6-1&PRIORITY7-0&PRIORITY8-0&PRIORITY9-0&PRIORITY10-0&PRIORITY11-0&PRIORITY12-0&PRIORITY13-0&PRIORITY14-0

NbmWpsAlgorithmSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UWPSALGO

WRFD-021104

Emergency Call

Meaning:WPS (Wireless Priority Service) is NS/EP (National Security/Emergency Preparedness) AMR conversation service controlled by White House of USA. NCS is authorized to manage the execution of the WPS project. This switch indicates whether the WPS function is supported.

GUI Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF(WPS Algorithm Switch OFF), ALGORITHM_ON(WPS Algorithm Switch ON)

Actual Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_ON

Unit:None

Default Value:ALGORITHM_OFF(WPS Algorithm Switch OFF)

NCovCMUserNumCtrlSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UCMCF

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Whether to control the number of UEs that use a different scrambling code, use SF codes with half numbers than usual, and work in

WCDMA RAN




12-88

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description


compressed mode when measurement-based inter-frequency handovers based on other factors than coverage are about to be performed. When this switch is turned on, the RNC checks whether the number of such UEs is less than the value of "CellSFCMUserNumThd" before sending such UEs an inter-frequency measurement control message. If so, the RNC continues with the current inter-frequency handover process. If no, the RNC terminates the process. When this switch is turned off, the RNC directly sends such UEs an inter-frequency measurement control message. Note that measurement-based inter-frequency handovers based on other factors than coverage can be triggered by MC DRD, MC LDR, inter-RAT LDR, CLB, and HCS.



Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UNODEBALGOPARA

MOD UNODEBALGOPARA

WRFD-020106

WRFD-020107

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling

Overload Control


Meaning:Whether to enable the algorithms for NodeB load control.

1. IUB_LDR (Iub congestion control algorithm): When the NodeB Iub load is heavy, users are assembled in priority order among all the NodeBs and a part of users are selected for LDR action (such as BE service rate reduction) in order to reduce the NodeB Iub load.

2. NODEB_CREDIT_LDR (NodeB level credit congestion control algorithm): When the NodeB level credit load is heavy, users are assembled in priority order among all the NodeBs and a part of users are selected for LDR action in order to reduce the NodeB level credit load.

3. LCG_CREDIT_LDR (Cell group level credit congestion control

WCDMA RAN




12-89

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

algorithm): When the cell group level credit load is heavy, users are assembled in priority order among all the NodeBs and a part of users are selected for LDR action in order to reduce the cell group level credit load.

4. IUB_OLC (Iub Overload congestion control algorithm): When the NodeB Iub load is Overload, users are assembled in priority order among all the NodeBs and a part of users are selected for Olc action in order to reduce the NodeB Iub load.

5. Whether to activate the NodeB-credit-based CLB algorithm. With this algorithm, the RNC initiates inter-frequency handovers if NodeB credit load is higher than the value of "UlCreditCSClbTrigThd" or "UlCreditPSClbTrigThd" in the "ADD UNODEBCLB" command. By doing this, the NodeB credit load can be reduced.

6. Whether to activate the cell-group-credit-based CLB algorithm. With this algorithm, the RNC initiates inter-frequency handovers if credit load in a cell group is higher than the value of "UlCreditCSClbTrigThd" in the "ADD UNODEBCLB" command. By doing this, the credit load in the cell group can be reduced.

7. To enable the algorithms above, select them. Otherwise, they are disabled.

GUI Value Range:IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm), NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm), LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm), IUB_OLC(IUB OLC Algorithm), NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(NodeB Credit CLB Algorithm), LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit CLB Algorithm)

Actual Value Range:IUB_LDR,

WCDMA RAN




12-90

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

NODEB_CREDIT_LDR, LCG_CREDIT_LDR, IUB_OLC, NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH, LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:IUB_LDR-0&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-0&IUB_OLC-0&NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-0&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-0

OffloadRelativeThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-020120


Meaning:Relative threshold for load sharing. The RNC redirects UEs to an inter-frequency neighboring cell for load sharing only when either of the following conditions is met:

1. The uplink load in the source cell is larger than this parameter multiplied by "UlLdrTrigThd".

2. The downlink load in the source cell is larger than this parameter multiplied by "DlLdrTrigThd".



Unit:%

Default Value:50

OffQoffset1Heavy

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLPUC

MOD UCELLPUC

WRFD-020105


Meaning:Offset of Qoffset1 when neighboring cell load is heavier than that of the center cell (Note: Qoffset1 is used as a priority to decide which cell will be selected in cell selection or reselection) For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.



Unit:dB

Default Value:4

OffQoffset1Light

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLPU

WRFD-020105


Meaning:Offset of Qoffset1 when neighboring cell load is lighter than

WCDMA RAN




12-91

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

C

MOD UCELLPUC

that of the center cell (Note: Qoffset1 is used as a priority to decide which cell will be selected in cell selection or reselection) For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.



Unit:dB

Default Value:-4

OffQoffset2Heavy

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLPUC

MOD UCELLPUC

WRFD-020105


Meaning:Offset of Qoffset2 when neighboring cell load is heavier than that of the center cell (Note: Qoffset2 is used as a priority to decide which cell will be selected in cell selection or reselection) For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.



Unit:dB

Default Value:4

OffQoffset2Light

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLPUC

MOD UCELLPUC

WRFD-020105


Meaning:Offset of Qoffset2 when neighboring cell load is lighter than that of the center cell (Note: Qoffset2 is used as a priority to decide which cell will be selected in cell selection or reselection) For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.



Unit:dB

Default Value:-4

OffsetFACHPower

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UFACH

MOD UFACH

WRFD-010510

3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer

Meaning:Specifies the offset of the initial FACH power to the maximum FACH transmit power. The initial FACH power is calculated using the offset based on the following formula: "MaxFACHPower" -

WCDMA RAN




12-92

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Establishment and Release

OffsetFACHPower. Note:To configure this parameter, the actual value of the initial FACH power ranges from -35 dB to 15 dB. Otherwise, the value is 0. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.433.


Actual Value Range:0~25.5

Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:0

OffSinterHeavy

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLPUC

MOD UCELLPUC

WRFD-020105


Meaning:Offset of Sintersearch when center cell load level is "Heavy" (Note: Sintersearch is used to decide whether to start the inter-frequency cell reselection). For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.



Unit:2dB

Default Value:2

OffSinterLight

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLPUC

MOD UCELLPUC

WRFD-020105


Meaning:Offset of Sintersearch when center cell load level is "Light" (Note: Sintersearch is used to decide whether to start the inter-frequency cell reselection). For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.



Unit:2dB

Default Value:-2

OlcPeriodTimerLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDCPERIOD

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:Identifying the period of the OLC execution. When overload occurs, execution of OLC can dynamically reduce the cell load. When setting the parameter, consider the hysteresis for which the load monitoring responds to the load change. For example, when the layer 3 filter coefficient is 6, the hysteresis

WCDMA RAN




12-93

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

for which the load measurement responds to the step-function signals is about 2.8s, namely that the system can trace the load control effect about 3 s later after each load control. In this case, the OLC period timer length cannot be smaller than 3s.

OlcPeriodTimerLen along with ULOLCFTFRstrctUserNum, DLOLCFTFRstrctUserNum, ULOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes, DLOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes, ULOLCTraffRelUserNum, and DLOLCTraffRelUserNum determine the time it takes to release the uplink/downlink overload. If the OLC period is excessively long, the system respond very slowly to overload. If the OLC period is excessively short, unnecessary adjustment occur before the previous OLC action has taken effect, and therefore the system performance is affected.



Unit:ms

Default Value:3000

PCPICHPower

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UPCPICH

MOD UCELL

WRFD-020501


Meaning:TX power of the P-CPICH in a cell. This parameter should be set based on the actual system environment such as cell coverage (radius) and geographical environment. For the cells to be covered, the downlink coverage must be guaranteed. For the cells requiring soft handover area, this parameter should satisfy the proportion of soft handover areas stipulated in the network plan. For detailed information about this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:0.1dBm

WCDMA RAN




12-94

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Default Value:330

PCPICHPowerPace

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLULB

MOD UCELLULB

WRFD-020104


Meaning:Pace at which CPICH power is increased or decreased each time



Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:2

PCPICHPowerPace

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDB

MOD UCELLLDB

WRFD-020104


Meaning:Pilot power adjustment step increased or decreased in each increase of the cell breathing algorithm or decrease of cell pilot. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433. This parameter is used in the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing algorithm and load-based dynamic pilot power adjustment algorithm. When the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing algorithm is enabled, the value 2 is recommended. When the load-based dynamic pilot power adjustment algorithm is enabled, the value 5 is recommended.



Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:2


BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-150236


Meaning:Downlink non-HSPA power load status for P-CPICH power decreases by the downlink-load-based dynamic P-CPICH power adjustment algorithm. When the downlink non-HSPA power load status in a cell is the same as or worse than the status indicated by the value of this parameter, the algorithm decreases the P-CPICH transmit power by the pre-set step.

The downlink non-HSPA power load status types are as follows:

DlLightState: indicates the

WCDMA RAN




12-95

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

downlink load is within the range of 0% to 30%

DlNormalState: indicates the downlink load is within the range of 30% to 50%

DlLoadedState: indicates the downlink load is within the range of 50% to 70%

DlHeavyState: indicates the downlink load is within the range of 70% to 95%

DlOverloadState: indicates the downlink load is within the range of 95% to 100%

Due to load fluctuation, it is recommended that there be one interval between the value of this parameter and the value of the "PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState" parameter. For example, when the value of the "PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState" parameter is set to DlLightState, the "PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState" parameter must be set to DlLoadedState. By doing so, frequently increasing or decreasing P-CPICH transmit power can be prevented. In a cell supporting HSDPA, the value DL_LOADED_STATE is recommended. In a cell supporting R99, the value DL_LOADED_STATE is recommended.

GUI Value Range:DL_LIGHT_STATE, DL_NORMAL_STATE, DL_LOADED_STATE, DL_HEAVY_STATE, DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE

Actual Value Range:DL_LIGHT_STATE, DL_NORMAL_STATE, DL_LOADED_STATE, DL_HEAVY_STATE, DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE

WCDMA RAN




12-96

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Unit:None

Default Value:DL_LOADED_STATE


BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-150236


Meaning:Downlink non-HSPA power load status for P-CPICH power increases by the downlink-load-based dynamic P-CPICH power adjustment algorithm. When the downlink non-HSPA power load status in a cell is the same as or better than the status indicated by the value of this parameter, the algorithm increases the P-CPICH transmit power by the pre-set step.

The downlink non-HSPA power load status types are as follows:

DlLightState: indicates the downlink load is within the range of 0% to 30%

DlNormalState: indicates the downlink load is within the range of 30% to 50%

DlLoadedState: indicates the downlink load is within the range of 50% to 70%

DlHeavyState: indicates the downlink load is within the range of 70% to 95%

DlOverloadState: indicates the downlink load is within the range of 95% to 100%

Due to load fluctuation, it is recommended that there be one interval between the value of this parameter and the value of the "PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState" parameter. For example, when the value of the "PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState" parameter is set to DlLightState, the "PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState" parameter must be set to DlLoadedState. By doing so, frequently increasing or decreasing P-CPICH transmit power can be

WCDMA RAN




12-97

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

prevented. In a cell supporting HSDPA, the value DL_LIGHT_STATE is recommended. In a cell supporting R99, the value DL_NORMAL_STATE is recommended.

GUI Value Range:DL_LIGHT_STATE, DL_NORMAL_STATE, DL_LOADED_STATE, DL_HEAVY_STATE, DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE

Actual Value Range:DL_LIGHT_STATE, DL_NORMAL_STATE, DL_LOADED_STATE, DL_HEAVY_STATE, DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE

Unit:None

Default Value:DL_LIGHT_STATE

PenaltyTimeforHLoad3GCell

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UCLB WRFD-140217


Meaning:imer for cell punishment after a failed inter-RNC inter-frequency handover. During the period specified by this timer, the cell in question is no longer allowed to accommodate the UEs handed over from another cell.



Unit:s

Default Value:300

PerfEnhanceSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UCORRMPARA

WRFD-01061111

WRFD-021104

WRFD-010202

WRFD-020400

WRFD-01061004

WRFD-020


Emergency Call


DRD Introduction

Meaning:1. PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, the procedure specific to AMR service establishment takes effect.

2. PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, the AMR template takes effect.

3. PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, the SRB template takes effect.

WCDMA RAN




12-98

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

60501

WRFD-020402

WRFD-02040003

WRFD-01061404

Package

HSDPA Power Control

SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved)

Measurement Based Direct Retry


HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover

4. PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, the OLPC template takes effect.

5. PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, the AMR parameter template takes effect.

6. PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, the intra-frequency measurement control template takes effect.

7. PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH: After a UE fails to be handed over to a 2G cell during an inter-RAT handover, the RNC forbids the UE to attempt a handover to the 2G cell in a certain period. When this switch is turned on, the period is 50s. When this switch is turned off, the period is 30s.

8. PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, the uplink SRBs of HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services are always carried on DCHs, and the original parameter Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is invalid. When this switch is turned off, SRBs for HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services can be carried on HSUPA channels when the original parameter Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is set to HSUPA or HSPA. The switch is set to OFF by default.

9. PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, the single-user peak-rate improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is enabled. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm is disabled.

WCDMA RAN




12-99

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

The switch is set to OFF by default.

10. PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, the P2D cell update confirm message simplification algorithm takes effect. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does not take effect. By default, this switch is turned off.

11. PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH: This check box controls whether the RNC considers the converged SIRTarget value that is used before radio link reconfiguration in outer loop power control performed after radio link reconfiguration. If the check box is not selected, the RNC sends the initial SIRTarget value used after radio link reconfiguration to the NodeB.If the check box is selected, the RNC selects a more appropriate value from the initial SIRTarget value used after radio link reconfiguration and the converged SIRTarget value used before radio link reconfiguration. Then the RNC sends the selected value to the NodeB. Setting of this check box takes effect only when the PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH check box is selected.

12. PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, The mechanism to avoid endless back-and-forth RRC-redirections takes effect. The switch is set to OFF by default.

13. PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: whether to enable the optimized algorithm for HSPA UE state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (also referred to as H2F state transition). When the switch is turned on, the optimized H2F state transition algorithm is enabled, and event 4A measurement of traffic volume or throughput is added to the state transition procedure. The added

WCDMA RAN




12-100

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

event 4A measurement prevents an H2F state transition when data is being transmitted.

14. PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH: When the switch is turned on and a CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL_DCH (P2D for short) state transition is triggered for a PS service, the PS service can be set up on HSPA channels after the state transition. When the switch is turned off, PS services can be set up only on DCHs after a P2D state transition. This switch is turned off by default.

15. PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, VIP UEs report their transmit power to the RNC when required and periodically measure signal quality of intra-frequency cells. In addition, these UEs measure the downlink BLER, the NodeB measures the uplink SIR, and the RNC records the measurement results.

16. PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH: Switch for including the Tx interruption after trigger IE in the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control message. When this switch is turned on, the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control message from RNC includes the Tx interruption after trigger IE for UEs that are in the CELL_FACH or enhanced CELL_FACH state and processing PS BE services. The value of this IE can be changed by running the "SET UUESTATETRANS" command.

17. PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH: The NodeB baseband board uses different processing specifications for users with different uplink bearer services, for example, HSUPA TTI 2 ms

WCDMA RAN




12-101

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services, and R99 services. When serving a large number of users, the system cannot guarantee that all users can access the network with the highest service bearer supported by UEs. This switch controls whether the RNC allocates corresponding channels for new users based on the cell capability reported through the NodeB private interface.

When this switch is turned on, the RNC dynamically selects an appropriate uplink service bearer and allocates corresponding channels for new users to maximize the system capacity based on the actual NodeB processing specifications.

When this switch is turned off, the optimization process is disabled.

18. PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to use the optimized TTI switching algorithm for BE services

When this switch is turned off, the optimized algorithm does not take effect. The original mechanism is implemented.

When this switch is turned on, the optimized algorithm takes effect. After HSUPA services are configured or reconfigured with 10 ms TTI due to network resource (admission CEs, RTWP, consumed Iub bandwidth, or consumed CEs) congestion or insufficient coverage, these UEs cannot change to use 2 ms TTI if no data needs to be transmitted.

19. PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH: Whether to activate the algorithm for increasing the single-threaded download rate.

20. PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST: Switch for adjusting the BLER coefficient specific to CS services

WCDMA RAN




12-102

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

based on the best cell's uplink load status. When this switch is turned on, the outer loop power control algorithm uses the target BLER set by the OMU board if the best cell's uplink load status is LDR or OLC. If the status is neither LDR nor OLC, this algorithm uses this target BLER after being divided by five.

21. PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH: Whether to enable the function of delaying the sending of an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message containing AGPS information when an emergency call is made. When this switch is turned on, the RNC delays the sending of this message until the emergency call is successfully set up. When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends this message upon receiving a LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTROL message from the CN.

22. PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to enable a UE having multiple RLSs to use the value of "CQIReF" and the value of "CQIFbCk" that are for UEs having only one RLS. The two parameters can be set by running the "SET UHSDPCCH" and "ADD UCELLHSDPCCH" commands. When this switch is turned off, the UE does not use the values of the two parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS. When this switch is turned on, the UE uses the values of the two parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS.

23. PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH: Whether to enable a RELOCATION REQUIRED message to contain the IE calculationTimeForCiphering.

When this switch is turned on, static relocation request messages contain

WCDMA RAN




12-103

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

the IE calculationTimeForCiphering.

24. PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH: Whether to trigger the DRD procedure and channel switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH when messages transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned off, the DRD procedure and channel switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if messages transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned on, the DRD procedure and channel switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are triggered if messages transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not arrive in time.

25. PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AMEND: Whether to consider CE or code resource usage when determining the resource status of a cell whose serving boards or CP sub-systems are different from those of its neighboring cells. When this switch is turned on, the RNC determines the resource status of such a cell based on power, CE, and code resource usage. If power, CE, or code resources in a cell become congested, the RNC determines that the cell experiences resource congestion. When this switch is turned off, the RNC determines the resource status of such a cell based on power resource usage only.

26. PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on, candidate cells are ranked by "InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the "ADD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ" command) for MBDR, and the cell with the best signal quality is selected as the target cell. When this switch is turned off, candidate cells are not ranked by InterFreqMeasQuantity for

WCDMA RAN




12-104

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

MBDR.

27. PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH: Whether the RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC connection setup. When this switch is turned on, the RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC connection setup. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not make a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC connection setup.

28. PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH: Whether to activate the RRC redirection in weak coverage algorithm. When this switch is turned on, UEs located in weak coverage are redirected to the neighboring GSM cell through RRC redirection. When this switch is turned off, this algorithm is disabled.

29. PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH: Whether to preferentially admit UEs processing PS services who are involved in CS fallbacks. When this switch is turned on, the non-real-time PS services of the UE involved in a CS fallback are switched to a DCH with a data rate of 8 kbit/s before the access to the UMTS network. For the real-time PS services, the UE follows the standard access procedure. If the access fails and the "PreemptAlgoSwitch" parameter under the "SET UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is turned on, the UE can preempt other UEs' resources. If this switch is turned off, the UE has to try to access the network as a common PS UE.

30. PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH: This parameter controls whether to enable blind detection for the HSDPA

WCDMA RAN




12-105

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

user-associated single-signaling R99 channel. When the switch specified by this parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled.

31. PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH: This parameter controls whether to enable blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated AMR R99 channel. When the switch specified by this parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled if the HSDPA service has been set up and there are signaling and AMR traffic carried on the R99 channel.

32. PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT: Whether to allow R6 UEs to switch from HSUPA 10 ms to 2 ms TTI. When the switch is turned on, this switching is not allowed for R6 UEs. When the switch is turned off, this limit does not work.

This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.

GUI Value Range:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH, PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH, PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH, PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH, PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH, PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH, PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH, PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH, PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH, PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH, PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH, PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN




12-106

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH, PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH, PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH, PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH, PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH, PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH, PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH, PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST, PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH, PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH, PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH, PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH, PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AMEND, PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH, PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH, PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH, PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH, PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH, PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH, PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT

Actual Value Range:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH, PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH, PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH, PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH, PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH,

PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH, PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN




12-107

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH, PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH,

PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH, PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH, PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH, PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH, PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH, PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH,

PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH, PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH,

PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH, PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH, PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST, PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH, PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH,

PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH, PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH, PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AMEND, PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH, PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH,

PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,

PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH,

PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH,

PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHE

WCDMA RAN




12-108

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

N_SRBAMRONDCH,

PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT

Unit:None

Default Value:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST-1&PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AMEND-1&PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH- 0&PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH- 0&PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH- 0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH- 0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH- 0&PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10M

WCDMA RAN




12-109

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

STO2MS_LIMIT-0&PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH-0

PollTimerLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT

WRFD-010505


Meaning:Timer length of the queue poll. The queue is polled for every time specified in this parameter. During each poll, all the expired users are removed from the queue and this user fails in access. Among all the unexpired users, resources are allocated in the order of high priority to low priority. If resource allocation is successful, the user succeeds in access and traverse of this queue is stopped. Otherwise, the rest users are traversed until all the unexpired users go through this.



Unit:10ms

Default Value:50

PrdReportInterval

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLMCLDR

MOD UCELLMCLDR

WRFD-020302


Meaning:The interval between two reports is the configured value.



Unit:ms

Default Value:D3000

PreemptAlgoSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT

WRFD-010505


Meaning:Determines whether preemption is supported. When this switch is enabled, the RNC allows privileged users or services to preempt cell resources from the users or services with the preempted attributes and lower priority in the case of cell resource insufficiency. When the switch is disabled, the RNC

WCDMA RAN




12-110

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

terminates the service for the user due to the failure in cell resource application.



Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

PreemptEnhSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT

WRFD-010505


Meaning:1. PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH: Whether to activate CE-based user preemption on the NodeB side. If this switch is turned on, the RNC sends the NodeB a user list containing users that can be preempted. The NodeB selects users for preemption based on the consumed CEs.

2. PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWITCH: Whether channel codes can be obtained by preempting SF resources of R99 users when HS-SCCH channels are being established.When this switch is turned on, the RNC preempts SF resources occupied by R99 users to set up HS-SCCHs.When the switch is turned off, the RNC searches for vacant SF resources to set up HS-SCCHs in scenarios where SF resources are occupied by R99 users.

3. PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH: Whether RRC connection requests for CS services preempt resources for PS services when cell resources are insufficient.When this switch is turned on, CS services preempt resources occupied by PS services to access the cell, if RRC connection requests for CS services fail due to insufficient cell resources.When this switch is turned off, RRC connection requests for CS services cannot initiate a preemption for resources occupied by

WCDMA RAN




12-111

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

PS services.

4. PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH: Whether CS access requests preempt resources for PS services when cell resources are insufficient.When this switch is turned on, CS services preempt resources occupied by PS services to access the cell, if CS access requests fail due to insufficient cell resources.When this switch is turned off, CS access requests cannot initiate a preemption for resources occupied by PS services.

5. PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH: Whether preemption is allowed when the CPU load is high. When this switch is turned on, a user checks the CPU load when attempting to preempt other users' resources due to insufficient cell resources and cannot preempt other users' resources when the CPU usage is higher than 70%. When this switch is turned off, the user does not consider the CPU load when preempting other users' resources.

GUI Value Range:PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH, PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWITCH, PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH, PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH, PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH,

PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWITCH,

PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH,

PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMP

WCDMA RAN




12-112

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

T_PS_SWITCH,

PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH-0&PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWITCH-0&PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH-0&PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH-0&PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH-1

PreemptRefArpSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT

WRFD-010505


Meaning:Indicating whether ARP-based preemption between TCs is supported. This switch only has impact on the TC-based priorities. When the priority is based on the TC and the switch is enabled, for the following two situations, the preempting service should have a higher priority and ARP priority than the preempted service does: 1.The preempting service is the streaming service and the preempted service is the interactive or background service. 2. The preempting service is the interactive service and the preempted service is the background service.



Unit:None

Default Value:ON

PriorityReference

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UUSERPRIORITY

WRFD-020106

WRFD-020107

WRFD-010505

Load Reshuffling

Overload Control


Meaning:Reference used to determine which priority is arranged first in the priority sequence.

If the ARP is preferably used, the priority sequence is gold > silver > copper. If the ARPs are all the same, the TrafficClass is used and the priority sequence is conversational > streaming > interactive > background.

If the TrafficClass is preferably used, the priority sequence is

WCDMA RAN




12-113

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

conversational > streaming > interactive > background. If the TrafficClass factors are all the same, the ARP factor is used and the priority sequence is gold > silver > copper.

GUI Value Range:ARP, TrafficClass

Actual Value Range:ARP, TrafficClass

Unit:None

Default Value:ARP

PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT

WRFD-010505


Meaning:Whether to activate the PS BE RRC preemption algorithm for a cell. When this switch is turned on, if the conversational services (including the calling and called parties) fail to be allocated resources at the RRC connection setup phase or RAB setup phase and fail to preempt resources of other services (such as PS RABs), the conversational services can preempt the resources of PS BE services having only the RRC connections.



Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

PsSwitch BSC6900/BSC6910


WRFD-021101

WRFD-010506

WRFD-030004


RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface

Adaptive Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate

Meaning:PS rate negotiation switch group.

1) PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or on the FACH is determined according to the current connection state of the RRC if the PS BE admission and the later preemption and queuing fail.

2) PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the initial rate of the service should be dynamically configured according to the value of Ec/No reported by the UE when the PS BE service is

WCDMA RAN




12-114

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

established.

3) PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS BE service if Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message.

4) PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the switch is on and the RAB downsizing license is activated, the initial speed is determined on the basis of cell resources. Downsizing is implemented for BE services.

5) PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS STREAM service if Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message.

6) PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE capacity,cell capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message. When the switch is not on, the loose Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message,not consider cell capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS Renegotiation between different cell.The switch is valid when PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON.

WCDMA RAN




12-115

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

7)HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH (HSPA typical traffic rate adaptation switch): When this switch is turned on, the RNC can calculate the actual maximum traffic rate of PS BE services over HSPA channels based on the MBR assigned by the CN, if the license controlling the Adaptive Configuration of Typical HSPA Rate feature is activated.

GUI Value Range:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH, PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH, PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH, PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH, PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH, HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH

Actual Value Range:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH, PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH, PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH, PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH, PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH, PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH, HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH

Unit:None

Default Value:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH-0&PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH-0&PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0&PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-1&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0&PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0&HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH-0

PucAvgFilt BSC6900/BSC6 SET WRFD-020Load Meaning:Length of smoothing filter

WCDMA RAN




12-116

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

erLen 910 ULDM 102 Measurement window of potential user control (PUC).



Unit:None

Default Value:6

PWRSWITCH


MOD ANTENNAPORT

MRFD-210601

MRFD-210602

WRFD-060003

Connection with TMA(Tower Mounted Amplifier)

Remote Electrical Tilt

Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit(900Mhz)

Meaning:Indicates the state of the ALD power supply switch. The ALD power supply switches for the SINGLE_RET (Single-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt), MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt), STMA (Smart Tower-mounted Amplifier), and SASU (Same-band Antenna Sharing Unit) must be set to ON. In actual running, the RRU/RFU automatically sets this switch to OFF for an Antenna port when the ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal alarm is reported due to overcurrent, overcurrent protection, or undercurrent protection (the RRU/RFU supports undercurrent protection and Low Current Protect Switch is set to ON for the RRU/RFU) on the Antenna port. For details, see ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal.

GUI Value Range:ON(ON), OFF(OFF)


Unit:None


QueueAlgoSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT

WRFD-010505


Meaning:Indicating whether queue is supported. When a user initiates a call, if cell resources are insufficient and the user is queue supportive, the RNC tries to arrange this user to join the queue to increase access success ratio.



WCDMA RAN




12-117

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

QueueLen BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT

WRFD-010505


Meaning:Queue length. The total number of users in queue of each cell should not exceed the value specified in this parameter. When a new user needs queuing, 1) If the queue has vacancy, the user joins the queue immediately. 2) If the queue is full and there is a user whose queue time exceeds the allowed maximum queue time, this user is out of the queue and access fails. At the same time, the new user joins the queue. 3) If the queue has a user whose priority is lower than that of the new user, the user in the queue with the lowest priority is out of the queue and access fails. At the same time, the new user joins the queue. 4)For other situations, the user cannot join the queue.



Unit:None

Default Value:5

RateRecoverTimerLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:Length of the timer for TF rate recovery when downlink OLC fast TF restriction is being executed. If the cell is overloaded and congested when the timer expires, TF restriction is performed again. If the cell is not overloaded or congested when the timer expires, further TF rate recovery is performed.

"RateRstrctTimerLen" and "RateRecoverTimerLen" are effective only to the downlink. The uplink fast TF restriction is performed on the UE. For the uplink fast TF restriction, the RNC only delivers a new TFCS and randomly selects a comparatively long time length in the signaling value scope. The UE automatically releases the TF restriction once the time

WCDMA RAN




12-118

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

expires.



Unit:ms

Default Value:5000

RateRstrctCoef

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:Rate restriction coefficient for the action of downlink OLC fast TF restriction. This parameter indicates the ratio of the service data rate after TF restriction to the service data rate before TF restriction.

When a cell is overloaded and congested, downlink OLC fast TF restriction adjusts the downlink TF to restrict the number of blocks transported in each TTI at the MAC layer and the user data rate, therefore reducing the cell downlink load.


Actual Value Range:0.01~0.99

Unit:%

Default Value:68

RateRstrctTimerLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:Length of the timer for TF restriction when downlink OLC fast TF restriction is being executed. If cell overload and congestion has been released when the timer expires, service data rate is recovered. If the cell is still overloaded when the timer expires, Length of the timer for TF restriction when downlink OLC fast TF restriction is being executed. If cell overload and congestion has been released when the timer expires, service data rate is recovered. If the cell is still overloaded when the timer expires, further TF restriction is performed.

"RateRstrctTimerLen" and "RateRecoverTimerLen" are effective only to the downlink. The uplink fast TF restriction is performed on the UE. For the uplink fast TF restriction, the

WCDMA RAN




12-119

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

RNC only delivers a new TFCS and randomly selects a comparatively long time length in the signaling value scope. The UE automatically releases TF restriction once the time expires.



Unit:ms

Default Value:3000

RecoverCoef

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:Rate recovery coefficient for the action of downlink OLC fast TF restriction. The service data rate is recovered after cell overload and congestion is released. This parameter indicates the ratio of the recovered service data rate to the service data rate after TF restriction due to cell overload.

When a cell is overloaded and congested, downlink OLC fast TF restriction adjusts the downlink TF to restrict the number of blocks transported in each TTI at the MAC layer and the user data rate, therefore reducing the cell downlink load.



Unit:%

Default Value:130

RedirBandInd

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UREDIRECTION

WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005



Meaning:Frequency band of the target UL and DL UARFCNs to which the UE is redirected. It is recommended that this parameter is set to Depending on the configuration of neighboring cells without the consideration of NRNC neighboring cells, that is, in the non-overlapped network. This helps avoid self-redirection. Self-redirection is a case in which redirection is initiated in the current cell when the UARFCN to which the UE is redirected is the same as that of the current cell.

WCDMA RAN




12-120

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

GUI Value Range:Band1, Band2, Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9, DependOnNCell, BandIndNotUsed

Actual Value Range:Band1, Band2, Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9, DependOnNCell, BandIndNotUsed

Unit:None

Default Value:DependOnNCell

RedirBandInd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLREDIRECTION

MOD UCELLREDIRECTION

WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005



Meaning:Frequency band of the target UL and DL UARFCNs to which the UE is redirected. It is recommended that this parameter is set to Depending on the configuration of neighboring cells without the consideration of NRNC neighboring cells, that is, in the non-overlapped network. This helps avoid self-redirection. Self-redirection is a case in which redirection is initiated in the current cell when the UARFCN to which the UE is redirected is the same as that of the current cell.



Unit:None

Default Value:None

RedirBandInd

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005


Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on

Meaning:Frequency band of the target UL and DL UARFCNs to which the UE is redirected. It is recommended that this parameter is set to Depending on the configuration of neighboring cells without the consideration of NRNC neighboring cells, that is, in the non-overlapped network. This helps avoid self-redirection. Self-redirection is a case in which redirection is initiated in

WCDMA RAN




12-121

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Distance the current cell when the UARFCN to which the UE is redirected is the same as that of the current cell.



Unit:None

Default Value:None

RedirEcN0Thd

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UREDIRECTION

WRFD-02040003


Meaning:When the target UARFCN of redirection indicates a specific frequency band and the Ec/N0 value of the current cell carried in the RRC Connection Request message is smaller than the value of this parameter, service-based RRC redirection is forbidden. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.215.



Unit:dB

Default Value:-24

RedirEcN0Thd

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-02040003


Meaning:When the target UARFCN of redirection indicates a specific frequency band and the Ec/N0 value of the current cell carried in the RRC Connection Request message is smaller than the value of this parameter, service-based RRC redirection is forbidden. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.215.



Unit:dB

Default Value:-24

RedirFacto BSC6900/BSC6 ADD WRFD-020Service Meaning:Possibility of redirecting the

WCDMA RAN




12-122

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

rOfLDR 910 UCELLREDIRECTION


120 Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup

UE to another cell. When the UL load state or DL load state of the serving cell is LDR or OLC, a UE may be redirected to another cell according to the traffic type. When this parameter is set to 0, the RRC redirection is not performed if the load state on the serving cell is LDR or OLC.



Unit:%

Default Value:None

RedirFactorOfLDR

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UREDIRECTION

WRFD-020120


Meaning:Possibility of redirecting the UE to another cell. When the UL load state or DL load state of the serving cell is LDR or OLC, a UE may be redirected to another cell according to the traffic type. When this parameter is set to 0, the RRC redirection is not performed if the load state on the serving cell is LDR or OLC.



Unit:%

Default Value:None

RedirFactorOfLDR

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020401

Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance

Meaning:When the UL load state or DL load state of the serving cell is LDR(basic congestion) or OLC(overload congestion), a UE may be redirected to another cell according to the distance between UE and current cell. This parameter specifies the possibility of inter-RAT RRC redirecting the UE to another cell. When this parameter is set to 0, the distance based inter-RAT RRC redirection is not performed if the load state on the serving cell is LDR or OLC.



Unit:%

WCDMA RAN




12-123

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Default Value:50

RedirFactorOfNorm

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UREDIRECTION

WRFD-020120


Meaning:Possibility of redirecting the UE to another cell. When the load of the serving cell is within the normal range, a UE may be redirected to another cell according to the traffic type. When this parameter is set to 0, the RRC redirection is not performed if the load of the serving cell is within the normal range.



Unit:%

Default Value:0

RedirFactorOfNorm

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020401


Meaning:When the load of the serving cell is within the normal range, a UE may be redirected to another cell according to the distance between UE and current cell. This parameter specifies the possibility of inter-RAT RRC redirecting the UE to another cell. When this parameter is set to 0, the inter-RAT RRC redirection is not performed if the load of the serving cell is within the normal range.



Unit:%

Default Value:0

RedirFactorOfNorm

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020120


Meaning:Possibility of redirecting the UE to another cell. When the load of the serving cell is within the normal range, a UE may be redirected to another cell according to the traffic type. When this parameter is set to 0, the RRC redirection is not performed if the load of the serving cell is within the normal range.



WCDMA RAN




12-124

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Unit:%

Default Value:None

RedirSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UREDIRECTION

WRFD-020120


Meaning:Whether service-based RRC redirection algorithm is applicable to a specific service type. When this switch is turned on, the RNC checks the service type during initial RRC connection setup. If the service type is defined by "TrafficType", the RNC initiates a redirection based on the configured frequency.

This algorithm is activated only when this parameter is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY or ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT and DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH in "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" is on.

GUI Value Range:OFF, ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT

Actual Value Range:OFF, ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT

Unit:None

Default Value:None

RedirSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020120


Meaning:Whether service-based RRC redirection algorithm is applicable to a specific service type. When this switch is turned on, the RNC checks the service type during initial RRC connection setup. If the service type is defined by "TrafficType", the RNC initiates a redirection based on the configured frequency.

This algorithm is activated only when this parameter is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY or ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT and DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH in "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH" is on.

GUI Value Range:OFF, ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,

WCDMA RAN




12-125

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT

Actual Value Range:OFF, ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT

Unit:None

Default Value:None

RedirSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020401


Meaning:Whether to activate the distance-based inter-RAT redirection algorithm. This algorithm is activated only when this switch is turned on. If the distance between a UE and the NodeB exceeds the value for "DelayThs", the RNC attempts to initiate an inter-RAT redirection.



Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

ReDirUARFCNDownlink

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005



Meaning:Target DL UARFCN for the RRC redirection. Different values of "RedirBandInd" correspond to different value ranges of the UARFCN. Range of Each Downlink Band Indication is as follow:

BAND1

Common UARFCNs: [10562-10838]

Special UARFCNs: none

BAND2


Special UARFCNs: {412, 437, 462, 487, 512, 537, 562, 587, 612, 637, 662, 687}

BAND3



BAND4


WCDMA RAN




12-126

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Special UARFCNs: {1887, 1912, 1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062, 2087}

BAND5


Special UARFCNs: {1007, 1012, 1032, 1037, 1062, 1087}

BAND6


Special UARFCNs: {1037, 1062}

BAND7


Special UARFCNs: {2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687, 2712, 2737, 2762, 2787, 2812, 2837, 2862, 2887, 2912}

BAND8



BAND9



BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383]



Unit:None

Default Value:None

ReDirUARFCNDownlink

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005


Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on

Meaning:Target DL UARFCN for the RRC redirection. Different values of "RedirBandInd" correspond to different value ranges of the UARFCN. Range of Each Downlink Band Indication is as follow:

BAND1



WCDMA RAN




12-127

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Distance BAND2


Special UARFCNs: {412, 437, 462, 487, 512, 537, 562, 587, 612, 637, 662, 687}

BAND3



BAND4


Special UARFCNs: {1887, 1912, 1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062, 2087}

BAND5


Special UARFCNs: {1007, 1012, 1032, 1037, 1062, 1087}

BAND6



BAND7


Special UARFCNs: {2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687, 2712, 2737, 2762, 2787, 2812, 2837, 2862, 2887, 2912}

BAND8



BAND9






WCDMA RAN




12-128

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Unit:None

Default Value:None

ReDirUARFCNDownlink

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UREDIRECTION

WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005



Meaning:Target DL UARFCN for the RRC redirection. Different values of "RedirBandInd" correspond to different value ranges of the UARFCN. Range of each Downlink Band Indication is as follow:

BAND1



BAND2


Special UARFCNs: {412, 437, 462, 487, 512, 537, 562, 587, 612, 637, 662, 687}

BAND3



BAND4


Special UARFCNs: {1887, 1912, 1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062, 2087}

BAND5


Special UARFCNs: {1007, 1012, 1032, 1037, 1062, 1087}

BAND6



BAND7


Special UARFCNs: {2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687, 2712, 2737, 2762, 2787, 2812, 2837, 2862, 2887, 2912}

WCDMA RAN




12-129

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

BAND8



BAND9



BandIndNotUsed

[0-16383]



Unit:None

Default Value:None

ReDirUARFCNUplink

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005



Meaning:Target UL UARFCN for the RRC redirection. The value range of the UL UARFCN depends on the value of "RedirBandInd". The relation between "RedirBandInd" and the value range of the UL UARFCN is as follows:

BAND1



BAND2


Special UARFCNs: {12, 37, 62, 87, 112, 137, 162, 187, 212, 237, 262, 287}

BAND3



BAND4


Special UARFCNs: {1662, 1687, 1712, 1737, 1762, 1787, 1812, 1837, 1862}

WCDMA RAN




12-130

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

BAND5


Special UARFCNs: {782, 787, 807, 812, 837, 862}

BAND6



BAND7


Special UARFCNs: {2362, 2387, 2412, 2437, 2462, 2487, 2512, 2537, 2562, 2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687}

BAND8



BAND9




Value range: 0-16383

If the UL UARFCN is not manually configured, if RedirBandInd is set to BAND1, BAND2, BAND3, BAND4, BAND5, BAND6, BAND7, BAND8, or BAND9, and if the DL UARFCN is valid, then the target UL UARFCN of the redirection is automatically configured according to the following principles:

If the DL UARFCN is a common UARFCN, the relation between the UL UARFCN and the DL UARFCN is as follows:

BAND1: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 950


BAND3: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN

WCDMA RAN




12-131

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

- 225







If the DL UARFCN is a special UARFCN, the relation between the UL UARFCN and the DL UARFCN is as follows:








Unit:None

Default Value:None

ReDirUARFCNUplink

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UREDIRECTION

WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005


Inter-Frequency Redirection

Meaning:This parameter specifies the target UL UARFCN for the RRC redirection. The value range of the UL UARFCN depends on the RedirBandInd. The relation between the RedirBandInd and the value range of the UL UARFCN is as follows:

WCDMA RAN




12-132

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Based on Distance

BAND1



BAND2


Special UARFCNs: {12, 37, 62, 87, 112, 137, 162, 187, 212, 237, 262, 287}

BAND3



BAND4


Special UARFCNs: {1662, 1687, 1712, 1737, 1762, 1787, 1812, 1837, 1862}

BAND5


Special UARFCNs: {782, 787, 807, 812, 837, 862}

BAND6



BAND7


Special UARFCNs: {2362, 2387, 2412, 2437, 2462, 2487, 2512, 2537, 2562, 2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687}

BAND8



BAND9



WCDMA RAN




12-133

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description



If the UL UARFCN is not manually set, if RedirBandInd is set to BAND1, BAND2, BAND3, BAND4, BAND5, BAND6, BAND7, BAND8, or BAND9, and if the DL UARFCN is valid, then the target UL UARFCN of the RRC redirection is automatically set according to the following principles:















WCDMA RAN




12-134

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

- 225





Unit:None

Default Value:None

ReDirUARFCNUplink

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005



Meaning:Target UL UARFCN for the RRC redirection. The value range of the UL UARFCN depends on the value of "RedirBandInd". The relation between "RedirBandInd" and the value range of the UL UARFCN is as follows:

BAND1



BAND2


Special UARFCNs: {12, 37, 62, 87, 112, 137, 162, 187, 212, 237, 262, 287}

BAND3



BAND4


Special UARFCNs: {1662, 1687, 1712, 1737, 1762, 1787, 1812, 1837, 1862}

BAND5


Special UARFCNs: {782, 787, 807, 812, 837, 862}

WCDMA RAN




12-135

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

BAND6



BAND7


Special UARFCNs: {2362, 2387, 2412, 2437, 2462, 2487, 2512, 2537, 2562, 2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687}

BAND8



BAND9





If the UL UARFCN is not manually configured, if RedirBandInd is set to BAND1, BAND2, BAND3, BAND4, BAND5, BAND6, BAND7, BAND8, or BAND9, and if the DL UARFCN is valid, then the target UL UARFCN of the redirection is automatically configured according to the following principles:







WCDMA RAN




12-136

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

- 225













Unit:None

Default Value:None


BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005



Meaning:Whether the target UL UARFCN to which the UE is redirected needs to be configured. TRUE indicates that the UL UARFCN needs to be configured. FALSE indicates that the UL UARFCN need not be manually configured and it is automatically configured according to the relation between the UL and DL UARFCNs.



WCDMA RAN




12-137

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Unit:None

Default Value:None


BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005






Unit:None

Default Value:None


BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UREDIRECTION

WRFD-020120

WRFD-02040005






Unit:None

Default Value:None

ReservedSwitch0

BSC6900/BSC6910


WRFD-02040001

WRFD-021400

WRFD-020203

WRFD-021101

WRFD-010


Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR)

Inter RNC Soft Handover

Meaning:1. CORRM algorithm reserved switch 0. The switch is reserved for further change request use.

Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this parameter is not recommended for the

WCDMA RAN




12-138

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

613

WRFD-020701


AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band)

AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control

configuration interface.

GUI Value Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT7, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT8, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT9, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT12, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT13, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT16, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT17, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT18, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT19, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT20, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT21, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT22, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT23, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT24, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT25, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT26, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT27, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT30, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT31, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32

Actual Value Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT7, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT8, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT9, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT12, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT13, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT16,

WCDMA RAN




12-139

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT17, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT18, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT19, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT20, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT21, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT22, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT23, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT24, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT25, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT26, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT27, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT30, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT31, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32

Unit:None

Default Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT7-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT8-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT9-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT12-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT13-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT16-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT17-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT18-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT19-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT20-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT21-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT22-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT23-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT24-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT25-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT26-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT27-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT30-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT31-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32-0

WCDMA RAN




12-140

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

RFCONNTYPE


None None None Meaning:Indicates the RF interconnection type.Intra interconnection means the interconnection between two RRUs or RFUs belonging to one base station system. Outer connection means the interconnection between two RRUs or RFUs belonging to two base station systems.

GUI Value Range:INTRA_SYS_INTERCONN(Intra interconnection), OUTER_SYS_INTERCONN(Outer interconnection), NULL(NULL)

Actual Value Range:INTRA_SYS_INTERCONN, OUTER_SYS_INTERCONN, NULL

Unit:None

Default Value:NULL(NULL)

RFDS DBS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900A WCDMA/BTS3900L WCDMA/BTS3900AL WCDMA

ADD RRU

MOD RRU

None None Meaning:Indicates the RF desensitization intensity of the RRU or RFU. When the air interface is under strong blocking or interference, the anti-interference capability of RF modules can be improved by decreasing the gain on RX channels and lowering the receiver sensitivity. Currently, this parameter can only be set to 0 dB or 10 dB. When the parameter is set to 10 dB, the uplink receiver sensitivity is lowered by 10 dB. Therefore, the anti-interference capability is improved.



Unit:dB

Default Value:0

RlMaxDlPwr

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLRLPWR

MOD UCELLRL

WRFD-020501

WRFD-020101


Admission Control

Meaning:This parameter specifies the maximum DL RL power to be assigned.

This parameter should fulfill the coverage requirement of the network planning, and the value is relative to

WCDMA RAN




12-141

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

PWR [PCPICH transmit power]. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:None

RlMinDlPwr

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLRLPWR

MOD UCELLRLPWR

WRFD-020501


Meaning:This parameter specifies the minimum DL RL power to be assigned.

The value of this parameter varies with the service type. In addition, this parameter is relevant to "RlMaxDlPwr" and dynamic adjustment range of power control. Their relationship is explained in the following formula:

RlMinDlPwr = RlMaxDlPwr - Dynamic adjustment range of power control

Dynamic adjustment range of power control is tunable and its recommended value is 15 dB. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:None

RrcCause BSC6900/BSC6910

SET URRCESTCAUSE

WRFD-010510


Meaning:Cause of RRC connection establishment, that is, the value of the establishment cause IE in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message.

GUI Value Range:ORIGCONVCALLEST, ORIGSTREAMCALLEST, ORIGINTERCALLEST, ORIGBKGCALLEST, ORIGSUBSTRAFFCALLEST, TERMCONVCALLEST, TERMSTREAMCALLEST, TERMINTERCALLEST, TERMBKGCALLEST,

WCDMA RAN




12-142

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

EMERGCALLEST, INTERRATCELLRESELEST, INTERRATCELLCHGORDEREST, REGISTEST, DETACHEST, ORIGHIGHPRIORSIGEST, ORIGLOWPRIORSIGEST, CALLREEST, TERMHIGHPRIORSIGEST, TERMLOWPRIORSIGEST, TERMCAUSEUNKNOWN, MBMSCALLEST, DEFAULTEST

Actual Value Range:ORIGCONVCALLEST, ORIGSTREAMCALLEST, ORIGINTERCALLEST, ORIGBKGCALLEST, ORIGSUBSTRAFFCALLEST, TERMCONVCALLEST, TERMSTREAMCALLEST, TERMINTERCALLEST, TERMBKGCALLEST, EMERGCALLEST, INTERRATCELLRESELEST, INTERRATCELLCHGORDEREST, REGISTEST, DETACHEST, ORIGHIGHPRIORSIGEST, ORIGLOWPRIORSIGEST, CALLREEST, TERMHIGHPRIORSIGEST, TERMLOWPRIORSIGEST, TERMCAUSEUNKNOWN, MBMSCALLEST, DEFAULTEST

Unit:None

Default Value:None

RsvdPara1 BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH

WRFD-020101

Admission Control

Meaning:Reserved parameter 1.

Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this parameter is not recommended for the configuration interface.

GUI Value Range:RSVDBIT1(Reserved Switch 1), RSVDBIT2(Reserved Switch 2), RSVDBIT3(Reserved Switch 3), RSVDBIT4(Reserved Switch 4),

WCDMA RAN




12-143

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

RSVDBIT5(Reserved Switch 5), RSVDBIT6(Reserved Switch 6), RSVDBIT7(Reserved Switch 7), RSVDBIT8(Reserved Switch 8), RSVDBIT9(Reserved Switch 9), RSVDBIT10(Reserved Switch 10), RSVDBIT11(Reserved Switch 11), RSVDBIT12(Reserved Switch 12), RSVDBIT13(Reserved Switch 13), RSVDBIT14(Reserved Switch 14), RSVDBIT15(Reserved Switch 15), RSVDBIT16(Reserved Switch 16)

Actual Value Range:RSVDBIT1, RSVDBIT2, RSVDBIT3, RSVDBIT4, RSVDBIT5, RSVDBIT6, RSVDBIT7, RSVDBIT8, RSVDBIT9, RSVDBIT10, RSVDBIT11, RSVDBIT12, RSVDBIT13, RSVDBIT14, RSVDBIT15, RSVDBIT16

Unit:None

Default Value:RSVDBIT1-0&RSVDBIT2-0&RSVDBIT3-0&RSVDBIT4-0&RSVDBIT5-0&RSVDBIT6-0&RSVDBIT7-0&RSVDBIT8-0&RSVDBIT9-0&RSVDBIT10-0&RSVDBIT11-0&RSVDBIT12-0&RSVDBIT13-0&RSVDBIT14-0&RSVDBIT15-0&RSVDBIT16-0

RTWPHeavyThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLULB

MOD UCELLULB

WRFD-020104


Meaning:RTWP heavy threshold for the load balancing algorithm based on Received Total Wideband Power (RTWP). If power in a cell exceeds the threshold, CPICH power in the cell will be decreased.



Unit:%

Default Value:95

RTWPINITADJ1

DBS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900A WCDMA/BTS3900L

MOD RXBRANCH

None None Meaning:Indicates the initial correction value of the RTWP for carrier 1.


Actual Value Range:-13~13, step:0.1

WCDMA RAN




12-144

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

WCDMA/BTS3900AL WCDMA

Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:0

RTWPINITADJ2


MOD RXBRANCH




Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:0

RTWPINITADJ3


MOD RXBRANCH




Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:0

RTWPINITADJ4


MOD RXBRANCH




Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:0

RTWPINITADJ5


MOD RXBRANCH




Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:0

RTWPINITADJ6

DBS3900 WCDMA/BTS3900 WCDMA/BTS39

MOD RXBRANCH


WCDMA RAN




12-145

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

00A WCDMA/BTS3900L WCDMA/BTS3900AL WCDMA



Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:0

RTWPINITADJ7


MOD RXBRANCH




Unit:0.1dB

Default Value:0

RTWPLightThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLULB

MOD UCELLULB

WRFD-020104


Meaning:RTWP light threshold for the load balancing algorithm based on RTWP. If power in a cell is less than the threshold, CPICH power in the cell will be increased.



Unit:%

Default Value:85

SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-02040003


Meaning:1. Whether the RNC considers the load in the source cell before initiating a service-based RRC redirection. When this switch is turned on, the RNC redirects UEs to an inter-frequency neighboring cell for load sharing when either of the following conditions is met:

2. The uplink load in the source cell is greater than or equal to "UlLdrTrigThd" in the "ADD UCELLLDM" command multiplied by "OffloadRelativeThd" in the "ADD UCELLLDM" command.

3. The downlink load in the source cell is greater than or equal to "DlLdrTrigThd" in the "ADD UCELLLDM" command multiplied by "OffloadRelativeThd" in the "ADD

WCDMA RAN




12-146

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

UCELLLDM" command.

4. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not consider the load in the source cell before initiating a service-based RRC redirection.



Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

SepRNCNCellLoadEstSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910



Meaning:Whether to check load in cells under a neighboring RNC. When this switch is turned on, the RNC regards a cell as being overloaded if the number of failed inter-RNC inter-frequency handovers in the cell exceeds the related threshold within a period of time specified by a sliding window.



Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

SeqOfUserRel

BSC6900 ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:Whether MBMS services are preferentially released during service releasing due to overload congestion.

GUI Value Range:MBMS_REL(MBMS service), USER_REL(UE)

Actual Value Range:MBMS_REL, USER_REL

Unit:None

Default Value:MBMS_REL(MBMS service)

SigRbInd BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UFACH

MOD UFACH

WRFD-020900

Logical Channel Management

Meaning:Indicating whether the FACH bears signalling



WCDMA RAN




12-147

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Unit:None

Default Value:True

SpucHeavy

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLPUC

MOD UCELLPUC

WRFD-020105


Meaning:It is used to decide whether the cell load level is "Heavy" or not. It is denoted by the ratio of NodeB TX power to the maximum TX power.

If the load of a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold, the load level of this cell is heavy.

If the load level of a cell is heavy, the PUC algorithm will configure selection/reselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load.



Unit:%

Default Value:70

SpucHyst BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLPUC

MOD UCELLPUC

WRFD-020105


Meaning:Hysteresis used to determine the cell load level. It is denoted by the ratio of NodeB TX power to the maximum TX power. It is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong effect of a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.



Unit:%

Default Value:5

SpucLight BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLPUC

MOD UCELLPUC

WRFD-020105


Meaning:It is used to decide whether the cell load level is "Light" or not. It is denoted by the ratio of NodeB TX power to the maximum TX power.

If the load of a cell is equal to or lower than this threshold, the load level of this cell is light.

WCDMA RAN




12-148

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

If the load level of a cell is light, the PUC algorithm will configure selection/reselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load.



Unit:%

Default Value:45

T300 BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UIDLEMODETIMER

WRFD-010101


Meaning:T300 is started when UE sends the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message. It is stopped when UE receives the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. RRC CONNECTION REQUEST will be resent upon the expiry of the timer if V300 is lower than or equal to N300, else enter idle mode.



Unit:ms

Default Value:D2000

T381 BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UCONNMODETIMER

WRFD-010101


Meaning:T381 is started after the RNC send message "RRC CONNECTION SETUP"(or "CELL UPDATE CONFIRM"). If T381 expire and RNC does not receive "RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE"(or the response of "CELL UPDATE CONFIRM") and V381 is smaller than N381, RNC resend "RRC CONNECTION SETUP"(or "CELL UPDATE CONFIRM") and restart timer T381 and increase V381. If RNC receive "RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE"(or the response of

WCDMA RAN




12-149

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

"CELL UPDATE CONFIRM"), T381 will be stopped. Default value is 600ms.

GUI Value Range:D0, D100, D200, D300, D400, D500, D600, D700, D800, D900, D1000, D1200, D1500, D2000

Actual Value Range:0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1500, 2000

Unit:ms

Default Value:D600

TargetFreqThdEcN0

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLMCLDR

MOD UCELLMCLDR

WRFD-020302


Meaning:Estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold can be reached only when RSCP and EcNo of the target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command.



Unit:dB

Default Value:-12

TargetFreqThdRscp

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLMCLDR

MOD UCELLMCLDR

WRFD-020302


Meaning:Estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold can be reached only when RSCP and EcNo of the target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command.

GUI Value Range:-115~-25


Unit:dBm

Default Value:-92

WCDMA RAN




12-150

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

TenMsecForDlBasicMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:DL basic common measurement report cycle. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:10ms

Default Value:100

TenMsecForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSDPA bit rate measurement report period. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:10ms

Default Value:100

TenMsecForHsdpaPwrMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:HSDPA power requirement measurement report period For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:10ms

Default Value:100

TenMsecForHsupaPrvidRateMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSUPA bit rate measurement report period. For detailed information of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:10ms

Default Value:100

TenMsecForUlBasicMeas

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:UL basic common measurement report cycle. For detailed information of this parameter,

WCDMA RAN




12-151

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.



Unit:10ms

Default Value:100

TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910



WRFD-02040003


Meaning:Whether service-based RRC redirections are performed on mobile terminated calls (MTCs). When this switch is turned on, RRC redirections are performed on MTCs of the selected service. When this switch is turned off, RRC redirections are performed only on mobile originated calls (MOCs).



Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

TrafficType BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UREDIRECTION

WRFD-020120


Meaning:Traffic class whose RRC redirection parameters are to be set

GUI Value Range:AMR, VP, PSR99, PSHSPA

Actual Value Range:AMR, VP, PSR99, PSHSPA

Unit:None

Default Value:None

TrafficType BSC6900/BSC6910



RMV UCELLREDIRECTION

WRFD-020120


Meaning:Traffic class whose RRC redirection parameters are to be set. The RRC redirection algorithm is not able to distinguish AMR or VP service by RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message sent by UE in R5(or R3,R4) version.

GUI Value Range:AMR, VP, PSR99, PSHSPA

Actual Value Range:AMR, VP, PSR99, PSHSPA

Unit:None

WCDMA RAN




12-152

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Default Value:None

TransCchUserNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:The maximum number of users that can be selected for executing the action of switching BE users to common channels when the cell is overloaded and congested.

The OLC mechanism is as follows: An action is performed in each [OLC period] and a part of services are selected based on the action rules to perform this action. The action of switching BE users to common channels is one of the actions.



Unit:None

Default Value:0

TrChId BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UFACH

MOD UFACH

RMV UFACH

WRFD-010101


Meaning:Uniquely identifying a FACH in a cell.The ID of a common transport channel is used to identify a common physical channel in a cell. Each common physical channel is uniquely numbered within a cell. The IDs of common physical channels should be planned before the channels are configured for the cell. Configured according to the product specifications.One cell has at least two FACHs.One FACH bears signal, the other bears traffic.One S-CCPCH carries zero to two FACHs.



Unit:None

Default Value:None

UESpdOptSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLMCDRD

MOD UCELLMCDRD

WRFD-02040002

WRFD-021200

Inter System Direct Retry


Meaning:Whether MCDRD considers the moving speeds of UEs. This parameter prevents frequent handovers of high-speed moving UEs in hierarchical cell networking after HSPA users are reassigned to micro cells. When this switch is turned on,

WCDMA RAN




12-153

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

high-speed moving UEs are not handed over to the micro cells. When this switch is turned off, MCDRD does not consider the moving speeds of UEs.



Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

UESpdOptSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLMCLDR

MOD UCELLMCLDR

WRFD-020103

WRFD-020160



Meaning:Whether the RNC considers the UE speed when initiating a measurement-based inter-frequency handover. If this parameter is set to ON, high-speed UEs will not be handed over to a micro cell. If this parameter is set to OFF, the RNC does not consider the UE speed when initiating a measurement-based inter-frequency handover.



Unit:None

Default Value:OFF

UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement




Unit:None

Default Value:D6

UlbAvgFilterLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020104

Intra Frequency

Meaning:Filter length used for calculating RTWP

WCDMA RAN




12-154

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Load Balance GUI Value Range:1~32


Unit:None

Default Value:32

UlBeTraffInitBitrate

BSC6900/BSC6910



Meaning:UL initial access rate of PS background or interactive service. When DCCC function is enabled, the uplink initial access rate will be set to this value if the uplink maximum rate is higher than the initial access rate. A higher value indicates that it takes shorter time for BE services to reach the maximum rate. Note that the rate will be decreased through negotiation when congestion occurs. A smaller value indicates that BE services is easier to be accessed. It is not recommended to set a too small value, because it will take longer time for BE services to adjust to a higher rate when needed.



Unit:kbit/s

Default Value:D64

UlCacAvgFilterLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of uplink CAC.



Unit:None

Default Value:5

UlClbCreditSfSpaceThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Margin threshold for uplink cell credit resources for inter-frequency handovers involved in the CLB feature. When the remaining uplink credit resources in a candidate cell for inter-frequency handovers exceeds this threshold, this cell can be selected as a target cell for such

WCDMA RAN




12-155

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

handovers.



Unit:%

Default Value:13

UlCreditCSClbRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Clearance threshold for high uplink cell credit usage specific to CS services. If the uplink credit usage specific to CS services in a cell is lower than this threshold, the RNC allows the cell to leave the CS CLB state.Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "UlCreditCSClbRelThd" and "UlCreditCSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:87

UlCreditCSClbTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Cell uplink credit usage threshold for the CLB feature specific to CS services. When the uplink credit usage in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold, the RNC initiates inter-frequency handovers specific to CS services in the cell to reduce Cell load. Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "UlCreditCSClbRelThd" and "UlCreditCSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:100

WCDMA RAN




12-156

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

UlCreditPSClbRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Clearance threshold for high uplink cell credit usage specific to PS services. If the uplink credit usage specific to PS services in a cell is lower than this threshold, the RNC allows the cell to leave the PS CLB state.Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "UlCreditPSClbRelThd" and "UlCreditPSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:69

UlCreditPSClbTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Cell uplink credit usage threshold for the CLB feature specific to PS services. When the uplink credit usage in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold, the RNC initiates inter-frequency handovers specific to PS services in the cell to reduce Cell load.Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "UlCreditPSClbRelThd" and "UlCreditPSClbTrigThd" should be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:82

UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR CS domain inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover.



Unit:None

WCDMA RAN




12-157

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Default Value:3

UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR CS domain inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover.



Unit:None

Default Value:3

UlDcccRateThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UDCCC

WRFD-021101


Meaning:Uplink bit rate threshold for DCCC. When the maximum uplink bit rate of a BE service is larger than this parameter value, the traffic-based uplink DCCC function can take effect for the UE. Otherwise, the function cannot take effect for the UE.



Unit:kbit/s

Default Value:D64

UlIcLdcOptSwitch

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCAC

MOD UCELLCAC

WRFD-020137

Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation

Meaning:Whether to consider load on delay antennas or load on real-time and delay antennas when setting the uplink power threshold for admission and the LDR threshold.When this switch is turned off, load on delay antennas is considered during the setting of the uplink power threshold for admission and the LDR threshold. When this switch is turned on, load on real-time and delay antennas is considered during the setting of the two thresholds.



Unit:None


WCDMA RAN




12-158

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

UlInterFreqHoBWThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:The UE can be selected to process load handover only when its bandwidth is less than this threshold.



Unit:bit/s

Default Value:200000

UlInterFreqHoCeLDRSpaceThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UNODEBLDR

MOD UNODEBLDR

WRFD-020103


Meaning:CE resource threshold for a target cell for inter-frequency handovers. A cell can be selected as a target cell for inter-frequency handovers when the CE resource margin of the local cell group to which the cell belongs exceeds this threshold and when the CE resource margin of the NodeB controlling the local cell group exceeds this threshold. A CE resource margin is the difference between the number of the remaining CE resources in a local cell group, or NodeB and the corresponding CE resource LDR threshold.

GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256), 2*SF4(2*SF4), 2*SF2(2*SF2)

Actual Value Range:SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256, 2*SF4, 2*SF2

Unit:None


UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:In the load-based inter-frequency handovers involved in LDR triggered by basic congestions in the uplink, the inter-frequency neighboring cell can be selected as the target cell of the handover only when the uplink load remaining space of the cell is larger than this parameter value.

WCDMA RAN




12-159

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description



Unit:%

Default Value:20

UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:The maximum number of RABs selected in executing the action of uplink LDR-AMR voice service rate reduction. The mechanism of the LDR is that an action is performed in each [LDR period] and a part of services are selected based on the action rules to perform this action.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

UlLdrAvgFilterLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of uplink LDR.



Unit:None

Default Value:5

UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR BE traffic rate reduction.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

UlLdrCreditSfResThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in uplink credit LDR. The uplink credit LDR could be triggered only when the SF factor corresponding to the uplink reserved credit is higher than the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold.

GUI Value Range:8*SF4(8*SF4),

WCDMA RAN




12-160

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

7*SF4(7*SF4), 6*SF4(6*SF4), 5*SF4(5*SF4), 4*SF4(4*SF4), 3*SF4(3*SF4), 2*SF4(2*SF4), SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)

Actual Value Range:8*SF4, 7*SF4, 6*SF4, 5*SF4, 4*SF4, 3*SF4, 2*SF4, SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256

Unit:None


UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR uncontrolled real-time traffic QoS renegotiation. The target subscribers of this parameter are the PS domain real-time subscribers. The setting of this parameter is similar to the setting of BE service rate reduction subscriber number. Considering the scenario where the candidate subscribers selected for uplink LDR do not meet the QoS renegotiation conditions, you need to leave a part of margin when setting this parameter to ensure the success of LDR.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

UlLdrRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:If the ratio of UL load of the cell to the uplink capacity is lower than this threshold, the UL load reshuffling function of the cell is stopped. After the basic congestion state of the cell load is released, the system no longer implements the LDR action. Because the load fluctuates, the difference between the LDR release threshold and trigger threshold should be higher than 10%. The ping-pong effect of the preliminary congestion state will occur

WCDMA RAN




12-161

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

easily.



Unit:%

Default Value:45

UlLdrTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:If the ratio of UL load of the cell to the uplink capacity is not lower than this threshold, the UL load reshuffling function of the cell is triggered. After the basic congestion state of the cell load is released, the system no longer implements the LDR action. Because the load fluctuates, the difference between the LDR release threshold and trigger threshold should be higher than 10%. The ping-pong effect of the preliminary congestion state will occur easily.



Unit:%

Default Value:55

UlLdTrnsHysTime

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:If the UL load state of the cell is lasted longer than this threshold, the UL load state of the cell transfers.



Unit:ms

Default Value:600

UlOlcAvgFilterLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

Meaning:Length of smoothing filter window of uplink OLC.



Unit:None

Default Value:5

WCDMA RAN




12-162

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:UL fast TF restriction refers to a situation where, when the cell is overloaded and congested, the uplink TF can be adjusted to restrict the number of blocks transported in each TTI at the MAC layer and the rate of user data, thus reducing the cell uplink load.

The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is performed in each [OLC period] and a part of services are selected based on the action rules to perform this action. This parameter defines the maximum number of RABs selected in executing uplink OLC fast restriction.

Selection of RABs of the OLC is based on the service priorities and ARP values and bearing priority indication. The RAB of low priority is under control.



Unit:None

Default Value:3

UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:UL fast TF restriction refers to a situation where, when the cell is overloaded and congested, the uplink TF can be adjusted to restrict the number of blocks transported in each TTI at the MAC layer and the rate of user data, thus reducing the cell uplink load.

The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is performed in each [OLC period] and a part of services are selected based on the action rules to perform this action. This parameter defines the maximum number of uplink OLC fast TF restriction performed in entering/exiting the OLC status.

After the overload is triggered, the RNC immediately executes OLC by first executing fast TF restriction. The

WCDMA RAN




12-163

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

internal counter is incremented by 1 with each execution. If the number of overloads does not exceed the OLC action threshold, the system lowers the BE service rate by lowering TF to relieve the overload. If the number of overloads exceeds the OLC action threshold, the previous operation has no obvious effect on alleviating the overload and the system has to release users to solve the overload problem.



Unit:None

Default Value:3

UlOlcMeasFilterCoeff

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET ULDM

WRFD-020102

Load Measurement




Unit:None

Default Value:D3

UlOlcRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:If the ratio of UL load of the cell to the uplink capacity is lower than this threshold, the UL overload and congestion control function of the cell is stopped. The value of the OLC release threshold should not be much lower than or close to the OLC trigger threshold, or the system state will have a ping-pong effect easily. The recommended difference between the OLC release threshold and the OLC trigger threshold is higher than 10%. It is desirable to set the two

WCDMA RAN




12-164

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed.



Unit:%

Default Value:85

UlOlcTraffRelRabNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLOLC

MOD UCELLOLC

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:User release is an extreme method in reducing the cell load and recovering the system when the cell is overloaded and congested.

The mechanism of the OLC is that an action is performed in each [OLC period] and a part of services are selected based on the action rules to perform this action. This parameter defines the maximum number of RABs released in executing uplink OLC service release.

For the users of a single service, the releasing of RABs means the complete releasing of the users. The releasing of RABs causes call drops, so UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes or DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes should be set to a low value. Higher values of the parameter get the cell load to decrease more obviously, but the QoS will be affected.



Unit:None

Default Value:0

UlOlcTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-020107

Overload Control

Meaning:If the ratio of UL load of the cell to the uplink capacity is not lower than this threshold, the UL overload and congestion control function of the cell is triggered. The value of the OLC release threshold should not be much lower than or close to the OLC trigger threshold, or the system state will have a ping-pong effect easily. The

WCDMA RAN




12-165

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

recommended difference between the OLC release threshold and the OLC trigger threshold is higher than 10%. It is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed.



Unit:%

Default Value:95

UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR PS domain inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR PS domain inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

UlPSU2LHOUeNum

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDR

MOD UCELLLDR

WRFD-150216

WRFD-150217

Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE

Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

Meaning:Number of UEs for performing uplink UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.



Unit:None

Default Value:1

UlPwrCSClbRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLD

WRFD-140217

Inter-Frequency Load Balancing

Meaning:Clearance threshold for the CS CLB state triggered by high uplink cell power load. When the uplink

WCDMA RAN




12-166

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

M

MOD UCELLLDM

Based on Configurable Load Threshold

power load in a cell is lower than this threshold for a period of time longer than the value of "UlLdTrnsHysTime", the cell leaves the CS CLB state and the RNC does not perform any inter-frequency CS handovers for CLB. Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "UlPwrCSClbRelThd" and "UlPwrCSClbTrigThd" must be larger than 10%. Otherwise, the cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:90

UlPwrCSClbTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Uplink cell power load threshold for the CS CLB state. When the uplink power load in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold for a period of time longer than the value of "UlLdTrnsHysTime", the RNC hands over UEs processing CS services to an inter-frequency neighboring cell. Because of load fluctuations, the value difference between "UlPwrCSClbRelThd" and "UlPwrCSClbTrigThd" must be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:100

UlPwrLoadSpaceThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLCLB

MOD UCELLCLB

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Margin threshold for the uplink cell power load for inter-frequency handovers involved in the CLB feature. When the uplink cell power load margin in a candidate cell for inter-frequency handovers exceeds this threshold, this cell can be selected as a target cell for such

WCDMA RAN




12-167

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

handovers.



Unit:%

Default Value:15

UlPwrPSClbRelThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Clearance threshold for the PS CLB state triggered by high uplink cell power load. When the uplink power load in a cell is lower than this threshold for a period of time longer than the value of "UlLdTrnsHysTime", the cell leaves the PS CLB state and the RNC does not perform any inter-frequency PS handovers for CLB. Because of load fluctuation, the value difference between "UlPwrPSClbRelThd" and "UlPwrPSClbTrigThd" must be larger than 10%. Otherwise, the cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



Unit:%

Default Value:30

UlPwrPSClbTrigThd

BSC6900/BSC6910

ADD UCELLLDM

MOD UCELLLDM

WRFD-140217


Meaning:Uplink cell power load threshold for the PS CLB state. When the uplink power load in a cell is equal to or higher than this threshold for a period of time longer than the value of "UlLdTrnsHysTime", the RNC hands over UEs processing PS services to an inter-frequency neighboring cell. Because of load fluctuations, the value difference between "UlPwrPSClbRelThd" and "UlPwrPSClbTrigThd" must be larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will frequently enter and leave the CLB state.



WCDMA RAN




12-168

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

Unit:%

Default Value:40

UmtsCellIFHOFailNum

BSC6900/BSC6910



Meaning:Maximum number of allowable failed inter-RNC inter-frequency handovers. During a period specified by "UmtsCellLoadEstSlidWindow", if the number of inter-RNC failed inter-frequency handovers in a cell is larger than the value of "UmtsCellIFHOFailNum", the target cell accommodating the UEs handed over from the original cell is punished. Therefore, the target cell is no longer allowed to accommodate such UEs for a period of time specified by "PenaltyTimeforHLoad3GCell".



Unit:None

Default Value:1

UmtsCellLoadEstSlidWindow

BSC6900/BSC6910



Meaning:Period during which the RNC records the number of failed inter-RNC inter-frequency handovers. During this period, if the number of failed inter-frequency handovers in a cell exceeds the threshold specified by "UmtsCellIFHOFailNum", the target cell accommodating the UEs handed over from the original cell is punished. Therefore, the target cell is no longer allowed to accommodate such UEs for a period of time specified by "PenaltyTimeforHLoad3GCell".



Unit:s

Default Value:30

WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs

BSC6900/BSC6910



Meaning:The cell signal quality is indicated by the Ec/No reported by UEs in the cell. If the value of Ec/No is

WCDMA RAN




12-169

Parameter ID

NE MML Command


Description

lower than the threshold, the cell signal quality is poor, and the UEs are redirected to the neighboring GSM cell when the "PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH" parameter in the "SET UCORRMPARA" command is set to ON.

Actual Value = (GUI Value - 49(offset)) x 0.5.


Actual Value Range:-24.5~0

Unit:0.5dB

Default Value:13

ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen

BSC6900/BSC6910

SET UCOIFTIMER

WRFD-021101


Meaning:Release timer for the PS BE service at a rate of 0 kbit/s after the DCCC rate increase. For the PS BE service at a rate of 0 kbit/s, this parameter is used for the DCCC rate increase triggered by event 4A. Unsuccessful rate increases indicate that resources are insufficient in the cell. The service at a rate of 0 kbit/s is unavailable in a short period. If the timer is started, the 0 kbit/s service is released after the timer expires. If the value is set to 0, the timer is not started.



Unit:s

Default Value:180

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 13 Counters



13-1

13 Counters

Table 13-1 Counter description

Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description NE Feature ID Feature Name

67179338 RRC.AttConnEstab.EmgCall

Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Emergency Call)

BSC6910 WRFD-021104

WRFD-010510

Emergency Call


67179338 RRC.AttConnEstab.EmgCall

Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Emergency Call)

BSC6900 WRFD-021104

WRFD-010510

Emergency Call


67179466 RRC.SuccConnEstab.EmgCall

Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Emergency Call)

BSC6910 WRFD-021104

WRFD-010510

Emergency Call


67179466 RRC.SuccConnEstab.EmgCall

Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Emergency Call)

BSC6900 WRFD-021104

WRFD-010510

Emergency Call


67179848 VS.RAB.AttRelCS.Preempt

Number of CS RAB Release Requests for Cell (RAB Preempted)

BSC6910 WRFD-010505

WRFD-010510



67179848 VS.RAB.AttRelCS.Preempt

Number of CS RAB Release Requests for Cell (RAB

BSC6900 WRFD-010505


WCDMA RAN




13-2


Preempted) WRFD-010510


67179953 VS.RAB.AttRelPS.RABPreempt

Number of PS RAB Release Requests for Cell (RAB Preempted)

BSC6900 WRFD-010510

WRFD-010505



67179953 VS.RAB.AttRelPS.RABPreempt

Number of PS RAB Release Requests for Cell (RAB Preempted)

BSC6910 WRFD-010510

WRFD-010505



67180069 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.Preempt

Number of CS RAB Release Attempts for Cell (RAB Preemption)

BSC6910 WRFD-010510

WRFD-010505



67180069 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.Preempt

Number of CS RAB Release Attempts for Cell (RAB Preemption)

BSC6900 WRFD-010510

WRFD-010505



67180076 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.Preempt

Number of PS RAB Abnormal Released Due to RAB Preemption for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010510

WRFD-010505

3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and

WCDMA RAN




13-3


Release


67180076 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.Preempt

Number of PS RAB Abnormal Released Due to RAB Preemption for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010510

WRFD-010505



67180549 VS.HHO.AttInterCellLB.SingleRL

Number of Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Due to Load Balancing for Cell (Single RL)

BSC6900 WRFD-020103


67180549 VS.HHO.AttInterCellLB.SingleRL

Number of Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Due to Load Balancing for Cell (Single RL)

BSC6910 WRFD-020103


67180550 VS.HHO.SuccInterCellLB.SingleRL

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Due to Load Balancing for Cell (Single RL)

BSC6900 WRFD-020103


67180550 VS.HHO.SuccInterCellLB.SingleRL

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Due to Load Balancing for Cell (Single RL)

BSC6910 WRFD-020103


67183900 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut

Number of Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

WRFD-020106



Load Reshuffling

67183900 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut

Number of Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard

BSC6900 WRFD-020302

Inter Frequency Hard Handover

WCDMA RAN




13-4


Handover Attempts for Cell WRFD-020304

WRFD-020106

Based on Coverage


Load Reshuffling

67183901 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

WRFD-020106



Load Reshuffling

67183901 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020302

WRFD-020304

WRFD-020106



Load Reshuffling

67189460 RRC.AttConnRelDCCH.Preempt

Number of RRC Connection Releases on DCCH due to Preemption for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010505

WRFD-010510



67189460 RRC.AttConnRelDCCH.Preempt

Number of RRC Connection Releases on DCCH due to Preemption for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010505

WRFD-010510



67189466 RRC.AttConnRelCCCH.Preempt

Number of RRC Connection Releases on CCCH due to Preemption for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010505

WRFD-010510


3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access

WCDMA RAN




13-5


Bearer Establishment and Release

67189466 RRC.AttConnRelCCCH.Preempt

Number of RRC Connection Releases on CCCH due to Preemption for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010505

WRFD-010510



67189474 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.InterRat

Number of RRC Connection Rejects during redirection between inter-RAT cells for cell

BSC6900 WRFD-02040003

WRFD-010510



67189474 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.InterRat

Number of RRC Connection Rejects during redirection between inter-RAT cells for cell

BSC6910 WRFD-02040003

WRFD-010510



67189852 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.Num

Number of UL Overload Congestions for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67189852 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.Num

Number of UL Overload Congestions for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67189853 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.Num

Number of DL Overload Congestions for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67189853 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.Num

Number of DL Overload Congestions for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67189856 VS.PUC.High.Offset.Updt

Number of Qoffset Updates Due to Heavy Load for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020105


67189856 VS.PUC.High.O Number of Qoffset Updates BSC6910 WRFD-0201 Potential User

WCDMA RAN




13-6


ffset.Updt Due to Heavy Load for Cell 05 Control

67189857 VS.PUC.Light.Offset.Updt

Number of Qoffset Updates Due to Light Load for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020105


67189857 VS.PUC.Light.Offset.Updt

Number of Qoffset Updates Due to Light Load for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020105


67189858 VS.PUC.Norm.Offset.Updt

Number of Qoffset Updates Due to Normal Load for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020105


67189858 VS.PUC.Norm.Offset.Updt

Number of Qoffset Updates Due to Normal Load for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020105


67190073 VS.RRC.AttConnRel.Preempt.RNC

Number of RRC Connection Releases due to Preemption for RNC

BSC6910 WRFD-010505

WRFD-010510



67190073 VS.RRC.AttConnRel.Preempt.RNC

Number of RRC Connection Releases due to Preemption for RNC

BSC6900 WRFD-010505

WRFD-010510



67190183 VS.IU.RelReqPS.Preempt

Number of IU RELEASE REQUEST Messages Sent by RNC to CN in PS Domain (RAB Preempted)

BSC6900 WRFD-010505

WRFD-010510



67190183 VS.IU.RelReqPS.Preempt

Number of IU RELEASE REQUEST Messages Sent by RNC to CN in PS Domain (RAB Preempted)

BSC6910 WRFD-010505

WRFD-010510



WCDMA RAN




13-7


Release

67190435 VS.LCC.LDR.InterFreq

Number of UEs Performing Inter-Frequency Load Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103


67190435 VS.LCC.LDR.InterFreq

Number of UEs Performing Inter-Frequency Load Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103


67190436 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.BERateDown

Number of UEs Performing BE Service Downsizing in UL Basic Congestion

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67190436 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.BERateDown

Number of UEs Performing BE Service Downsizing in UL Basic Congestion

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67190437 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.BERateDown

Number of UEs Performing BE Service Downsizing in DL Basic Congestion

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67190437 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.BERateDown

Number of UEs Performing BE Service Downsizing in DL Basic Congestion

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67190438 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.QosReNego

Number of UEs Performing Uncontrollable Real-Time Service QoS Renegotiation in UL Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67190438 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.QosReNego

Number of UEs Performing Uncontrollable Real-Time Service QoS Renegotiation in UL Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67190439 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.QosReNego

Number of UEs Performing Uncontrollable Real-Time Service QoS Renegotiation in DL Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67190439 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.QosReNego

Number of UEs Performing Uncontrollable Real-Time Service QoS Renegotiation

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

WCDMA RAN




13-8


in DL Basic Congestion for Cell

67190442 VS.PUC.Light.IntSrch.Updt

Number of Sintersearch Updates Due to Light Load for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020105


67190442 VS.PUC.Light.IntSrch.Updt

Number of Sintersearch Updates Due to Light Load for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020105


67190443 VS.PUC.Norm.IntSrch.Updt

Number of Sintersearch Updates Due to Normal Load for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020105


67190443 VS.PUC.Norm.IntSrch.Updt

Number of Sintersearch Updates Due to Normal Load for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020105


67190444 VS.PUC.High.IntSrch.Updt

Number of Sintersearch Updates Due to Heavy Load for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020105


67190444 VS.PUC.High.IntSrch.Updt

Number of Sintersearch Updates Due to Heavy Load for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020105


67190840 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.OLC

Number of PS Domain RABs Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67190840 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.OLC

Number of PS Domain RABs Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67190841 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.OLC

Number of CS Domain RABs Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010510

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67190841 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.OLC

Number of CS Domain RABs Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010510

WRFD-020107


WCDMA RAN




13-9


Release

Overload Control

67190846 VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp

Number of Upward CPICH Power Adjustments Due to Cell Breathing for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020104


67190846 VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp

Number of Upward CPICH Power Adjustments Due to Cell Breathing for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020104


67190847 VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown

Number of Downward CPICH Power Adjustments Due to Cell Breathing for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020104


67190847 VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown

Number of Downward CPICH Power Adjustments Due to Cell Breathing for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020104


67191150 VS.LCC.OLC.HSDPA.UserRel

Number of HSDPA UEs Released Due to Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67191150 VS.LCC.OLC.HSDPA.UserRel

Number of HSDPA UEs Released Due to Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67191151 VS.LCC.LDR.HSDPA.InterFreq

Number of HSDPA UEs Performing Inter-Frequency Load Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103


67191151 VS.LCC.LDR.HSDPA.InterFreq

Number of HSDPA UEs Performing Inter-Frequency Load Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103


67191657 VS.RAB.SFOccupy.MAX

Maximum Number of SFs that Have Been Occupied (Let the SFs that Have Been Occupied a Unitary SF of 256) for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020108


67191657 VS.RAB.SFOccupy.MAX

Maximum Number of SFs that Have Been Occupied (Let the SFs that Have Been Occupied a Unitary SF of

BSC6910 WRFD-020108


WCDMA RAN




13-10


256) for Cell

67192134 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.Num

Number of Iub UL Congestions

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192134 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.Num

Number of Iub UL Congestions

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192135 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.Num

Number of Iub DL Congestions

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192135 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.Num

Number of Iub DL Congestions

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192397 VS.LCC.LDR.CodeAdj.Att

Number of UEs Performing Code Adjustment Attempts in DL Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192397 VS.LCC.LDR.CodeAdj.Att

Number of UEs Performing Code Adjustment Attempts in DL Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192398 VS.LCC.LDR.MbmsPowerDec

Number of MBMS Services Performing Power Decreasing in Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192426 VS.LCC.LDR.AMRRateUL

Number of UEs Performing AMR Rate Decrease in UL Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192426 VS.LCC.LDR.AMRRateUL

Number of UEs Performing AMR Rate Decrease in UL Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192427 VS.LCC.LDR.AMRRateDL

Number of UEs Performing AMR Rate Decrease in DL Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192427 VS.LCC.LDR.AMRRateDL

Number of UEs Performing AMR Rate Decrease in DL Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192549 VS.LCC.OLC.D2C

Number of UEs Transferring BE Service to Common Channel in Overload

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

WCDMA RAN




13-11


Congestion for Cell

67192549 VS.LCC.OLC.D2C

Number of UEs Transferring BE Service to Common Channel in Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67192637 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULPower

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to UL Power Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192637 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULPower

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to UL Power Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192638 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLPower

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to DL Power Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192638 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLPower

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to DL Power Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192639 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLCode

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to DL Code Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192639 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLCode

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to DL Code Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192640 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULCE

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to UL CE Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192640 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULCE

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to UL CE Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192641 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLCE

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to DL CE Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

WCDMA RAN




13-12


67192641 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLCE

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to DL CE Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192642 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULIub

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to UL Iub Transmission Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192642 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULIub

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to UL Iub Transmission Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192643 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLIub

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to DL Iub Transmission Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192643 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLIub

Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to DL Iub Transmission Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67192644 VS.LCC.LDR.HSUPA.InterFreq

Number of HSUPA UEs Performing Inter-Frequency Load Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103


67192644 VS.LCC.LDR.HSUPA.InterFreq

Number of HSUPA UEs Performing Inter-Frequency Load Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103


67192646 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.TF

Number of UEs Performing BE Service TF Control in UL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67192646 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.TF

Number of UEs Performing BE Service TF Control in UL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67192647 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.UserRel

Number of UEs Released Due to UL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

WCDMA RAN




13-13


67192647 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.UserRel

Number of UEs Released Due to UL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67192648 VS.LCC.OLC.HSUPA.UserRel

Number of HSUPA UEs Released during Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67192648 VS.LCC.OLC.HSUPA.UserRel

Number of HSUPA UEs Released during Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67192649 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.TF

Number of UEs Performing BE Service TF Control in DL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67192649 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.TF

Number of UEs Performing BE Service TF Control in DL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67192650 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.UserRel

Number of UEs Released Due to DL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67192650 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.UserRel

Number of UEs Released Due to DL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67192937 VS.RAC.NewCallReq.Preempt.Cong

Number of Preemptions During RAB Establishment for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010505


67192937 VS.RAC.NewCallReq.Preempt.Cong

Number of Preemptions During RAB Establishment for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010505


67192938 VS.RAC.HHO.Preempt.Cong

Number of Preemptions During HHO for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010505


67192938 VS.RAC.HHO.Preempt.Cong

Number of Preemptions During HHO for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010505


67192975 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Golden

Number of HSDPA RABs Carrying Golden Users BE Traffic Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010610

WRFD-0201


Overload Control

WCDMA RAN




13-14


07

67192975 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Golden

Number of HSDPA RABs Carrying Golden Users BE Traffic Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010610

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67192976 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Silver

Number of HSDPA RABs Carrying Silver Users BE Traffic Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010610

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67192976 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Silver

Number of HSDPA RABs Carrying Silver Users BE Traffic Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010610

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67192977 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Copper

Number of HSDPA RABs Carrying Copper Users BE Traffic Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010610

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67192977 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Copper

Number of HSDPA RABs Carrying Copper Users BE Traffic Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010610

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67192978 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.Cong.Golden

Number of HSUPA RABs Carrying Golden Users BE Traffic Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010612

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67192978 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.Cong.Golden

Number of HSUPA RABs Carrying Golden Users BE Traffic Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010612

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67192979 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.Cong.Silver

Number of HSUPA RABs Carrying Silver Users BE Traffic Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010612

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67192979 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.

Number of HSUPA RABs Carrying Silver Users BE Traffic Released Due to

BSC6910 WRFD-010612


WCDMA RAN




13-15


Cong.Silver Congestion for Cell WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67192980 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.Cong.Copper

Number of HSUPA RABs Carrying Copper Users BE Traffic Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010612

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67192980 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.Cong.Copper

Number of HSUPA RABs Carrying Copper Users BE Traffic Released Due to Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010612

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67193409 VS.LCC.LDR.CodeAdj.Succ

Number of UEs Performing Successful Code Adjustment in DL Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020108


67193409 VS.LCC.LDR.CodeAdj.Succ

Number of UEs Performing Successful Code Adjustment in DL Basic Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020108


67193410 VS.LCC.HSDPA.CodeAdj.Succ

Number of UEs Performing Successful Code Adjustment Based on HSDPA for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010610

WRFD-020108



67193410 VS.LCC.HSDPA.CodeAdj.Succ

Number of UEs Performing Successful Code Adjustment Based on HSDPA for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010610

WRFD-020108



67193709 VS.HHO.AttInterCellLB.MultiRL

Number of Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Due to Load Balancing for Cell (Multiple RLs)

BSC6900 WRFD-020103


67193709 VS.HHO.AttInterCellLB.MultiRL

Number of Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Due to Load Balancing for Cell (Multiple RLs)

BSC6910 WRFD-020103


67193710 VS.HHO.SuccInterCellLB.MultiR

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-Frequency

BSC6910 WRFD-020103


WCDMA RAN




13-16


L Hard Handovers Due to Load Balancing for Cell (Multiple RLs)

67193710 VS.HHO.SuccInterCellLB.MultiRL

Number of Successful Outgoing Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Due to Load Balancing for Cell (Multiple RLs)

BSC6900 WRFD-020103


67194970 VS.LCC.OLC.MBMS.PTM.RBRel

Number of MBMS PTM Service Releases in Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67194971 VS.LCC.OLC.MBMS.PTP.RBRel

Number of MBMS PTP Service Releases in Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67195992 VS.LCC.HSDPA.CodeAdj.Att

Number of UEs Performing Code Adjustment Based on HSDPA for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010610

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67195992 VS.LCC.HSDPA.CodeAdj.Att

Number of UEs Performing Code Adjustment Based on HSDPA for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010610

WRFD-020107


Overload Control

67196031 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service

Number of RRC Connection Rejects Due to Service-based RRC Redirection for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020120

WRFD-010510



67196031 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service

Number of RRC Connection Rejects Due to Service-based RRC Redirection for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020120

WRFD-010510



WCDMA RAN




13-17


Release

67196293 VS.DRD.IFREQ.CS.MBDR.RBSetup.AttOut

Number of CS Voice Directed Retry Attempts Based on Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103

WRFD-020402



67196293 VS.DRD.IFREQ.CS.MBDR.RBSetup.AttOut

Number of CS Voice Directed Retry Attempts Based on Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103

WRFD-020402



67196294 VS.DRD.IFREQ.CS.MBDR.RBSetup.SuccOut

Number of Successful CS Voice Directed Retry Based on Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103

WRFD-020402



67196294 VS.DRD.IFREQ.CS.MBDR.RBSetup.SuccOut

Number of Successful CS Voice Directed Retry Based on Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103

WRFD-020402



67196295 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.R99.RBSetup.AttOut

Number of PS R99 Directed Retry Attempts Based on Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103

WRFD-020402



67196295 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.R99.RBSetup.AttOut

Number of PS R99 Directed Retry Attempts Based on Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103

WRFD-020402



67196296 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.R99.RBSetup.SuccOut

Number of Successful PS R99 Directed Retry Based on Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103

WRFD-020402



67196296 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.R99.RBSetup.SuccOut

Number of Successful PS R99 Directed Retry Based on Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103

WRFD-020402



67196297 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.HResCong.RBSetup

Number of HSDPA PS Directed Retry Attempts Based on Inter-Frequency

BSC6910 WRFD-020103


WCDMA RAN




13-18


.AttOut Measurement for Cell WRFD-020402


67196297 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.HResCong.RBSetup.AttOut

Number of HSDPA PS Directed Retry Attempts Based on Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103

WRFD-020402



67196298 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.HResCong.RBSetup.SuccOut

Number of Successful HSDPA PS Directed Retry Based on Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103

WRFD-020402



67196298 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.HResCong.RBSetup.SuccOut

Number of Successful HSDPA PS Directed Retry Based on Inter-Frequency Measurement for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103

WRFD-020402



67199617 VS.MeanRTWP Mean Power of Totally Received Bandwidth for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67199617 VS.MeanRTWP Mean Power of Totally Received Bandwidth for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67199618 VS.MeanTCP Mean Transmitted Power of Carrier for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67199618 VS.MeanTCP Mean Transmitted Power of Carrier for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67199680 VS.MaxRTWP Maximum Power of Totally Received Bandwidth for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67199680 VS.MaxRTWP Maximum Power of Totally Received Bandwidth for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67199681 VS.MinRTWP Minimum Power of Totally Received Bandwidth for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67199681 VS.MinRTWP Minimum Power of Totally Received Bandwidth for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67199682 VS.MaxTCP Maximum Transmitted Power of Carrier for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67199682 VS.MaxTCP Maximum Transmitted BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Measurement

WCDMA RAN




13-19


Power of Carrier for Cell 02

67199683 VS.MinTCP Minimum Transmitted Power of Carrier for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67199683 VS.MinTCP Minimum Transmitted Power of Carrier for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67199691 VS.MultRAB.SF8

Number of multi-RAB UEs that Occupy the DL R99 Codes with the Spreading Factor (SF) of 8 for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108




BSC6910 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108




BSC6910 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108




BSC6910 WRFD-020108


WCDMA RAN




13-20


67199698 VS.SingleRAB.SF4

Number of single-RAB UEs that Occupy the DL R99 Codes with Spreading Factor (SF) of 4 for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108




BSC6910 WRFD-020108




BSC6910 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108




BSC6910 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108



Number of single-RAB UEs that Occupy the DL R99 Codes with Spreading

BSC6910 WRFD-020108


WCDMA RAN




13-21


Factor (SF) of 64 for Cell



BSC6900 WRFD-020108




BSC6910 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108




BSC6910 WRFD-020108


67202900 VS.MaxTCP.NonHS

Maximum Non-HSDPA Transmitted Carrier Power for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67202900 VS.MaxTCP.NonHS

Maximum Non-HSDPA Transmitted Carrier Power for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67202901 VS.MinTCP.NonHS

Minimum Non-HSDPA Transmitted Carrier Power for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67202901 VS.MinTCP.NonHS

Minimum Non-HSDPA Transmitted Carrier Power for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67202902 VS.MeanTCP.NonHS

Mean Non-HSDPA Transmitted Carrier Power for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67202902 VS.MeanTCP.NonHS

Mean Non-HSDPA Transmitted Carrier Power for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67202917 VS.CellBreath.CPICHMin.Time

Duration of Minimum Values of CPICH Power Due to Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020104


WCDMA RAN




13-22


Breathing for Cell

67202917 VS.CellBreath.CPICHMin.Time

Duration of Minimum Values of CPICH Power Due to Cell Breathing for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020104


67202918 VS.CellBreath.CPICHMax.Time

Duration of Maximum Values of CPICH Power Due to Cell Breathing for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020104


67202918 VS.CellBreath.CPICHMax.Time

Duration of Maximum Values of CPICH Power Due to Cell Breathing for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020104


67202919 VS.CellBreath.TCPUnder.Time

Duration of TCP Smaller Than Cell Breathing Lower Threshold for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020104


67202919 VS.CellBreath.TCPUnder.Time

Duration of TCP Smaller Than Cell Breathing Lower Threshold for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020104


67202920 VS.CellBreath.TCPOver.Time

Duration of TCP Greater Than Cell Breathing Upper Threshold for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020104


67202920 VS.CellBreath.TCPOver.Time

Duration of TCP Greater Than Cell Breathing Upper Threshold for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020104




BSC6900 WRFD-020108




BSC6910 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108



Number of multi-RAB UEs that Occupy the DL R99 Codes with the Spreading

BSC6910 WRFD-020108


WCDMA RAN




13-23


Factor (SF) of 128 for Cell



BSC6910 WRFD-020108




BSC6900 WRFD-020108


67202982 VS.HSDPA.MaxRequiredPwr

Maximum Power Required by HS-DSCH for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67202982 VS.HSDPA.MaxRequiredPwr

Maximum Power Required by HS-DSCH for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67202983 VS.HSDPA.MinRequiredPwr

Minimum Power Required by HS-DSCH for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67202983 VS.HSDPA.MinRequiredPwr

Minimum Power Required by HS-DSCH for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67202984 VS.HSDPA.MeanRequiredPwr

Mean Power Required by HS-DSCH for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67202984 VS.HSDPA.MeanRequiredPwr

Mean Power Required by HS-DSCH for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

67203402 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.Time

Duration of UL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67203402 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.Time

Duration of UL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67203403 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.Time

Duration of DL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67203403 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.Time

Duration of DL Overload Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020107

Overload Control

67203416 VS.RAB.SFOccupy

Mean Number of SFs that Have Been Occupied (Let the SFs that Have Been Occupied a Unitary SF of 256) for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020108


WCDMA RAN




13-24


67203416 VS.RAB.SFOccupy

Mean Number of SFs that Have Been Occupied (Let the SFs that Have Been Occupied a Unitary SF of 256) for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020108


67203854 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.Time

Duration of Iub UL Congestion

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203854 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.Time

Duration of Iub UL Congestion

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203855 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.Time

Duration of Iub DL Congestion

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203855 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.Time

Duration of Iub DL Congestion

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203991 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULPower

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to UL Power Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203991 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULPower

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to UL Power Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203992 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLPower

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to DL Power Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203992 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLPower

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to DL Power Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203993 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLCode

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to DL Code Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203993 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLCode

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to DL Code Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203994 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULCE

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to UL CE Resource Congestion

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203994 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to UL CE Resource

BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

WCDMA RAN




13-25


me.ULCE Congestion 06

67203995 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLCE

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to DL CE Resource Congestion

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203995 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLCE

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to DL CE Resource Congestion

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203996 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULIub

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to UL Iub Transmission Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203996 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULIub

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to UL Iub Transmission Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203997 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLIub

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to DL Iub Transmission Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

67203997 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLIub

Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to DL Iub Transmission Resource Congestion for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

Load Reshuffling

73393916 VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.Queue

Number of Queuing Attempts Due to Insufficient Resource in the CS RAB Assignment Establishment Procedure for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010505


73393916 VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.Queue

Number of Queuing Attempts Due to Insufficient Resource in the CS RAB Assignment Establishment Procedure for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010505


73393917 VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Queue

Number of Queuing Attempts Due to Insufficient Resource in the PS RAB Assignment Establishment Procedure for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010505


73393917 VS.RAB.AttEsta Number of Queuing BSC6910 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

WCDMA RAN




13-26


bPS.Queue Attempts Due to Insufficient Resource in the PS RAB Assignment Establishment Procedure for Cell

05 Pre-Emption

73393918 VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.CS

Average Duration of a CS Queuing in the RAB Establishment Procedure for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010505


73393918 VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.CS

Average Duration of a CS Queuing in the RAB Establishment Procedure for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010505


73393919 VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.PS

Average Duration of a PS Queuing in the RAB Establishment Procedure for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010505


73393919 VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.PS

Average Duration of a PS Queuing in the RAB Establishment Procedure for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010505


73393920 VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.Queue

Number of Successful CS Establishment After Queuing for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010505


73393920 VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.Queue

Number of Successful CS Establishment After Queuing for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010505


73393921 VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Queue

Number of Successful PS Establishment After Queuing for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-010505


73393921 VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Queue

Number of Successful PS Establishment After Queuing for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-010505


73393939 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TotalTxPwr

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Cell Total Transmit Power for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


WCDMA RAN




13-27


73393939 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TotalTxPwr

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Cell Total Transmit Power for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393940 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TotalTxPwr

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Cell Total Transmit Power for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393940 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TotalTxPwr

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Cell Total Transmit Power for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393941 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TotalRxPwr

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Cell Total Receive Power for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393941 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TotalRxPwr

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Cell Total Receive Power for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393942 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TotalRxPwr

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Cell Total Receive Power for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393942 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TotalRxPwr

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Cell Total Receive Power

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-1402

Load Reshuffling


WCDMA RAN




13-28


for Cell 17 Configurable Load Threshold

73393943 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.Code

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Code Resources for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393943 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.Code

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Code Resources for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393944 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.Code

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Code Resources for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393944 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.Code

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on Code Resources for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393950 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.TotalTxPwr

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on Cell Total Transmit Power for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393950 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.TotalTxPwr

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on Cell Total Transmit Power for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393951 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.T

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard

BSC6910 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

WCDMA RAN




13-29


otalTxPwr Handovers Based on Cell Total Transmit Power for Cell

06

WRFD-140217


73393951 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.TotalTxPwr

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on Cell Total Transmit Power for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393952 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.TotalRxPwr

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on Cell Total Receive Power for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393952 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.TotalRxPwr

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on Cell Total Receive Power for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393953 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.TotalRxPwr

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on Cell Total Receive Power for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393953 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.TotalRxPwr

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on Cell Total Receive Power for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393954 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.Code

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on Code Resources for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling

Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load

WCDMA RAN




13-30


Threshold

73393954 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.Code

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on Code Resources for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393955 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.Code

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on Code Resources for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73393955 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.Code

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on Code Resources for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73394053 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.AttOut

Number of Outgoing DRD Attempts through Physical Channel Reconfiguration for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103

WRFD-02040001



73394053 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.AttOut

Number of Outgoing DRD Attempts through Physical Channel Reconfiguration for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103

WRFD-02040001



73394054 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.SuccOut

Number of Successful Outgoing DRDs through Physical Channel Reconfiguration for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103

WRFD-02040001



73394054 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.SuccOut

Number of Successful Outgoing DRDs through Physical Channel Reconfiguration for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103

WRFD-02040001



73394055 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.AttIn

Number of Incoming DRD Attempts through Physical Channel Reconfiguration for

BSC6900 WRFD-020103


WCDMA RAN




13-31


Cell WRFD-02040001


73394055 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.AttIn

Number of Incoming DRD Attempts through Physical Channel Reconfiguration for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103

WRFD-02040001



73394056 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.SuccIn

Number of Successful Incoming DRDs through Physical Channel Reconfiguration for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020103

WRFD-02040001



73394056 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.SuccIn

Number of Successful Incoming DRDs through Physical Channel Reconfiguration for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020103

WRFD-02040001



73403758 VS.HSUPA.MaxRSEPS

Maximum Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73403758 VS.HSUPA.MaxRSEPS

Maximum Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73403760 VS.HSUPA.MinRSEPS

Minimum Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73403760 VS.HSUPA.MinRSEPS

Minimum Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73415859 VS.HSUPA.MeanRSEPS

Average Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73415859 VS.HSUPA.MeanRSEPS

Average Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73421493 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist

Number of Distance-Based RRC Redirections for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-02040003


73421493 VS.RRC.Rej.Re Number of Distance-Based BSC6910 WRFD-0204 Inter System

WCDMA RAN




13-32


dir.Dist RRC Redirections for Cell 0003 Redirect

73423313 VS.ULB.CPICH.AdjustNum

Number of CPICH Power Adjustments Based on RTWP for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020104


73423313 VS.ULB.CPICH.AdjustNum

Number of CPICH Power Adjustments Based on RTWP for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020104


73423948 VS.BackGroundNoise.Update

Number of Automatic Uplink Background Noise Updates in a Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73423948 VS.BackGroundNoise.Update

Number of Automatic Uplink Background Noise Updates in a Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73424203 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.UlCE

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on UL CE for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73424203 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.UlCE

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on UL CE for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73424204 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.UlCE

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on UL CE for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73424204 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.UlCE

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on UL CE for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020106

WRFD-140217

Load Reshuffling


73424243 VS.HHO.AttInterNumber of PS BSC6900 WRFD-1402 Inter-Frequency

WCDMA RAN




13-33


FreqOut.PS.DlCE

Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on DL CE for Cell

17 Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold

73424243 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.DlCE

Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on DL CE for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-140217


73424244 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.DlCE

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on DL CE for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-140217


73424244 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.DlCE

Number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on DL CE for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-140217


73424245 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.DlCE

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on DL CE for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-140217


73424245 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.DlCE

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on DL CE for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-140217


73424246 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.UlCE

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on UL CE for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-140217


73424246 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.UlCE

Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on UL CE for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-140217


73424247 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.UlCE

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on UL CE

BSC6900 WRFD-140217


WCDMA RAN




13-34


for Cell Configurable Load Threshold

73424247 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.UlCE

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on UL CE for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-140217


73424248 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.DlCE

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on DL CE for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-140217


73424248 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.DlCE

Number of Successful CS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers Based on DL CE for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-140217


73424787 VS.MaxULActualPowerLoad

Max Uplink Actual Cell Load BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73424787 VS.MaxULActualPowerLoad

Max Uplink Actual Cell Load BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73424788 VS.MinULActualPowerLoad

Min Uplink Actual Cell Load BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73424788 VS.MinULActualPowerLoad

Min Uplink Actual Cell Load BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73424972 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat

Number of Distance-Based RRC Inter-frequency Redirections for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-02040005


73424972 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat

Number of Distance-Based RRC Inter-frequency Redirections for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-02040005


73441123 VS.ULB.CPICHMin.Time

Duration of PCPICH Power Under Minimum RTWP Threshold

BSC6900 WRFD-020104


73441123 VS.ULB.CPICHMin.Time

Duration of PCPICH Power Under Minimum RTWP Threshold

BSC6910 WRFD-020104


WCDMA RAN




13-35


73441143 VS.HSDPA.MaxRequiredPwr.Free

Maximum Power Required for Free HSDPA Users for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73441143 VS.HSDPA.MaxRequiredPwr.Free

Maximum Power Required for Free HSDPA Users for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73441144 VS.HSDPA.MeanRequiredPwr.Free

Average Power Required for Free HSDPA Users for Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73441144 VS.HSDPA.MeanRequiredPwr.Free

Average Power Required for Free HSDPA Users for Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73441212 VS.BackGroundNoise.Mean

Average Uplink Background Noise in a Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73441212 VS.BackGroundNoise.Mean

Average Uplink Background Noise in a Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73441215 VS.BackGroundNoise.Max

Maximum Uplink Background Noise in a Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73441215 VS.BackGroundNoise.Max

Maximum Uplink Background Noise in a Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73441246 VS.LCC.CLB.CS.InterFreq

Number of CS UEs Involved in Inter-Frequency Load-based Handovers in a CS CLB Cell

BSC6900 WRFD-140217


73441246 VS.LCC.CLB.CS.InterFreq

Number of CS UEs Involved in Inter-Frequency Load-based Handovers in a CS CLB Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-140217


73441247 VS.LCC.CLB.PS.InterFreq

Number of PS UEs Involved in Inter-Frequency Load-based Handovers in a PS CLB Cell

BSC6910 WRFD-140217


73441247 VS.LCC.CLB.PS.InterFreq

Number of PS UEs Involved in Inter-Frequency

BSC6900 WRFD-140217

Inter-Frequency Load Balancing

WCDMA RAN




13-36


Load-based Handovers in a PS CLB Cell

Based on Configurable Load Threshold

73441505 VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad

Mean Uplink Actual Cell Load

BSC6910 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

73441505 VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad

Mean Uplink Actual Cell Load

BSC6900 WRFD-020102

Load Measurement

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 14 Glossary



14-1

14 Glossary

For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.

WCDMA RAN

Load Control 15 Reference Documents



15-1

15 Reference Documents

[1] 3GPP TS 25.133: Requirements for Support of Radio Resource Management (FDD)

[2] 3GPP TS 25.215: Physical layer - Measurements (FDD)

[3] 3GPP TS 25.321: Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification

[4] 3GPP TS 25.331: Radio Resource Control (RRC)

[5] 3GPP TS 25.413: UTRAN Iu Interface RANAP Signaling

[6] DCCC Feature Parameter Description

[7] AMR Feature Parameter Description

[8] MBMS Feature Parameter Description

[9] HSDPA Feature Parameter Description

[10] HSUPA Feature Parameter Description

[11] Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description

[12] Handover Feature Parameter Description

Load Control(RAN15.0_Draft a)

Documents

Transcript of Load Control(RAN15.0_Draft a)